SP's Military Yearbook 2020-2021

BEST NEW PRODUCTBEST NEW PRODUCT

AWARDS

AWARDS

APLICAÇÃO COM APLICAÇÃO FUNDO COM FUNDO

DEFENSE SEGMENTDEFENSE SEGMENT BEST NEW PRODUCTBEST NEW PRODUCT

C

C

C

DEFENSE SEGMENTDEFENSE SEGMENT BEST NEW PRODUCTBEST NEW PRODUCT

0 MILLE3N9N0IUMMILLENNIUM -39 -

#ForADifferentWorld

C

C

VERSÃO B VERSÃO / SIMPLIFICADA B / SIMPLIFICADA

LAUREATES LAUREATES

DEFENSE SEGMENT DEFENSE SEGMENT

EMBRAER C-390 EMBRAER C-390

GRANDGRAND LAUREATE LAUREATE

BEST NEW BEST NEW PRODUCT PRODUCT

2020 –

LAUREATES LAUREATES

C

C

C

0 MILLE3N9N0IUMMILLENNIUM -39 DEFENSE SEGMENT - DEFENSE SEGMENT

SP’s

VERSÃO A VERSÃO / COMPLETA A / COMPLETA

Military 2021

SUCCESSFULLY ACCOMPLISHING MISSIONS

The C-390 Millennium multi-mission aircraft is in-service with Brazilian Air Force delivering exceptional performance and fulfilling all expectations, most notably with support during the Covid-19 pandemic. The C-390 is also the aircraft of choice for Portugal and now Hungary too. Both these air forces have 0 MILLE3N9N0IUMMILLENNIUM 0 MILLEN9N0IUMMILLENNto IUMmeet their own unique selected -39 -39 the-3C-390 and demanding operational requirements.

By combining state-of-the-art systems and proven technologies with a worldwide network suppliers, LAUREATES LAUREATES of reputable LAUREATES LAUREATESthe C-390 Millennium AWARDS AWARDS AWARDS AWARDS is a versatile addition to any air force.

APLICAÇÃO BRANCO APLICAÇÃO / SEM FUNDO BRANCO / SEM FUNDO APLICAÇÃO COR /APLICAÇÃO SEM FUNDOCOR / SEM FUNDO The C-390 is the most reliable, easy to operate and efficient aircraft in its class.

Yearbook

C-390 MILLENNIUM

• Enormously Improved • Exhaustively Updated • Extensive Inclusion of Infographics

SP’s

Military Yearbook s

i

n

c

e

1

9

6

5

2020 –

2021 4 7 th

issue

I N D I A P R O U D LY CELEBRATE S 75TH YEA R OF I N DEPEN DEN CE

AWARDS AWARDS

APLICAÇÃO SIMPLIFICADA APLICAÇÃO SIMPLIFICADA

ELEMENTOS ISOLADOS ELEMENTOS ISOLADOS

F-21: Made in India.

Made for India.

4 7 th issue Learn more at lockheedmartin.com/f21.

editor-in-chief

c-390.com

© 2021 Lockheed Martin Corporation

Photographic record made by the Brazilian Air Force on one of the missions to combat COVID-19 in Brazil.

Live: NA Trim: H: 145 mm W: 110 mm

jayant baranwal

MAKE IN INDIA

Strategic Partnership for a Secure Future As a trusted strategic partner for 25 years, IAI is proud to implement the Government of India’s Make in India vision. We develop and produce innovative solutions and best-in-breed capabilities tailored to Indian requirements and needs through powerful collaborations and joint ventures. We work hand in hand with our partners, harness Indian know-how, local technology, manufacturing excellence, and world-class skill-building. Reflecting the unique friendship between our nations, IAI is committed to lasting strategic cooperation with India to build a safe and secure future. www.iai.co.il • corpmkg@iai.co.il

SP’s

Military Yearbook s

i

n

c

e

1

9

6

5

2020 –

2021 47th

is s ue

SP’s

Military Yearbook s

i

n

c

e

1

9

6

5

editor-in-chief

2020 –

2021 47th

jayant baranwal

is s ue

Copyright © 2021

SP Guide Publications All rights reserved. The information published herein is for the personal use of the reader and may not be used for any other activity. No part of this book may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form by any means – digital, electronic, mechanical, photocopy, recording or otherwise – without the prior written approval of the Editor-in-Chief.

For copyright permissions, please contact: The Editor-in-Chief SP’s Military Yearbook A-133, Arjun Nagar, Opposite Defence Colony New Delhi 110003, India.

E-mail: editor@spsmilitaryyearbook.com The publisher shall not be liable in the event of incidental or consequential damages in connection with, or arising out of, the furnishing or use of the information, associated instructions/claims of productivity gains.

Founded by Shri SUKHDEO PRASAD BARANWAL in 1965

Published by Jayant Baranwal SP GUIDE PUBLICATIONS New Delhi, India

Designed by

Corporate Office: SP GUIDE PUBLICATIONS PVT LTD A-133, Arjun Nagar Opposite Defence Colony New Delhi 110003, India.

Tel: +91 (11) 24644693, 24644763, 24620130, 24658322 Fax: +91 (11) 24647093

SP Guide Publications Team

E-mail:

ISSN 0076-8782 ISBN 978-81-954469-1-9 Registered with RNI No. (P.) : F.2 (S/11) Press / 93

Order:

info@spsmilitaryyearbook.com

order@spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Printed in India at

Websites:

Pragati Offset, Hyderabad

www.spguidepublications.com, www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

PROTECTING INDIA’S HERITAGE.

Courtesy: Department of Archaeology and Museums. Government of Maharashtra

It has been our duty to strengthen a country that has a strong history. And we have consistently done so for the past 6 decades using cutting edge technology and class of service. Needless to say our response has always been prompt. Through our dedication and support we’ve helped secure the heritage of billions in India with peaceful grounds and safer skies.

Authors' profiles Dr Amrita Jash

Major General B.S. Dhanoa (Retd)

Dr Amrita Jash is Research Fellow at Centre for Land Warfare Studies, New Delhi. She is a Pavate Fellow and was a Visiting Fellow at the University of Cambridge. She holds a Ph.D. in Chinese Studies from Jawaharlal Nehru University and has authored a book on China’s Military Strategy. She studies China’s foreign policy, the PLA, and security and strategic issues related to India-China and China-Japan relations as well as the Indo-Pacific. n

Major General B.S. Dhanoa (Retd) was commissioned into the Armoured Corps in December 1983. He last served in the Army’s premier institution, the Army War College, where his primary role was the mentoring and education of future military leaders of the Armed Forces. He’s also commanded an armoured brigade and an infantry division on the Western Borders. His passion is to write and speak on Military Leadership, Operational Art and the Future of Conflict. n

Article on page 39, 55

Article on page 33

Air Marshal Anil Chopra (Retd)

Major General C.P. Singh (Retd)

A fighter pilot, test pilot, and a pioneer of Mirage 2000 fleet in the Indian Air Force (IAF). Has commanded operational airbases in both Western and Eastern sectors. Retired as Air Officer Personnel, he was also responsible for education and training in the IAF. He is currently Director General, Centre for Air Power Studies (CAPS). Has been a member of the Armed Forces Tribunal, Lucknow Bench, and member of the Executive Council of Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU). He has over 400 published articles on air power and strategy. n

Major General C.P. Singh (Retd) is a scholar soldier accredited with MA, MSc, LLB, MBA, M Phil (Def Mgt) and M Phil (International Strategic Affairs).

Widely travelled in India and Abroad, the General Officer is an avid reader and prolific writer. Post retirement, he is a Social Activist, Career Consultant and a Motivational Speaker of repute. n Article on page 65

General Deepak Kapoor (Retd)

Article on page 83

Ambassador Anil Trigunayat Ambassador Anil Trigunayat is a former Indian Ambassador to Jordan, Libya and Malta and presently is the Distinguished Fellow at the Vivekananda International Foundation and associated with several Think tanks apart from commenting on foreign policy and international relations especially in West Asia, Africa and Russia. n Article on page 63

Air Marshal B.K. Pandey (Retd) Air Marshal B.K. Pandey retired from the Indian Air Force (IAF) after serving the organisation for nearly 40 years. During his career, he held a number of important command and staff appointments, the last being that of AOC-in-C Training Command of the IAF. Currently he is an Editor with SP Guide Publications and is a resident of Bengaluru. n Article on page 81

8 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

General Deepak Kapoor took over as the Chief of Army Staff on September 30, 2007 and as Chairman, Chiefs of Staff Committee on August 31, 2009. In a distinguished career spanning over four decades, he has held important command and staff appointments. Besides commanding a Line of Control Mountain Brigade in Jammu & Kashmir, he has steered an Infantry Division which is part of the Strike Corps, during mobilisation of Indian Army on the Western borders in Operation Parakram. On promotion as Army Commander, he initially commanded the Army Training Command, and then the Northern Command. He also served as Vice Chief of Army Staff and earlier as the Honorary ADC to the Honorable President of India. n Article on page 01

Commodore G. Prakash (Retd) He retired from the Indian Navy on December 31, 2019 after serving 35 years in the Executive Branch, with Air Warfare and Anti Submarine Warfare as specialisations. Commanded three Warships and three large Bases, including INS Venduruthy, the largest Base of the Indian Navy. Further, was also Director of the Maritime Warfare Centre at Kochi. Has served twice at the Naval Headquarters at New Delhi and at the

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

A R M E D. FO R E V E RY M I SS I O N .

In a world where operational success depends on having the right assets on your side, CARACAL delivers – with the most comprehensive, market leading range of high specification small arms, all in one place, from pistols to submachineguns, to assault rifles, to sniper rifles and beyond.

As part of EDGE, we go further. Backing your forces with round-the-clock service and maintenance, we can help enhance your mission readiness and operational resilience cost effectively, securing your front line and protecting your bottom line.

ON YOUR SIDE. BACKING YOUR FORCES.

CARACAL EF

CAR 816

CSR 338

CMP 9 SMG

Enhanced pistol The 9x19mm CARACAL EF is a versatile striker fired pistol that carries a high capacity 18 round 9mm magazine and features a unique low bore axis for improved instinctive shooting.

Tactical rifle Available in semi-automatic and select-fire configurations, this tactical weapon is designed for high-end law enforcement and military applications.

Sniper rifle This modern, rugged high performance precision rifle system excels in all MIL and LE applications in the most demanding environments.

Modular weapon system The advanced CMP9 SMG is a modern, modular weapon operating on an advanced blow-back system chambered in 9x19mm calibre.

For advanced customisation and total flexibility, contact us on commercial@caracal.ae c a rac al. ae

l

authors' profiles

l

Headquarters of all the three Regional Commands of the Indian Navy. Has been lecturing on several subjects for over 15 years at various national and international seminars. n Article on page 183, 231

Air Cmde Ishfaq Ilahi Choudhury (Retd) Air Cmde Ishfaq Ilahi Choudhury (Retd) was commissioned in the erstwhile Pakistan Air Force in 1968 and retired from Bangladesh Air Force (BAF) in 2003 after 35 years of service. During his service career, he held various command, staff and instructional appointments. He obtained Masters in Defence Studies (MDS) and an M Phil in National Security Studies. He was a directing staff in the Defence Services Command & Staff College (DSCSC), Mirpur and the National Defence College (NDC), Bangladesh. Since retirement, he has been a research supervisor in the NDC and guest lecturer in the NDC and DSCSC. Air Cdre Choudhury has written a number of book chapters, published a large number of research papers in professional journals and presented papers in conferences at home and abroad. He has been a regular in the national dailies and in local and international TV talk-shows on issues related to national security, terrorism and international relations. n Article on page 85

Lt General J.K. Sharma (Retd) A scholar warrior and senior strategic military leader with nearly 42 years of service. An expert on Siachen and Ladakh with experience in counter insurgency operations in J&K and North East; UN Peace Keeping Missions in West Africa and expert on Information Warfare. As part of Directorate of Military Operations for over five years at different levels have seen through many crisis situations. Intensely committed to academic pursuance with Doctoral Thesis on Civil Military Relations and many articles on military and strategic leadership. Have been writing for various magazines and speaking in various forums and institutes on transformational leadership. He is Distinguished Fellow at DRDO. n Article on page 139

Dr Manjari Singh Associate Fellow at Centre for Land Warfare Studies (CLAWS), New Delhi, she holds a doctorate from Jawaharlal Nehru University in West Asian Studies. Dr Singh is a Ryoichi Sasakawa Young Leaders Fellowship Fund (SYLFF) Fellow. She has co-authored a book coedited several books. Dr Singh has served as the Assistant Editor of Contemporary Review of the Middle East and Managing Editor of CLAWS Journal. Her research papers have appeared in many international journals and think tanks. n Article on page 59

Manoj Joshi Manoj Joshi is a Distinguished Fellow at the ORF. He has been a journalist specialising on national and international politics and is a commentator and columnist on these issues. As a reporter, he has written extensively on issues relating to Siachen, Pakistan, China, Sri Lanka and terrorism in Kashmir and Punjab. He was most recently a member of the Task Force on National Security chaired by Naresh Chandra to propose reforms in the security apparatus of the country. He is the author of two books on the Kashmir issue and several papers in professional journals. He is a Ph.D from the School of International Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University. He has been a Visiting Professor at the SIS, JNU, as well as a Visiting Fellow at the Strategic and Defence Studies Centre, Australian National University. n Article on page 23

Lt General Naresh Chand (Retd) He is a former Director General, Army Air Defence, member of Integrated Guided Missile Development Programme and Member Secretary of the first National Radar Council. He has served with the Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) and was also a consultant with the Bharat Electronics Limited. He was also involved in writing the history of the Regiment of Artillery and history of the Corps of Army Air Defence. At present he is the Technical Group Editor with SP Guide Publications. n Article on page 121, 299, 309

Dr Laxman Kumar Behera

Ambassador P. Stobdan

He is a master’s in applied and analytical economics, and Ph.D from the School of International Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. He is a Research Fellow with the Indian Defence Studies and Analyses (IDSA). As a member of IDSA’s Defence Economics and Industry Centre, Dr Behera undertakes policy relevant research pertaining to various economic aspects of Indian defence. He was closely associated with two high-level committees set up by the Indian Ministry of Defence on Defence Acquisition Reforms and Defence Expenditure Review. n Article on page 113

10 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Ambassador P. Stobdan is an outstanding scholar of extraordinary insight whose achievements are varied and impressive. He is an eminent and influential figure in the newly created Union Territory (UT) of Ladakh.

He brings decades of experience as an analyst, academician, diplomat and a leading expert with unparalleled insight into the political, economic and security landscape of Asia/Eurasia and has been closely following the Himalayan affairs, particularly the India-China boundary issues. In all, he has 40 years experience of working in the Think-Tanks, Government and other bodies. As an erudite scholar, Stobdan is an

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

P OW E R E D BY P R EC I S I ON M O D U L A R F L E X I B I L I T Y. L O N G - R A N G E A C C U R A C Y.

Build your strike capability with Al Tariq – a modular family of PGM’s designed for the Mk 80 series aerial bombs. Delivering versatility in range and targeting, Al Tariq offers a single bomb kit system that fulfils multiple operational scenarios.

STAND-OFF RANGE UP TO 120 KM DAY OR NIGHT ALL-WEATHER DYNAMIC ATTACK PROFILES MULTIPLE DUAL MODE SEEKER OPTIONS FOR SUPERIOR PRECISION COMPATIBLE WITH A WIDE VARIETY OF PLATFORMS IN-THE-FIELD RECONFIGURATION FOR CHANGING MISSION REQUIREMENTS SIMPLIFIED LOGISTICS ENSURING A COST EFFECTIVE SOLUTION ITAR-FREE SOLUTION

For advanced customisation and total flexibility, contact us on marketing@al-tariq.ae a l - tari q . ae

l

authors' profiles

l

acknowledged authority on Asian/Eurasian security affairs. His articles get the national and global level attention. He is currently on the Advisory Council of Oxus Society for Central Asian Affairs, Washington D.C. He authored several books, policy briefs, strategic commentaries and monographs. He has written/writes op-ed articles for various national/international journals and dailies. n Article on page 35

Prashant Nakra Lt Col Prashant Nakra (Retd) is a veteran Armoured Corps Officer. An alumnus of the IMA, he was commissioned in the oldest Cavalry Regiment, the officer has seen active service in various ops including Op Meghdoot (Siachen Glacier), multiple tenures in Op Rakshak (J&K), Op Vijay (Drass & Kargil Sector) amongst others. The officer has held Staff appointments as a G-3 of a RR Sector (Anantnag Sector), a G-2 (Internal Security) of a Corps HQ in J&K and as a G-1 (CI/CT) of an important Directorate in AHQ. After an eventful career, the officer took premature retirement and worked in the Corporate in Operations side of both, Indian Startups and International companies. n Article on page 49, 105, 109, 159, 163

Air Marshal R. Nambiar (Retd) Air Marshal Raghunath Nambiar served as Air Officer Commanding-in-Chief (AOC-in-C), Western Air Command from March 1, 2019 to October 31, 2019.

The Air Marshal is an Experimental Test Pilot and has flown about 42 types of aircraft with a total of 5,100 hrs of flying experience. He is a member of the Society of Experimental Test Pilots and was the Project Test Pilot for the Light Combat Aircraft “Tejas”. Air Marshal Nambiar has held the coveted appointments of Air Officer Commanding, Air Force Station Jamnagar, Commandant ASTE, Air Defence Commander Western Air Command and Senior Air Staff Officer (SASO) of Southern Air Command, Training Command and Eastern Air Command. He was also the Deputy Chief of the Air Staff at Air HQ. Before taking over as AOC-in-C of the Western Air Command, he was the AOC-in-C, Eastern Air Command. n Article on page 207

Lt General R. Sabherwal (Retd) Lt General Rajeev Sabherwal superannuated on December 31, 2020 as the Signal Officer-in-Chief of the Indian Army. A paratrooper with more than 39 years of distinguished military service, the officer has had multifarious operational experience in both conventional and counter terrorism operations. As the Signal Officerin-Chief he steered the policy and doctrine formulations in the modern communication battlespace. With a fair knowledge of emerging operational paradigms and technological transformation, he has been instrumental in the ongoing capability development towards Net Centric Capabilities and Information Warfare. He has authored several articles in renowned publications. n Article on page 77

12 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Lt General R.K. Jagga (Retd) In a career span of 38 years, he has served extensively in the Desert & Plains sector on the western borders and commanded the Desert Corps. He has also served as the Deputy GOC in the Counter Insurgency and Line of Control environment. The General officer retired as the Director General Mechanised Forces, where he carried out Strategic planning, modernisation and procurement of equipment for all Mechanised Forces of the Indian Army. The Officer has been a fellow of Royal College of Defence Studies, London, UK. He is presently heading his consultancy firm ‘Armonk’ that provides advice and expertise to organisations in multiple areas. n Article on page 11, 163

Rohit Goel A media and publishing veteran, he has led Aviation, Aerospace and Defence publishing in different capacities, in the region, for over 25 years. A keen follower of geopolitical developments and security landscape around the region, especially in Asia and the Middle East, he has an extensive understanding of the political, economic, social and internal security matters that shape the military and strategic environment of the region.

Based out of South East Asia earlier, for nearly 15 years, he has firsthand experience of internal security matters in the region and has regularly written on aviation, security and strategic affairs in various leading publications. n Article on page 93, 101, 117, 133, 143, 147, 151, 407

Major General Rohit Gupta (Retd) Major General Rohit Gupta, a Combat Arms Officer, retired as the Addnl DG Weapon and Equipment of Indian Army and currently heads the Aerospace and Defence business vertical at Primus Partners. The officer has commanded a Counter Insurgency Force in J&K and has extensive Counter-insurgency and High Altitude operational experience in Jammu & Kashmir and Ladakh as well as Mechanised Operations. He has done eight years in three ranks and five appointments in defence procurement. He has done his M.Sc. and M.Phil in Defence and Strategic studies. n Article on page 125, 129

Brigadier Rumel Dahiya (Retd) Brigadier Dahiya is an Indian Army veteran with extensive command and staff experience spanning 32 years, including in counter-insurgency operations. He previously served as a Defence Attache to Turkey, Syria and Lebanon, and with the Indian Military Training Team in Bhutan. He also served with Military Operations Directorate of the Indian Army and Net Assessment Directorate at Integrated Defence Staff. n Article on page 57

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

l

authors' profiles

l

Vice Admiral Shekhar Sinha (Retd)

Admiral Sunil Lanba (Retd)

Vice Admiral Shekhar Sinha (Retd) former FOC-in-C, Western Naval Command & Chief of Integrated Defence Staff, Vice Admiral Sinha has had distinguished career. As a frontline Naval aviator, Admiral Sinha was part of the team that inducted the Sea Harrier combat jets. He has commanded a series of frontline ships INS Saryu, Shakti and captained INS Delhi, a guided missile destroyer. He also served as a Joint Director (Naval Air Staff ) at Naval Headquarters. During his stint as the CIDS he had command over all tri-service planning and the Defence Intelligence Agency (DIA). He also held assignments of Flag Officer Naval Aviation/Goa Area, Assistant Chief of Naval Staff (Air), Controller of Personnel Services, Deputy Chief of Integrated Defence Staff Operations and later Perspective Planning & Force Development. n

Admiral Sunil Lanba is the former Chief of the Naval Staff (CNS), Indian Navy and is the incumbent Chairman of the National Maritime Foundation (NMF). As the Chief of Staff of the Southern Naval Command in the rank of Rear Admiral, he was responsible for the transformation of the training methodology for the future Indian Navy. As a Vice Admiral, he was appointed Chief of Staff of the Eastern Naval Command, and, thereafter, took over as the Commandant of the prestigious National Defence College, New Delhi. Taking office as the Vice Chief of the Naval Staff, he streamlined the framework for transformation of the Navy’s combat capabilities and infrastructure development. He assumed command of the Indian Navy on May 31, 2016. He was appointed Chairman of the Chiefs of Staff Committee on December 31, 2016, and his contribution to tri-Service synergy is legendary. n

Article on page 27

Article on page 19, 157

Lt General Shokin Chauhan (Retd)

Uttam Kumar Sinha

Lt General Shokin Chauhan, post retirement from the army in March 2018, was chartered to ensure that the multifarious insurgent groups engaged in insurgency in the North East over the last 70 years, follow laid down ground rules and ensure that peace prevails within the North East of India. Prior to his appointment as the DG Assam Rifles, the General had commanded 1 Corps, Indian Army’s oldest and largest Strike Corps.

The General also has vast experience in the conduct of Counter Terrorist operations both in the Kashmir Valley and the North East, both at the tactical and Strategic level. The General is an outstanding Scholar General. He has a Ph.D. and vast experience at Apex level having served in both the Ministry of Defence and the Ministry of Home in fields of Defence, Counter Insurgency, Counter Terrorism and Border Guarding and Human Resource Management. He regularly contributes articles/columns in various scholarly magazines and is an acclaimed important voice on India’s strategic Neighbourhood. n

Uttam Kumar Sinha heads the non-traditional security centre at the Manohar Parrikar Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses. He is a recipient of many fellowships including senior fellow at the Nehru Memorial Museum and Library (2018-2020); academic visitor at the Harvard Kennedy School (2015); Chevening ‘Gurukul’ leadership at the LSE (2008) and a visiting fellow at the Peace Research Institute Oslo (2006). He is also the author of a recently published book. n

Article on page 45

Article on page 69

Major General (Dr) Yash Mor (Retd) Major General (Dr) Yash Mor, is an alumnus of the Indian Military Academy. The officer was commissioned in the Brigade of the Guards in June 1985. He has tenanted important instructional and staff appointments including UN Force HQ at Mozambique.

He has completed his Ph.D. in Nuclear Doctrine and Strategy from Osmania University. He is a motivational speaker and a regular contributor on defence and strategic issues. n Article on page 13, 15, 43, 49, 73, 89, 97, 163

14 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Major Infographics/Maps/Diagrams/charts Timeline of the Taliban in Afghanistan 1999-2021....................... 2

The Exclusive Economic Zone of India...................................... 185

Ports and Berths Worldwide Where China has Increased its Investment......................................................... 21

Organisation of the Indian Navy Headquarters........................ 186

Sea Lines of Communication Showing Choke Points in the Indian Ocean................................................ 24

Organisation of the Indian Air Force Headquarters................ 210

The Exclusive Economic Zone of India........................................ 28 New Maritime Silk Road and New Silk Road Economic Belt......................................................................... 31

Indian Air Force Commands......................................................... 208

Organisation Structure of the Indian Coast Guard.................. 233 Location of Indian Coast Guard Units........................................ 234 Indian Coast Guard SAR Organisation....................................... 235

China-Pakistan-Turkey Nexus....................................................... 41

Department of Defence................................................................. 244

China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC)................................. 44

Organisation of the Department of Defence Production (DDP)............................................................................ 264

Tibet with Territorial Sub-divisions.............................................. 50 The Growth of US-India Trade....................................................... 66 The Indus Water Treaty................................................................... 70 GDP (current US$ Billion) – Bangladesh..................................... 87 Exports of goods and services (current US$ Billion) – Bangladesh........................................................................................ 88 Classification of Electromagnetic Pulses (EMPs)................... 106 Electromagnetically Vulnerable Target Sets............................ 106 Lethal Footprint of High-power Microwaves (HPM) E-Bomb............................................................................................. 107 Key Space Concepts...................................................................... 111 Key Counterspace Concepts........................................................ 111 Distribution of Defence Services Budget 2021-22................... 115 Defence Industrial Production Corridor in Tamil Nadu.......... 145 Uttar Pradesh Defence Industrial Corridor............................... 149 Uttarakhand is Promoting Defence Manufacturing................ 152 Organisation of HQ Integrated Defence Staff (IDS)................. 159 Higher Defence Planning............................................................. 160 India’s Land Border Map............................................................... 164 Indian Army’s Chain of Command............................................... 166 Organisation of the Indian Army Headquarters....................... 168

16 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Organisation Structure of the OFB.............................................. 267 DRDO Organisation Structure...................................................... 293 DRDO Organisation Structure (Technical)................................ 294 Organisation & Role of the Central Armed Police Forces.................................................................................. 299 Organisation of the Ministry of Home Affairs........................... 300 India’s Sagarmala Network Map................................................ 310 Indian Search and Rescue Region.............................................. 312 Central & South Asia — GDP Growth (Annual %)....................................................................................... 404 East Asia, Pacific Rim & Australia — GDP Growth (Annual %)................................................................ 404 West Asia & North Africa — GDP Growth (Annual %)................................................................ 405 Central & South Asia — Military Expenditure by Country (in US$ millions).................. 405 East Asia, Pacific Rim & Australia — Military Expenditure by Country (in US$ millions).................. 406 West Asia & North Africa — Military Expenditure by Country (in US$ millions).................. 406 Asia-Africa Growth Corridor (AAGC): Focus on Africa & Indian Ocean................................................. 411

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Major Indian Armed Forces’ Headquarters 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

New Delhi (HQ Integrated Defence Staff) New Delhi (Integrated HQ of MoD (Army) New Delhi (Integrated HQ of MoD (Navy) New Delhi (Integrated HQ of MoD (IAF) New Delhi (HQ Strategic Forces Command)

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

Udhampur (HQ Northern Command), Army Chandimandir (HQ Western Command), Army Kolkata (HQ Eastern Command), Army Jaipur (HQ South-Western Command), Army Pune (HQ Southern Command), Army Lucknow (HQ Central Command), Army Shimla (HQ Training Command), Army

18 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

13. Vishakhapatnam (HQ Eastern Naval Command), Navy 14. Mumbai (HQ Western Naval Command), Navy 15. Kochi (HQ Southern Naval Command), Navy 16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

New Delhi (HQ Western Air Command), IAF Shillong (HQ Eastern Air Command), IAF Allahabad (HQ Central Air Command), IAF Gandhinagar (HQ South-Western Air Command), IAF Thiruvananthapuram (HQ Southern Air Command), IAF Bengaluru (HQ Training Command), IAF Nagpur (HQ Maintenance Command), IAF

23. Port Blair (HQ Andaman & Nicobar Command)

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 19

1

17

6 22 20

5 16 18 9 10

19 8

7 4 11 2 12 13 3 15 14

21

DRDO and DPSU Headquarters 1.

Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO), New Delhi 2. Hindustan Aeronautics Ltd, Bengaluru 3. Bharat Electronics Ltd, Bengaluru 4. Bharat Earth Movers Ltd, Bengaluru 5. Mazagon Dock Ltd, Mumbai 6. Garden Reach Shipbuilders & Engineers Ltd, Kolkata 7. Goa Shipyard Ltd, Goa 8. Hindustan Shipyard Ltd, Visakhapatnam 9. Bharat Dynamics Ltd, Hyderabad 10. Mishra Dhatu Nigam Ltd, Hyderabad 11. Aeronautical Development Agency, Bengaluru

20 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

Indian Space Research Organisation, Bengaluru Aeronautical Development Establishment, Bengaluru Centre for Airborne Systems, Bengaluru Combat Vehicles Research & Development Establishment, Chennai Defence Electronics Research Lab., Hyderabad Defence Research and Development Est., Gwalior Defence Research and Development Lab., Hyderabad Naval Science & Technological Laboratory, Visakhapatnam Integrated Test Range, Balasore, Odisha Cochin Shipyard Ltd, Kochi, Kerala Ordnance Factories Board, Kolkata

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

INDIA

Letters to the Editor

It (Military Yearbook) is a valuable book.

Dr Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan, Second President of India

The Guide Publications of New Delhi have brought out the Military Yearbook. It is useful to have suitably compiled information in one volume. I commend the efforts of the Publishers.

Shri Lal Bahadur Shastri, Second Prime Minister of India

MQ-9B

MULTI-ROLE SINGLE SOLUTION MQ-9B is the ultimate multi-role, cross-domain platform, delivering affordable, persistent, civil airspace-compliant situational awareness for strategic and tactical ISR missions. With industry-leading endurance and vast mission set capabilities – from armed overland and overwater ISR, to anti-submarine warfare (ASW), to search and rescue and disaster relief – MQ-9B is the perfect asset for the Indian Armed Forces.

ga-asi.com ©2020 GENERAL ATOMICS AERONAUTICAL SYSTEMS, INC.

2008_GA-ASI_SPs_Military_Yearbook_P05905.indd 1

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Airborne Situational Awareness 24/7, Worldwide

Leading The Situational Awareness Revolution

9/23/20 11:45 AM

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 21

Letters to the Editor

I am desired to acknowledge with thanks, the receipt of your letter addressed to the Prime Minister alongwith books titled SP’s Civil Aviation Yearbook 2019 and SP’s Military Yearbook 2019 written by you.

Chandresh Sona, Director Prime Minister’s Office New Delhi 110011

At the outset my gratitude for sharing SP’s Military Yearbook 2019. My compliments to the Editorial Team for a very comprehensive yearbook covering a wide canvas of contemporary issues. The Military Yearbook perspective on strategic issues, military technology, views of think tanks makes the journal a valuable reading.

July 31, 2020

We do look forward to your future publications and wish you the very best for future endeavours.

Lt General R.K. Jagga Director General Mechanised Forces Directorate General of Mechanised Forces General Staff Branch Integrated HQ of Ministry of Defence (Army) New Delhi 110 011

I have been regularly going through the entire range of your publications and have referred to your Yearbooks for information. The contemporary industry knowledge and pointed coverage of major events in your magazines have enabled military professionals to remain abreast of latest developments in the aviation industry.

The vision of founder Shri S.P. Baranwal and tremendous strides made by the organisation from the year 1964 has made your Publishing House the largest Aerospace and Defence Publisher in Asia today.

Air Marshal Amit Dev Air Officer Commanding-in-Chief HQ Eastern Air Command, Indian Air Force Nonglyer, Upper Shillong Meghalaya – 793009 August 4, 2021

Thank you for sending me a copy SP’s Military Yearbook 2019.

I have perused the book and found it to be highly informative.

I am also happy to learn that your publications are regarded as a credible source of information, not only in the Indian subcontinent, but also in South Asia and the Middle East.

The depth and range of articles and features in your Military Yearbook 2019 is very comprehensive and provides up-todate information on technological advancements and other developments in the military domain. I take this opportunity to wish the team of SP Guide Publications success in all their future endeavours.

Vice Admiral A.K. Chawla Flag Officer Commanding-in-Chief Headquarters Southern Naval Command Naval Base Kochi 682004

November 26, 2019

Thank you for sending me a copy of the SP’s Military Yearbook 2019.

The Yearbook aptly covers vast info on the Armed Forces and of the Indian Defence Sector. I found the book to be quite informative and an interesting read. My compliments to the editorial team for bringing out an excellent publication.

Lt General Saranjeet Singh Deputy Chief of the Army Staff (IS & T) Integrated HQ of Ministry of Defence (Army) New Delhi 110011 December 11, 2019

The new edition of SP’s Military Yearbook 2019, covers a wide range of contemporary and relevant articles, analysis and useful references for Armed Forces. I am sanguine that military leaders at all levels will benefit professionally from the book.

My compliments to the Editorial Team for an excellent compilation.

Lt General Ranbir Singh General Officer Commanding-in-Chief & Colonel of the Dorgra Regiment & Dogra Scouts Headquarters Northern Command Pin 908545, C/o 56 APO December 16, 2019

September 30, 2020

22 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

,

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

,

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 23

Letters to the Editor

Let me compliment you for the latest edition of SP’s Military Yearbook. The yearbook makes an excellent read on the current geo strategic and military matters with extensive infographics incorporated in the publication. The edition is an exhaustive compilation of articles on various issues of strategy, security, defence technology and regional dynamics by authors of international repute.

I am sanguine that you will continue to contribute towards knowledge enrichment of the military minds in future as well.

Lt General K. Ravi Prasad Director General Artillery & Colonel Commandant Regiment of Artillery Directorate General of Artillery, General Staff Branch Integrated HQ of Ministry of Defence (Army) New Delhi 110 011 December 12, 2019

Please accept my sincere thanks for sending me the SP’s Military Yearbook.

My best wishes for this endeavour.

Air Vice Marshal C.R. Mohan Assistant Chief of the Air Staff (Eng B) Air Headquarters Vayu Bhawan, New Delhi 110 106 January 6. 2020

24 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Thank you for sending us a copy SP’s Military Yearbook 2019.

My compliments to you and your editorial team and staff for bringing out this splendid edition. Wishing your team all the very best for future endeavours.

Air Marshal Amit Tiwari Air Officer Commanding-in-Chief HQ Southern Air Command, Indian Air Force Akkulam, Thiruvanthapuram, Kerala 695011 December 17, 2019

I would like to congratulate SP Guide Publications for bringing out the SP’s Military Yearbook 2019 which is considered as an indispensable reference document for information on the Military and Para-military organisations of the country by the policy makers and general public alike. The book provides vast, in-depth, accurate and trust-worthy information on Military and Para-military organisation which is a reflection of extreme hard work and research put in by the subject experts.

I wish all the success to SP Guide Publications for bringing out future editions of the SP’s Military Yearbook with the same motivation and enthusiasm.

Rajeev Singh Thakur, IAS Joint Secretary (Army) Ministry of Defence New Delhi 110 011 November 26, 2019

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

MISSION-READY SYSTEMS DECADES OF EXPERIENCE L3Harris’ WESCAM MX™-Series systems are the eyes of more than 220 different platforms operating across more than 80 countries. That’s over 5,500 powerful EO/IR surveillance and targeting systems deployed in support of advanced intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance and targeting missions worldwide. Platform- and mission-proven with 24/7 global support, our WESCAM MX systems provide exceptional range performance, stability and reliability. Fully equipped to support today’s advanced platforms, WESCAM MX systems allow mission teams to see first and act first.

Australian Government Department of Defence.

Courtesy of General Atomics Aeronautical Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Use of U.S. DoD visual information does not imply or constitute DoD endorsement.

Credit: Jevgenijs Slihto.

MISSION-READY SYSTEMS DECADES OF EXPERIENCE L3Harris’ WESCAM MX™-Series systems are the eyes of more than 220 different platforms operating across more than 80 countries. That’s over 5,500 powerful EO/IR surveillance and targeting systems deployed in support of advanced intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance and targeting missions worldwide. Platform- and mission-proven with 24/7 global support, our WESCAM MX systems provide exceptional range performance, stability and reliability. Fully equipped to support today’s advanced platforms, WESCAM MX systems allow mission teams to see first and act first.

Australian Government Department of Defence.

Courtesy of General Atomics Aeronautical Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Use of U.S. DoD visual information does not imply or constitute DoD endorsement.

Credit: Jevgenijs Slihto.

REGIONAL BALANCE

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

Contents STRATEGY & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

Colour pa ges

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

Cont e n t s Authors’ Profiles.............................................................................................................................................................. 8-14

Map: DRDO and DPSU Headquarters..............................................................................................................................20 Letters to the Editor..................................................................................................................................................... 21-24 Editorial............................................................................................................................................................................... 35-40 LETTER FROM Dr S. Radhakrishnan, Second President of India, addressed to our Founder Editor-in-Chief, in March 1966.......................................................................................................................36

41-64

Sin título-3 1

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

04/10/2019 10:10:16

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 25

REGIONAL BALANCE

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

Weapons, Equipment & Vehicles

TECHNOLOGY

Map: Major Indian Armed Forces’ Headquarters.................................................................................................18

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

Major Infographics/Maps/Diagrams/charts.........................................................................................................16

Cont e nt s B la c k & White pag es

1 Strategy & Perspectives

1. Consequences of Taliban Take-over of Afghanistan............................................................................ 1 General Deepak Kapoor (Retd)

2. Afghanistan — An Analysis.............................................. 11 Lt General R.K. Jagga (Retd)

3. Afghanistan — Changed Dynamics.............................. 13 Major General (Dr) Yash Mor (Retd)

4. US Drawdown from Afghanistan — Options for India...................................................................... 15 Major General (Dr) Yash Mor (Retd)

26 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

1 5. Indo-Pacific the Maritime Context................................. 19 Admiral Sunil Lanba (Retd)

6. India and Indo-Pacific strategy........................................ 23 Manoj Joshi

7.

Uneasy Geopolitical Transition — Necessity of a Strong Indian Navy................................. 27 Vice Admiral Shekhar Sinha (Retd)

8. Rising Foot Prints of China in South Asia.................. 29 Brigadier Narender Kumar (Retd)

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

MASADA Striker Fired Pistol 9x19mm

TAVOR X-95

TECHNOLOGY

UZI PRO Sub-Machine Gun 9x19mm

TAVOR Assault Rifle 5.56x45mm, 7.62x51mm

|

LETHAL

|

RELIABLE

THE ULTIMATE WEAPONS OF 21ST CENTURY

ACE Carbine/Assault Rifle 5.56x45mm, 7.62x39mm, 7.62x51mm

INDIAN DEFENCE

PRECISE

BUSINESS

Sub-Machine Gun/Carbine 9x19mm, 5.56x45mm

GALIL

Registered Office: Adani Corporate House, Shantigram, Near Vaishno Devi Circle, SG Highway, Khodiyar, Ahmedabad, 382 421, Gujarat, India Factory: L-1, Malanpur Industrial Area, Ghirongi, Distt. Bhind (MP) - 477117, India Tel: +91 79 2555 5201, +91 99105 01470, +91 88263 13475 E-mail: sales@plrsystem.in Website: www.plrsystem.in, www.adanidefence.com

PLR Ad 226x180mm.indd 10

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

DAN Sniper Rifle .338 BOLT ACTION

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

INDIA’S FIRST PRIVATE SECTOR SMALL ARMS MANUFACTURER

NEGEV Light Machine Gun 5.56x45mm | 7.62x51mm

01-May-21 1:59:36 PM SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 27

REGIONAL BALANCE

PLR SYSTEMS PVT LTD

Sniper Rifle 7.62x51mm

Cont e nt s B lack & White pa ges

9. Chinese Influence in the South Asian Region and Implications..................................................................... 33 Major General B.S. Dhanoa (Retd)

13. Indo–Nepal–China — Asia’s Eternal Triangle......................................................... 45 Lt General Shokin Chauhan (Retd)

10. China’s Growing Intrusive Presence in Central Asia.......................................................................... 35 P. Stobdan

11. China–Pakistan–Turkey Nexus — A Worrying Trend.................................................................... 39 Dr Amrita Jash

12. China-Pakistan Economic Corridor is a Three-Way Challenge for China...................................... 43 Major General (Dr) Yash Mor (Retd)

14. The Annexation of Tibet by China — Is it Justified?........................................................................... 49 Major General (Dr) Yash Mor (Retd) and Prashant Nakra

15. China’s 2021 White Paper on Tibet — An Assessment........................................................................ 55 Dr Amrita Jash

16. Situation in West Asia........................................................... 57 Brigadier Rumel Dahiya (Retd)

Merlinhawk Aerospace Pvt. Ltd. is an AS 9100D company with more than 35 years of experience in the Indian aerospace and defence market.

Merlinhawk’s expertise and capabilities lie in the following areas: • Design and development of airborne products and ground based testers • R&D facility which is QMS and DSIR approved along with a DIPP production license for defence products • MIL standard certiied loom shop

• In-house MRO and service facility to undertake warranty and post warranty repairs • As a certiied offset partner, we can handle production and design activities • Contract manufacturing for electronics, cable assemblies and avionics items

www.merlinhawkaerospace.com

28 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

B lack & White pa ges

17. India and West Asia — Elevation in Relations Through Defence Cooperation............................................................ 59

21. A Denovo look at India’s Nuclear Doctrine.................................................................... 73

Dr Manjari Singh

22. Race to the Space — The Final Frontier..................... 77

19. Indo–US Defence and Security Relations.................. 65 Major General C.P. Singh (Retd)

20. Indus Waters Treaty — Past Imperfect, Future Tense........................................... 69

23. Aerial Warfare in the Future............................................. 81 Air Marshal B.K. Pandey (Retd)

24. China’s Growing Air Power............................................... 83 Air Marshal Anil Chopra (Retd)

25. 50 Years of Independent Bangladesh.......................... 85

Air Cmde Ishfaq Ilahi Choudhury (Retd), Bangladesh Air Force

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 29

REGIONAL BALANCE

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

Uttam Kumar Sinha

Lt General R. Sabherwal (Retd)

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

Anil Trigunayat

Major General (Dr) Yash Mor (Retd)

TECHNOLOGY

18. India’s Vaccine Diplomacy................................................. 63

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

Cont e nt s

Cont e n t s B lack & White pa ges

2 TECHNOLOGY 89 1. Forecasting Change in Military Technology, 2020-2040.......................................................... 89 Major General (Dr) Yash Mor (Retd)

4. Emerging Technologies for Dismounted Soldier Survivability.................................101 Rohit Goel

2. Intelligent Autonomous Things on the Battlefield..................................................................... 93

5. Development of a Lightweight Non-Nuclear EMP Shelter...............................................105

Rohit Goel

Prashant Nakra

3. Artificial Intelligence and National Security.................................................................... 97

6. International Challenges to Security in Space.................................................................109

Major General (Dr) Yash Mor (Retd)

Prashant Nakra

GOA SHIPYARD LIMITED

मेक इन इं डया

Passion for Excellence

AZADI KA

#AmritMahotsav

AMRIT MAHOTSAV Commemorating 75 Years of Independence

हर काम दे श के नाम

PRODUCT PROFILE NOPV

SIMULATORS

CERTIFICATIONS

30 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

FPV

FIB

OPV

SLOPV

Contact :- fpg_ofce@goashipyard.com, contactus@goashipyard.com

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

3 BUSINESS 113 7.

3. Atmanirbhar Bharat — Light at the end of the Tunnel........................................121 Lt General Naresh Chand (Retd)

4. Atmanirbhar in Defence — Enabling Foreign Direct Investment............................125 Major General Rohit Gupta (Retd)

5. Corporatisation of Ordnance Factories — A Step Towards Their Atmanirbharta.........................129 Major General Rohit Gupta (Retd)

4 INDIAN DEFENCE

1. Exclusive Interview: General Bipin Rawat, Chief of Defence Staff (CDS)...........................................153 2. Indian Navy’s Aircraft Carrier Goal and Programme.....................................................................157 Admiral Sunil Lanba (Retd)

3. Jointness and Integration — The Beginning Towards an End State........................159 Prashant Nakra

4. The Indian Army....................................................................163 5. The Indian Navy....................................................................183 6. The Indian Air Force............................................................207 www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Defence Industrial Corridors (A Promising Step Towards Atmanirbharata).........139 Lt General J.K. Sharma (Retd)

8. Tamil Nadu Aerospace & Defence Industrial Policy...................................................................143 Rohit Goel

9. Uttar Pradesh Defence Industrial Corridor...............147

TECHNOLOGY

Rohit Goel

Rohit Goel

Rohit Goel

10. Defence Manufacturing in Uttarakhand..................151 Rohit Goel

153 7. Indian Coast Guard— A Multi-Mission Organisation........................................231 8.

Who’s Who in Indian Defence........................................241

9.

Defence Production.............................................................263

BUSINESS

Defence Reforms — 20 Reforms of 2020...................117

INDIAN DEFENCE

2.

10. Defence Research and Development (DRDO)........291

Homeland Security 1. The Ministry of Home Affairs & Central Armed Police Forces (CAPFs)........................299

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Dr Laxman Kumar Behera

6. Innovations for Defence Excellence (iDEX)..........................................................................................133

Lt General Naresh Chand (Retd)

2. India Takes Great Leaps in its Coastal Security..............................................................309 Lt General Naresh Chand (Retd) SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 31

REGIONAL BALANCE

1. India’s Defence Budget 2021-22.....................................113

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

B lack & White pa ges

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

Cont e nt s

Cont e n t s 5 ASIAN WHO’S WHO

B lack & White pa ges

MoD Contact Details & Organisation Structure of Twenty Asian Countries Algeria: MoD Contact Details.......................................................... 322 Australia: MoD Contact Details...................................................... 323 Australia: MoD Organisational Structure........................................ 325 Bangladesh: MoD Contact Details................................................. 326

321 Taiwan: MoD Contact Details.......................................................... 350 Taiwan: MoD Organisational Structure........................................... 351 Thailand: MoD Contact Details....................................................... 352 Thailand: MoD Organisational Structure........................................ 353 Vietnam: MoD Contact Details........................................................ 354 Vietnam: MoD Organisational Structure......................................... 354

Brunei: MoD Organisational Structure............................................ 329

Who’s Who in Asian Defence Forces

Egypt: MoD Contact Details............................................................. 330

Algeria.............................................................................................. 355

Indonesia: MoD Contact Details..................................................... 330

Australia........................................................................................... 355

Indonesia: MoD Organisational Structure...................................... 331

Bahrain............................................................................................. 355

Iran: MoD Contact Details................................................................ 331

Bangladesh...................................................................................... 355

Israel: MoD Contact Details............................................................. 332

Bhutan......................................................................................355, 356

Israel: MoD Organisational Structure.............................................. 333

Brunei............................................................................................... 356

Japan: MoD Organisational Structure............................................. 334

Cambodia......................................................................................... 356

Japan: MoD Contact Details............................................................ 335

China................................................................................................. 356

Kazakhstan: MoD Contact Details.................................................. 335

Egypt................................................................................................. 356

Malaysia: MoD Contact Details...................................................... 336

Indonesia......................................................................................... 356

Malaysia: MoD Organisational Structure....................................... 337

Iran.................................................................................................... 356

Myanmar: MoD Contact Details...................................................... 338

Iraq............................................................................................356, 357

Myanmar: MoD Organisational Structure....................................... 338

Israel................................................................................................. 357

Nepal: MoD Contact Details............................................................ 339

Japan................................................................................................ 357

Philippines: MoD Contact Details.................................................. 340

Jordan............................................................................................... 357

Philippines: MoD Organisational Structure.................................... 344

Kazakhstan...................................................................................... 357

Singapore: MoD Contact Details.................................................... 345

Kuwait.............................................................................................. 357

Singapore: MoD Organisational Structure...................................... 347

Kyrgyzstan........................................................................................ 357

South Korea MoD Contact Details.................................................. 348

Laos................................................................................................... 357

South Korea MoD Organisation Structure...................................... 348

Lebanon....................................................................................357, 358

Sri Lanka: MoD Contact Details...................................................... 349

Libya.................................................................................................. 358

Sri Lanka: MoD Organisational Structure....................................... 349

Malaysia.......................................................................................... 358

Brunei: MoD Contact Details........................................................... 327

32 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS Israel.................................................................................375, 376, 377

Oman................................................................................................. 358

Japan........................................................................................377, 378

Pakistan........................................................................................... 358

Jordan............................................................................................... 378

Philippines....................................................................................... 358

Kazakhstan...................................................................................... 379

Qatar................................................................................................. 359

Kuwait.............................................................................................. 380

Saudi Arabia.................................................................................... 359

Kyrgyzstan........................................................................................ 380

Singapore......................................................................................... 359

Laos................................................................................................... 381

South Korea (Republic of Korea)................................................. 359

Lebanon....................................................................................381, 382

Sri Lanka.......................................................................................... 359

Libya.................................................................................................. 382

Syria.................................................................................................. 359

Malaysia..................................................................................383, 384

Taiwan.............................................................................................. 359

Myanmar.......................................................................................... 384

Tajikistan..................................................................................359, 360

Nepal................................................................................................ 385

Thailand........................................................................................... 360

North Korea.............................................................................385, 386

Turkey............................................................................................... 360

Oman................................................................................................. 386

Turkmenistan................................................................................... 360

Pakistan...........................................................................386, 387, 388

United Arab Emirates..................................................................... 360

Philippines....................................................................................... 388

Uzbekistan....................................................................................... 360

Qatar................................................................................................. 389

Vietnam............................................................................................ 360

Saudi Arabia.................................................................................... 389

Yemen............................................................................................... 360

Singapore.................................................................................390, 391 South Korea..................................................................................... 392

Profiles: Asian Who’s Who Leadership

Syria.................................................................................................. 394

Algeria......................................................................................361, 362

Taiwan......................................................................................394, 395

Australia...........................................................................362, 363, 364

Tajikistan.......................................................................................... 395

Bahrain............................................................................................. 364

Thailand...................................................................................395, 396

Bangladesh..............................................................................365, 366

Turkey.......................................................................................396, 397

Bhutan.............................................................................................. 366

Turkmenistan................................................................................... 398

Brunei.......................................................................................367, 368

United Arab Emirates..................................................................... 398

Cambodia.................................................................................368, 369

Uzbekistan...............................................................................398, 399

China................................................................................................. 369

Vietnam....................................................................................399, 400

Egypt.........................................................................................370, 371

Yemen............................................................................................... 400

Sri Lanka..................................................................................392, 393

Indonesia.................................................................................372, 373

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 33

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

North Korea (DPR of Korea).......................................................... 358

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

Iraq............................................................................................374, 375

TECHNOLOGY

Nepal................................................................................................ 358

BUSINESS

Iran............................................................................................373, 374

INDIAN DEFENCE

Myanmar.......................................................................................... 358

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

B lack & White pa ges

REGIONAL BALANCE

Cont e nt s

Cont e n t s 6 REGIONAL BALANCE

B lack & White pa ges

401

1. GDP & Military Expenditure............................................401 2.

Philippines........................................................................... 482 Singapore............................................................................. 485

Asia-Pacific (Indo-Pacific) Developments.........................................................................407

Taiwan................................................................................... 487 Thailand................................................................................ 490

3. Central and South Asia (CASA)......................................415

Vietnam................................................................................. 494

Kazakhstan........................................................................... 421 Kyrgyzstan............................................................................ 423

5.

West Asia and North Africa (Wana)..........................497

Tajikistan.............................................................................. 424

Algeria................................................................................... 503

Turkmenistan....................................................................... 425

Bahrain.................................................................................. 506

Uzbekistan............................................................................ 427

Egypt...................................................................................... 508

Afghanistan.......................................................................... 429

Libya...................................................................................... 512

Bangladesh.......................................................................... 430

Iran......................................................................................... 514

Bhutan................................................................................... 432

Iraq......................................................................................... 518

India....................................................................................... 433

Israel...................................................................................... 520

Nepal..................................................................................... 434

Jordan................................................................................... 523

Pakistan................................................................................ 435

Kuwait................................................................................... 525

Sri Lanka............................................................................... 438

Lebanon................................................................................. 527 Oman...................................................................................... 529

4. East Asia, Pacific Rim & Australia (Eapa)...............441

Qatar...................................................................................... 531

Australia............................................................................... 446

Saudi Arabia........................................................................ 533

Brunei.................................................................................... 449

Syria....................................................................................... 537

Cambodia.............................................................................. 450

Turkey.................................................................................... 540

China...................................................................................... 452

United Arab Emirates......................................................... 544

Indonesia.............................................................................. 461

Yemen.................................................................................... 547

Japan..................................................................................... 465 North Korea (Democratic People’s Republic of Korea)...................... 469

6.

Equipment & Hardware Specifications: An Overview...........................................................................549

South Korea (Republic of Korea)..................................... 472

Army Equipment.................................................................. 549

Laos........................................................................................ 476

Naval Equipment................................................................. 578

Malaysia............................................................................... 477

Air Equipment...................................................................... 600

Myanmar............................................................................... 480 34 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP’s

Military Yearbook s

i

n

c

e

1

9

6

5

2020 –

2021 47th

is s ue

Editorial SP Guide Publications SP Guide Publications was founded in 1964 by its Founder, Editor and Publisher, Shri S.P. Baranwal. SP’s Military Yearbook was first launched as Military Yearbook in 1965 as a reference book on the armed forces of India on land, at sea and in the air. In its early years, the Yearbook was acknowledged by President Sarvapalli Radhakrishnan, Prime Minister Lal Bahadur Shastri and several eminent National leaders in the country. From a very humble beginning, journey over the last fifty-seven years has been quite extraordinary for the Yearbook. From a couple of hundred pages in the sixties and seventies, it has grown to a hardbound reference document of nearly 700 pages today. SP’s Military Yearbook is a trusted compendium of reliable and high-quality reference information for your understanding of the Asian and Pacific military markets. The quality of the Yearbook is at par with the international standards and has no parallel across Asia.

SP’s Military Yearbook 2020-2021 has been enhanced with even better-quality after a detailed survey involving large number of armed forces officers and academia was done. Based on the recommendation received in the online survey, as always, this year the Yearbook is focused to the needs of its readers but with greatly enhanced content. We strive to make the information in the Yearbook, as extensive as possible and towards that objective, we have expanded some chapters to include some unique content, that would probably not be available elsewhere. The contents have been curated keeping in mind specific needs of policy makers, defence and homeland security industry, academia and think-tanks in India and abroad and the aspirants for engagements on security matters with defence and military establishments.

This year the important sections of SP’s MYB have a de novo look and have thus been arranged in a manner that makes reading and analysis much better. Keeping in mind the emerging world

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 35

l

Editorial

l

A set of kind words from Dr S. Radhakrishnan, Second President of India, addressed to our Founder Editor-in-Chief, in March 1966.

36 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

editorial

l

India’s Defence Minister Rajnath Singh receiving SP’s Military Yearbook 2019 from Publisher & Editor-in-Chief Jayant Baranwal The cover of Military Yearbook 1965

order due to major international events, the regional security balance has been restructured and updated. The geopolitical landscape has been scanned minutely to give the readers a balanced perspective. A large number of important events that happened in last few months of 2021, have been included with great amount of thought-process behind. The contents have been immensely updated and complimented with info-graphics, charts, graphs, etc.

COVID-19 Pandemic

BEST NEW PRODUCTBEST NEW PRODUCT

AWARDS

C

C

C

DEFENSE SEGMENTDEFENSE SEGMENT BEST NEW PRODUCTBEST NEW PRODUCT

VERSÃO B VERSÃO / SIMPLIFICADA B / SIMPLIFICADA

#ForADifferentWorld

C

0 MILLE3N9N0IUMMILLENNIUM -39 -

LAUREATES LAUREATES

DEFENSE SEGMENT DEFENSE SEGMENT

EMBRAER C-390 EMBRAER C-390

GRANDGRAND LAUREATE LAUREATE

BEST NEW BEST NEW PRODUCT PRODUCT

2020 –

AWARDS

APLICAÇÃO COM APLICAÇÃO FUNDO COM FUNDO

DEFENSE SEGMENTDEFENSE SEGMENT BEST NEW PRODUCTBEST NEW PRODUCT

2021

LAUREATES LAUREATES

C

C

C

0 MILLE3N9N0IUMMILLENNIUM -39 DEFENSE SEGMENT - DEFENSE SEGMENT

SP’s

VERSÃO A VERSÃO / COMPLETA A / COMPLETA

The C-390 Millennium multi-mission aircraft is in-service with Brazilian Air Force delivering exceptional performance and fulfilling all expectations, most notably with support during the Covid-19 pandemic. The C-390 is also the aircraft of choice for Portugal and now Hungary too. Both these air forces have 0 MILLE3N9N0IUMMILLENNIUM 0 MILLEN9N0IUMMILLENNto IUMmeet their own unique selected -39 -39 the-3C-390 and demanding operational requirements.

By combining state-of-the-art systems and proven technologies with a worldwide network suppliers, LAUREATES LAUREATES of reputable LAUREATES LAUREATESthe C-390 Millennium AWARDS AWARDS AWARDS AWARDS is a versatile addition to any air force.

APLICAÇÃO BRANCO APLICAÇÃO / SEM FUNDO BRANCO / SEM FUNDO APLICAÇÃO COR /APLICAÇÃO SEM FUNDOCOR / SEM FUNDO The C-390 is the most reliable, easy to operate and efficient aircraft in its class.

Military

C-390 MILLENNIUM

Yearbook

Irrespective of how and where it came from, this one caused havoc around the globe. The world has witnessed a pandemic which was never anticipated and the world community SUCCESSFULLY at large was not preACCOMPLISHING lives were lost due to pared for it. Tens of millions of people were affected, hundreds of thousands MISSIONS this, countries shut themselves down to prevent the spread of this pandemic and it crippled national economies. The lock down in this manner has never ever been seen in modern human history as nations across the globe grappled with the deadly virus. The slow down of the world economies was unprecedented as airports and shipping closed and trade came to a slowdown. Millions of people lost their jobs and armed forces had to be brought in for medical support and disaster relief.

India came out of this pandemic valiantly not only in terms of human losses but also in terms of its economy. India is a shining example as it galvanised its technology to manufacture and distribute vaccines to many poor countries including its immediate neighborhood.

Geopolitics and commercial considerations of vaccines plays out with utter disdain for the humanity at large. India is part of the V5 Club comprising of USA, UK, Russia, and China. India has been credited with being the ‘Pharmacy of the World’ and the “Vaccine Hub” for decades now. India has remained on the forefront of the fight against the virus and has been promoting need for international solidarity to contain the pandemic and to develop robust health care protocols as well as warning systems for the future. We have included an article on ‘Vaccine Diplomacy’ in this edition.

C

l

• ENORMOUSLY IMPROVED • EXHAUSTIVELY UPDATED • EXTENSIVE INCLUSION OF INFOGRAPHICS

SP’s

Military 2020 – Yearbook s

i

n

c

e

1

9

6

5

2021 47 TH

I S S U E

I N D I A P R O U D LY C ELEB RAT E S 75 T H Y EAR O F I N DEPENDENCE

AWARDS AWARDS

APLICAÇÃO SIMPLIFICADA APLICAÇÃO SIMPLIFICADA

ELEMENTOS ISOLADOS ELEMENTOS ISOLADOS

47T H I S SU E

c-390.com

F-21: Made in India.

Made for India.

Learn more at lockheedmartin.com/f21.

EDITOR-IN-CHIEF

JAYANT BARANWAL

© 2021 Lockheed Martin Corporation

Photographic record made by the Brazilian Air Force on one of the missions to combat COVID-19 in Brazil.

SP's MYB Cover 2020-2021 Final.indd 1

C42496-014-Embraer-DS-C390-SPsYearbook-Apr21-267x210-v1.indd 1

31/03/2021 09:39

Job Number: FG21-0003B_027 Publication: SP’s Military Yearbook Visual: F-21 Country: India

Live: NA Trim: H: 145 mm W: 110 mm Bleed: None Gutter: None Resolution: 300 DPI Density: 300 Color Space: CMYK

Designer: SamCoplen Communicator: Carla Krivanek Due Date: 07/29/21

The cover of the current edition of SP’s Military Yearbook 2020-2021

New World Order – Competition and Conflict In this edition of SP’s MYB, we have included all the major conflict areas, particularly from the point of view of India and the region. The security environment in Indo-Pacific has been at the centre of the geo-political developments’ recent years. With almost all major powers taking interest in the region, new diplomatic and military maneuvers were seen. The region is fast gaining importance and is likely to be of concern for India in the coming years. A very comprehensive analysis has been carried out by strategic thinkers on the issues facing the region:

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 37

15/09/2

l

Editorial

l

Taliban took over Afghanistan as soon as US ended their longest war and evacuated their forces from the country

AUKUS - US has formed a new alliance with Australia and UK creating a divide in the US-EU relations

Taliban Storms Afghanistan Afghanistan has once again fallen to the Taliban with active support of Pakistan. The whole world is watching as the situation there unfolds gradually. After the US pull out, Taliban took over the country and have announced an interim government which is cluttered with 14 UN-designated terrorists in it. Questions such as: Will they be able to form a stable government and ensure basic rights of Afghan people, especially women and children, are protected and not desecrated?

Will the Taliban keep their word and ensure that Afghanistan is not used by terror organisations like the Al-Qaida as a base for launching terror attacks? remain unanswered.

China is emerging as the new major player set to be the biggest beneficiary out of this development. The competition for influence in Afghanistan is amongst China, Russia, Iran, and Pakistan. India unfortunately is no longer a major player but has invested in many projects that has touched the lives of common people of the country. With the defeat of US the terror outfits in Pakistan are likely to feel emboldened to use terror as an instrument of state policy against India and Afghanistan. China, Pakistan, Iran, Turkey and the likes of other Central Asian Republics, all have their own axes to grind with respect to Afghanistan so what does it mean for the region and India?

We have detailed analyses on the current Afghanistan situation included in this edition of SP’s MYB.

power with global ambitions. It has pursued its foreign policy objectives very aggressively in the region. The options for India in view of the Chinese belligerent actions have been deliberated upon inside and makes for some very interesting reading.

Expansionist China The world is at their wit’s end in trying to figure out how to restrain China. On the other hand, China conveniently ‘cock a snook’ at the Western powers and continues merrily with their misdemeanours.

The regular intrusion into Taiwan’s air zone by Chinese war planes in significant numbers is just a small example of the same. A bigger and a more significant show of China’s attitude was the Galwan Valley clashes in Eastern Ladakh with the Indian Army which nearly brought the two nations to the throes of war! At one point, over 2,00,000 fullyarmed Indian and Chinese soldiers stood face to face, not more than 100 metres away from each other backed by 100s of tanks, artillery and fighter planes before better sense prevailed and disengagement started. The situation is still not fully resolved and is ongoing.

This edition of SP’s Military Yearbook has detailed analysis of China’s Role and Ambitions in and around the region and implications for India. There is no denying the fact that China is today a major

38 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

China’s White Paper on Tibet Very exclusive research has been made and published in the Yearbook on the ‘White Paper’ published by China on Tibet. While China has made tall claims on various issues to exhibit its development in the Tibet region, the analysis by eminent scholars have given an unbiased opinion on the propaganda value of the paper. This is a must read for those who have a keen interest in China.

QUAD and AUKUS Two new international groupings are in the focus this year. The US, smarting under its humiliation in Afghanistan, is going aggressive in South China Sea with an aim of containing China at all costs. In an attempt to restrict China in its backyard, countries like US, Australia, Japan and India came together for the Quadrilateral (QUAD) alliance.

The QUAD and its dynamics have been covered in great details in this edition of the Yearbook. India is a very important pivot of the QUAD as its strategic location in the Indian Ocean is of great significance to the QUAD especially with the other three members (Australia, Japan and US) on the Pacific Ocean side. The QUAD needs to be expanded speedily to bring more pressure on China but nothing has really happened in that direction.

Very recently the United States has also formed the AUKUS with UK and Australia, with the aim of providing nuclear powered submarines to the Australian Navy. The US State Department making categorical statement that India and Japan will not be added to AUKUS was in somewhat bad taste and hence raises questions. AUKUS has created a US-EU divide to China’s advantage especially with China being EU’s largest trading partner. Indian Foreign Secretary has told media that AUKUS has no link with QUAD and will have no impact on the functioning of the latter. But QUAD can actually be as powerful as AUKUS or even more, in case the capabilities of all members is built up suitably under the pledge of sharing critical and futuristic technologies.

Both these groupings have been sharply criticised by China as the start of the cold war in new form. It appears that the South China Sea will emerge as the major region of international conflict with India

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

l

editorial

l

The aircraft carrier Liaoning battle group steam of the Chinese PLA Navy taking part in a combat exercise

India’s Indigenous Aircraft Carrier Vikrant on sea trials, showcasing self-reliance (Atmanirbharta) in defence production

being an important player. The United States will get drawn into the conflict as it challenges China’s assertive territorial claims and land reclamation efforts by conducting series of naval exercises and bolstering support for South East Asian partners.

non-military dimensions. India is poised to harness its potential in all technological and economical spheres. In spite of the global slowdown accentuated due to the COVID pandemic, India growth story remains robust and fulfilling.

China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) Slow Down China’s Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) has entered its eighth year, with growing resistance and skepticism amongst countries about China’s financing and strategic intent. A recent study of over 13,000 projects has highlighted that the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) should respect openness, transparency and sovereignty of nations. Over 42 countries are now seriously in the debt trap of China. The BRI has serious technological, economic and strategic implications for India and the rest of the world. The US-led nations are looking at an alternative way to connect the world.

The stakes in Balochistan’s separatist movement have gone higher due to development of the China Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC). The Chinese are even planning to fence major part of the Gwadar town to safe guard its workers and assets near the port. There have been few deadly attacks in Gilgit-Baltistan region threatening Chinese interests in Pakistan, raising concerns on China getting drawn into local security affairs of Pakistan.

Modernisation of the Armed Forces As a developing country with inherent security challenges in its immediate neighborhood, combined with the real danger of fall-out from the Taliban takeover in Afghanistan, the modernisation drive for the three services has continued with vigor. In the chapters on the Indian Army, Indian Air Force and Indian Navy (under Indian Defence Section) in this edition of SP’s Military Yearbook, the modernisation aspects of all the three services have been highlighted.

Induction of new weapon systems with greater emphasis on ‘Make in India’ with a view to indigenise defence sector has been the focus of the policy makers in India. The Defence Budget has been analysed from the point of view of capital procurements.

Self-reliance (Atmanirbharta) in defence production is the key to future modernisation of the three services. It focuses on India achieving indigenous capabilities in key areas to reduce external dependencies. Strategic independence in defence is one of the key focus areas for the Government of India (GoI). Foreign Direct Investment is one of the key enablers to bringing in and harnessing defence technology in India. This issue has been adequately highlighted in this edition.

US and India Relationship US and India have a shared vision of the strategic future of IndoPacific. India is a key partner in the US ability to support a stable balance of power in the Indo-Pacific. Military and economic ties between the two countries have grown over the past decade. Indian PM made first visit (post COVID-19) to the US to address the UNGA as also attend the first in person meeting of the four QUAD countries.

The Biden administration is aligned to India’s security needs and also has the same vision for the Indo-Pacific region.

India’s Growth as a Leading Market Economy and Regional Power India is the sixth largest economy in the world, aspiring to become the third largest by 2030, expected to be five trillion-dollar (USD) economy by 2025 and 10 trillion-dollar by 2032. On its way to find its rightful place in the comity of nations, India must be prepared for conventional and non-conventional threats both in the military and

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Progress on Joint Tri-Service Formations The issue of Joint Tri-Service formations is progressing as was envisioned after the appointment of first Chief of Defence Staff (CDS).

Towards the end of the previous term, the Government initiated the formation of tri-service commands to manage special forces, space operations and cyber security amid growing regional security threats.

The Ministry of Defence (MoD) announced in early May 2018 the formation of Armed Forces Special Operations Division (AFSOD), Defence Space Agency (DSA) and the Defence Cyber Agency (DCA), respectively. The tri-services Defence Space Agency will command all the space assets of the three services including the A-SAT capability, which can be used to destroy enemy space-based satellites and other assets. However, the final decision has not yet been taken on the capabilities and assets to be given to this agency. The agency will be headquartered in Bengaluru as it is also the headquarters of ISRO,

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 39

l

Editorial

l

Acknowledgements

Several distinguished authors and industry experts contributed to make this edition of SP’s Military Yearbook a quality product. Pages 8, 10, 12 and 14 will give a quick reference to these writers of eminence and global standing.

Our special thanks to Lt General R.K. Jagga (Retd), former Director General of Mechanised Forces and Major General Yash Mor (Retd) of the Indian Army for their role in enabling significant updates in the contents of this Yearbook. Their knowledge of the Security Environment and the Indian Armed Forces facilitated the content development of SP’s Military Yearbook.

Sincere thanks to Air Marshal R. Nambiar (Retd), former AOC-in-C, Western Command, India Air Force for enabling important & substantial improvements to the contents.

As usual, our whole team led by Rohit Goel, including the research team of Bharti Sharma, Rimpy Nischal and Survi Massey, and the design team of Vimlesh Yadav and Sonu Bisht, at SP Guide Publications whose dedication and hard work enables an updated edition to be published every year.

A big thanks to our team of Sr Technical Editors who have made notable contributions: • Lt General Naresh Chand (Retd) • Air Marshal B.K. Pandey (Retd) • Lt General P.C. Katoch (Retd)

Clarifications: Most countries are reluctant to part with information on their armed forces and military equipment. Sincere efforts have been made to garner information from the most authentic open sources. It is quite possible that variations may crop up in some cases.

Articles in this volume contain the personal opinions of the contributors and do not reflect the views of the publishers or the Indian Government, including the Ministry of Defence.

Suggestions for improvements will be appreciated and carried out to the extent possible and practically viable.

which manages all types of space programmes of the country. The appointment of the head of the new DSA from the Indian Air Force (IAF) is imminent.

Establishment of integrated theatre commands has run into rough weather but these are teething problems that will be sorted out. The integration must be done in deliberate fashion over a period of time considering all pros and cons and taking into account that the transformation period does not put us at disadvantage if war is thrust upon us during the changeover. Detailed information on all these important issues has been included in this edition.

Reforms in the Defence Sector in India The Indian defence sector has been reforming at rapid pace and all the major reforms that are currently taking shape have been included in the Yearbook. This makes very absorbing reading for those who have deep interest in security and strategic studies.

An exclusive and exhaustive Interview with the CDS General Bipin Rawat is one of the key highlights of the Yearbook 2020-2021. As part of long overdue reforms in the command control of the armed forces of India, the appointment of the first CDS was a historic step. The interview with General Rawat has highlighted the vision for the three services in the coming years.

After years of dithering the Defence Public Sector Undertakings (DPSUs) are being reformed in a major way. Perhaps the biggest Defence Sector reform, after the creation of CDS, is the Corporatisation of Ordnance Factory Board (OFB) in India. The OFB which dates back to the first factory established in 1801, have been finally converted in to seven DPSUs. This is with the aim of modernisation, infusion of technology and best practices to improve their productivity and make them competent to take on the civil industry.

SP’s Military Yearbook 2020-2021 One of the key aspects of the Yearbook is its referential nature aiming towards enabling businesses.

Our readers will find host of some of the most updated reference elements in the current edition:  Extensive Update of Security Environment and Military Equipment in over 43 countries across Asia-Pacific.  Most Comprehensive Contact Details of Ministry of Defence (MoD) of Asian Countries. Our research team has made a painstaking effort to put in one place all the contact details of officials of the MoDs of the 20 biggest buyers of defence equipment in the Asian continent.  Thorough Updates on Indian Security Establishment including the Armed Forces. This includes the organisation structures of MoD, MHA, Army, Navy, Air Force, Indian Coast Guard and DRDO. Holding of all major weapons systems has also been updated.  Exhaustive details on doing Defence Business in India. DAP 2020, FDI, Defence Reforms, GoI policies and incentives, Dedicated Defence Corridors, all there is to know where to start.  Another key element of SP’s MYB is the overview it provides on upcoming and relevant defence technologies and therefore a complete section on technology has been included. This includes variety of futuristic technologies, such as space-based weapon systems to those which are Artificial Intelligence (AI) based.

I wish our readers an enjoyable reading experience with interesting strategic insights on international and regional geopolitics, national security developments, and the business of defence and technology. We at SP Guide Publications strive to work towards continuous process of improvement and we therefore look forward to the feedbacks from our esteemed readers on this front.

Happy Reading!

40 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Jayant Baranwal Editor-in-Chief

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

MILKORINDIA.COM

THERE IS NO SUBSTITUTE FOR THE ORIGINAL. 40 Years. 65 Countries. 70 000 Systems…

Our goal has always been to develop products that work, given any scenario.

Introducing the SuperSix MRGL, 40mm handheld grenade launcher capable of firing Less Lethal, Standard Low and Medium Velocity Ammunition to an effective range of up to 800m, six shots in under 3 seconds and weighing less than 6kg, we have built a weapon of pure class.

Indian Armed Forces, Milkor Defence Private Limited is at your service.

Courtesy of Milkor Pty Ltd, South Africa.

All rights reserved.

A I R

L A N D

S E A

C Y B E R

MILKORINDIA.COM

THERE IS NO SUBSTITUTE FOR THE ORIGINAL. 40 Years. 65 Countries. 70 000 Systems…

Our goal has always been to develop products that work, given any scenario.

Introducing the SuperSix MRGL, 40mm handheld grenade launcher capable of firing Less Lethal, Standard Low and Medium Velocity Ammunition to an effective range of up to 800m, six shots in under 3 seconds and weighing less than 6kg, we have built a weapon of pure class.

Indian Armed Forces, Milkor Defence Private Limited is at your service.

Courtesy of Milkor Pty Ltd, South Africa.

All rights reserved.

A I R

L A N D

S E A

C Y B E R

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

STRATEGY & PERSPECTIVE

Weapons, Equipment & Vehicles

REGIONAL BALANCE

special colour feature WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

CONTENTS Copyright © 2021

Jayant Baranwal Editor-in-Chief & Publisher SP Guide Publications Pvt Ltd New Delhi, India

Credits Publishers extend special thanks to the companies who have provided the contents and respective photographs for this feature.

Also gladly acknowledge their extensive support and co-operation in formulating this feature with maximum possible up-to-date and lively contents.

Printed in India at Pragati Offset, Hyderabad

SP GUIDE PUBLICATIONS PVT LTD Corporate Office A-133, Arjun Nagar Opposite Defence Colony, New Delhi 110003, India.

Phones : + 91 11 24644693, 24644763, 24620130, 24658322 Fax: +91 11 24647093

Bharat Dynamics.......................................................................................................... 42 EDGE Group................................................................................................................... 43 FFV Ordnance................................................................................................................ 44

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

C on t en t s

TECHNOLOGY

Concept

W EA P O N S , E Q U I P M E N T & V E H I C LE S

Garden Reach Shipbuilders and Engineers............................................................ 46 Hensoldt......................................................................................................................... 47 IAI.................................................................................................................................... 48 Lockheed Martin.......................................................................................................... 49 MBDA............................................................................................................................. 51

BUSINESS

The publisher shall not be liable in the event of incidental or consequential damages in connection with, or arising out of, the furnishing or use of the information, associated instructions/claims of productivity gains.

Milkor............................................................................................................................. 52 Navantia......................................................................................................................... 54 PLR Systems.................................................................................................................. 56 Proengin......................................................................................................................... 58 Rubin............................................................................................................................... 59

INDIAN DEFENCE

All rights reserved. The information published herein is for the personal use of the reader and may not be used for any other activity. No part of this book may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form by any means – digital, electronic, mechanical, photocopy, recording or otherwise – without the prior written approval of the Editor-in-Chief.

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

SP Guide Publications

E-mail: info@spsmilitaryyearbook.com Order: order@spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 41

REGIONAL BALANCE

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Websites: www.spguidepublications.com www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

BHARAT DYNAMICS Interview with Commodore Siddharth Mishra (Retd), Chairman and Managing Director

SP Guide Publications (SP’s): Could you please tell us something about the product portfolio of BDL? Bharat Dynamics Limited (BDL): BDL has a wide range of products for the armed forces. The Company manufactures Anti-Tank Guided Missiles (ATGMs), Surface- to- Air Missiles, Air-to-Air Missiles, Airto-Surface Weapons, Launchers for ATGMs, Test Equipment, Underwater Weapons and Counter Measure Systems. BDL also provides its services for Refurbishment & Life Extension of vintage missiles. In addition, the in-house R &D Division of BDL is closely working with DRDO and foreign OEMs to generate latest and cost effective products.

SP’s: What efforts are being made to enhance the inhouse R&D of BDL? BDL: BDL has a strong in-house R&D division with talent drawn from premier institutions. The Division is leveraging emerging technologies like AI to develop state-of-the-art weapons for the Armed Forces. The Missile Development group set up within the in-house R & D Division is working on Next Generation Missile Programs. BDL has also signed MoUs / agreements with foreign OEMs and start-up companies to develop weapons of next generation.

SP’s: BDL has been promoting its exportable products. What category of products is the Company exploring to export? How far these efforts are getting translated into exports?

BDL: BDL products meet international standards. The recent Government policies have enhanced the ’ease

42 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Commodore Siddharth Mishra (Retd), Chairman and Managing Director, Bharat Dynamics Limited

of doing business’ with friendly foreign countries. To tap the export potential of its products, BDL is exploring the world market for supply of Anti-Tank Guided Missiles, Surface-to-Air Missile, Air-to-Air Missiles, Torpedoes and Counter Measure Systems to friendly foreign countries. BDL’s Light Weight Torpedo has already been exported. Further, BDL is also receiving new leads for export of Akash Weapon System. I am hopeful, very soon, these will get translated into orders SP’s: How the Company proposes to meet the huge demand from Indian Armed Forces and friendly foreign nations?

BDL: BDL at present has three operating units namely, Kanchanbagh Unit at Hyderabad, Bhanur Unit in Sanga Reddy district in Telangana State and Visakhapatnam Unit in Andhra Pradesh.

In addition to these, BDL has three upcoming units located in Ibrahimpatnam in Telangana, Amravati Unit in Maharashtra and the latest one, at Jhansi in the UP Defence Corridor. BDL is also upgrading its manufacturing facilities by leveraging state-of-the-art technology to meet the demands of armed forces, both domestic and foreign. The upcoming units together with modernization of production facilities will be sufficient to meet the demands. 

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

EDGE Group

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

Enabling a Secure Future.

INDIAN DEFENCE technology ecosystem for defence and beyond. Core markets include Asia, Middle East and North Africa. In the future, EDGE Group aims to be known as a company that is at the forefront of cutting-edge technologies, and that delivers products and services at speed, with a growing global export footprint.

Headquartered in Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates, EDGE Group is a catalyst for change – set to revolutionise the industry and change its fundamentals. •

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 43

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Edge Group is a global military supplier of cutting-edge technologies

REGIONAL BALANCE

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

BUSINESS

E

DGE Group is an advanced technology group established to develop agile, bold and disruptive solutions for defence and beyond. It ranks among the top 25 military suppliers in the world.

Enabling a secure future, the organisation is dedicated to bringing innovative technologies and services to market with greater speed and efficiency.

Starting with breakthrough innovations in the strategically important sector of defence, EDGE Group places a priority on national security. Consolidating over 25 entities and employing more than 13,000 brilliant minds, the organisation offers expertise across five core clusters: Platforms & Systems, Missiles & Weapons, Cyber Defence, Electronic Warfare & Intelligence, and Mission Support. Each cluster is structured to create synergies between entities and deliver a greater impact in the industries it serves.

At the forefront of emerging technologies, EDGE Group converges commercial market innovations with military capabilities. Working with front-line operators and adopting advanced technologies such as autonomous capabilities, cyber-physical systems, advanced propulsion systems, robotics and smart materials, the organisation’s disruptive solutions are based on the intricate and intuitive needs of the industry. Artificial intelligence also plays a critical role across the business, creating interoperability and developing cross-domain expertise, enabling EDGE Group to respond to an era where adaptability is vital.

Leveraging local and international partnerships across the defence and technology spectrum, EDGE Group is a magnet for exceptional talent and global expertise, re-imagining capabilities with research and development at its core. EDGE Group works with multiple partners and customers in varied industries in the region and across the globe, and continues to strengthen these relationships in shaping an advanced

FFV Ordnance

F

FV Ordnance, part of the global defence and security company Saab, has been for decades one of the world´s leading suppliers of man-portable support weapons. The shoulder-fired weapon system CarlGustaf® is the flagship of FFV Ordnance´s product family. The system has a long and successful history, and is today in use in more than 40 countries worldwide. This includes India, where it is in use with the Indian Army.

Through its wide variety of ammunition available, Carl-Gustaf is a weapon system capable of handling

44 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Carl-Gustaf M4 man-portable shoulder launched multi-role weapon system

multiple tactical situations, bridging the gap between full scale operations and low intensity conflicts, and providing the modern warfighter with unprecedented flexibility and capability on the battlefield.

Further Developments for Future Needs FFV Ordnance is continuously working to make the Carl-Gustaf system even better in order to meet future operational needs, and the newest generation, CarlGustaf M4 is the latest weapon to the man-portable shoulder-launched multi-role weapon system designed

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

FFV Ordnance

l

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

to provide users with flexible capability and help troops remain agile in any scenario.

The lightweight Carl-Gustaf M4, weighing less than 7 kg, offers significant weight savings to the soldier. It is also compatible with future battlefield technology such as intelligent sighting systems for future programmable ammunition. The new M4 version is also compatible with all existing ammunition capabilities.

The new model can be carried while loaded, enabling users to react fast to threats and tactically relocate when required. What´s more, an interface informs users exactly how many rounds have been fired through it, so troops can accurately assess when an individual weapon has reached the end of its lifecycle. As a further enhancement, overall improved ergonomics enables soldiers to adjust the weapon to suit them, including an adjustable shoulder rest and front grip.

The Four Areas of Ammunition

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

Carl-Gustaf ammunition can be divided into the following four areas: • Anti-armour • Anti-structure • Soft Targets • Support The HEAT 655 CS, launched in December 2013, is the first Carl-Gustaf ammunition that is fully optimised for firing from confined spaces, i.e. from inside a building. This is an important requirement in modern, urban conflicts. The HEAT 655 CS adds to the large existing inventory of ammunition that is already available for every kind of operation, making Carl-Gustaf the true multi-mission land combat system. Other new capabilities include the ASM (Anti-Structure Munition) 509 and the MT (Multi-Target) 756.

AT4 - Increased Flexibility in Urban Operations The AT4 systems product range includes Anti-Armour, Anti-Structure, Soft Targets and Breaching. All of these products can come with fire from confined spaces capabilities. AT4CS AST, where AST stands for AntiStructure Tandem, is a weapon which, like the rest of the AT4CS series, has a liquid counter mass and can be fired from rooms smaller than 25 m3. The weapon has a tandem warhead where the precursor charge makes a hole in the wall in the caliber of the round, after which the main charge can detonate in the wall to create a larger hole or behind the wall for effect, in the room behind the wall.

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

The AT4CS (Confined Space) system in Urban Operations

The AT4CS ER takes the well-proven anti-armour capability of the AT4CS (Confined Space) and extends its effective range to 600 meters. The AT4CS HE will provide the soldier with a direct-fire support capability capable of engaging enemy troops in airburst or impact mode out to a distance of 1,000 meters.

NLAW The NLAW (Next Generation Light Anti-tank Weapon) is the first ever non-expert, single soldier, short range, anti-tank missile that rapidly knocks out any Main Battle Tank in just one shot by striking it from above.

This makes it a true tank killer for light forces that operate dismounted in all environments including built-up areas. •

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 45

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Saab’s upcoming High Explosive round is currently in development. The new round features a programmable fuse, which significantly reduces the operator workload, enabling faster engagements and increases first round hit probability. The round will communicate with the fire control device.

The round will have an effective range from 30-1500+ meters and comes in multi-mode: impact or airburst.

INDIAN DEFENCE

Future Ammunition

REGIONAL BALANCE

l

Garden Reach Shipbuilders and Engineers

G

RSE is a premier shipbuilding company in India primarily catering to the shipbuilding requirements of the Indian and international marine forces. A diversified, profit-making and dividendpaying company, it is the first shipyard in the country to deliver 100 warships to the Indian Navy and Indian Coast Guard. GRSE’s journey started in 1960, within one year it delivered independent India’s first indigenous warship, INS Ajay.

GRSE has till date delivered 107 warships with the Indian Navy and Indian Coast Guard as its prime customers. It also built the first Indian export warship, a multirole Offshore Patrol Vessel ‘CGS Barracuda’ for the Government of Mauritius and an FPV for the Seychelles Coast Guard. GRSE is currently executing six shipbuilding projects including three Advanced Frigates, four Survey Vessels (Large) and eight Anti-Submarine Warfare Shallow Watercrafts for the Indian Navy and one Fast Patrol Vessel for the Indian Coast Guard, apart from one vessel for Guyana & six for Bangladesh.

Having built and delivered over 788 vessels to the Indian Navy and Indian Coast Guard, GRSE is all set to capture global markets.

GRSE has set a new benchmark in Atmanirbharta or self-reliance in warship construction by achieving high levels of indigenisation onboard Kamorta class ASW Corvette. The first warship built in the country

46 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

(Left) Modernised Infrastructure; (Right) 100th Warship Delivery.

with indigenous DMR 249 A Warship grade steel, it achieved 90% overall indigenous content. The Landing Craft Utility ships, designed in-house by GRSE, have also achieved similar distinction.

GRSE has made its mark in engineering too, supplying over 5300 prefabricated portable steel bridges to the Indian Army and friendly neighborhood countries such as Bhutan, Nepal, Myanmar and Sri Lanka.

GRSE embraced infrastructure modernisation over the past decades. The shipyard currently has the capability to construct 20 ships concurrently using ‘Modular Integrated Construction Technology’. A team of highly skilled design engineers and state-of-the-art Virtual Reality Lab and latest software enhance the in-house design capabilities.

GRSE strategies revolve around shifting to smart manufacturing (Industry 4.0), with sparked innovations in automation, robotics and the industrial internet of things. Introducing Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, Interoperability and secured connectivity enabling real time monitoring, control and optimisation of processes, resources and systems shall enable workload consolidation across Design, Production & Supply Chain Management, significantly in the future.

The shipyard is firmly on a growth trajectory, reaffirming its motto ‘In Pursuit of Excellence and Quality in Shipbuilding.’ •

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS The name Xpeller is derived from the idea of expelling an intruder. HENSOLDT has developed a modular and flexible counter UAV system by adding radio detectors and countermeasures. These act in addition to existing technologies for monitoring airspace, using radar and high resolution cameras, all of which can be tailored to specific customer needs. Xpeller is easy to operate and can locate and classify even small hobby drones at a range of several kilometres.

HENSOLDT has vast experience with a broad portfolio of sensors, effectors and sensor fusion that make up a complete Counter UAV system solution, deployed to support different requirements. In May last year, the Netherlands National Police used Xpeller C-UAV to

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Working Together Across all Boundaries When it comes to preparing a security concept, HENSOLDT provides advice and recommendations, based on a comprehensive vulnerability analysis of the site, event or situation. This allows a tailor-made system to be configured alongside the customer, optimally taking individual needs and the operational environment circumstances into context. •

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 47

INDIAN DEFENCE

(Right) HENSOLDT and MyDefence deliver counter UAV systems to SE Asian customer .

secure Remembrance Day celebrations in Amsterdam against malicious un-authorised UAVs. In France, Xpeller was deployed for surveillance and security for a heads of government meeting. The applications for improved safety and surveillance are many, with solutions including both mobile and permanent deployment for law enforcement, military surveillance, border security, protection of critical infrastructure (such as dams and hydroelectric schemes), event security, site protection (such as oil rigs and government buildings), airport security, site situational awareness and even polar bear detection in Greenland!

High-resolution cameras and 360 degree awareness make it easier to determine whether there is a serious threat, ensuring early detection for decision making. The threat can then be addressed by choosing an appropriate countermeasure, reducing risks and costs with managing interference in surrounding air space.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Xpeller – The Drone Expeller with Modular Counter UAV Solutions

(Left) HENSOLDT Xpeller;

REGIONAL BALANCE

T

he growth of the drone market continues to accelerate. As legislative frameworks struggle to keep up with the advance of unmanned aerial technologies, threats associated with increased drone use also arise. Small drones, often commercially available for just a few hundred dollars, can be converted into flying explosive devices, delivery systems or filming devices with little effort. Effective boundary management for new and existing airspace users is being increasingly challenged.

Countering such threats needs a smarter solution.

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

Xpeller counter-UAV system provides protection from the ever-increasing threat posed by over-the-counter drones

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

HENSOLDT

IAI Powering India’s Indigenous Capabilities

How does IAI expect to expand its collaboration with Indian firms in integrating strategic state-of-the-art systems for the Indian MOD? IAI has always been one of the main pillars in supplying strategic & advanced equipment to India, providing cutting-edge technology for land, maritime, aerospace, and homeland security. IAI's systems, such as the unmanned aerial systems (UAS), radars, special-mission aircraft, and air-defence systems, have been in use in India for many years and with high levels of satisfaction from our customers.

In the recent decade IAI entered into more and more strategic collaborations with local Indian firms, both PSU and private, in order to integrate strategic state-ofthe-art systems for India’s Ministry of Defence in various fields, and in accordance with the Make in India policy.

In 2021 IAI is expected to keep the same policy and expand our collaborations with local Indian Defence companies to be significant and important partners.

Please update on some of the important partnerships

48 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

(Left) Mini Harpy; (Right Top and Bottom) HERON TP UAV.

IAI has $2 billion worth of business partnerships with Indian companies as part of India’s “Make in India” Policy. For years, IAI has developed and manufactured a range of technologies in India in collaboration with local vendors and implemented the “Make in India” policy even before its official launch by the Indian government. In the recent decade IAI entered into more and more strategic collaborations with local Indian firms, both PSU and private. Two of them with BEL and HAL were signed last year.

What technologies is IAI working on to give it the cutting edge and how useful would it be in the Indian context?

IAI offers its Indian partners advanced ground, air, and marine systems, including long-range air defence, the Heron TP UAV, loitering and precision ammunition, and is preparing for industrial collaborations with State-owned and private companies. In addition we are prepared with our Multi Mission Tanker Transport (refueling aircraft) to answer all the needs of our Indian partners. •

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

Lockheed Martin

F-21: The Right Fighter for the Indian Air Force The F-21 will advance India-Lockheed Martin partnership in numerous ways. The F-21 features numerous India-specific capabilities— uniquely configured to meet the Indian Air Force’s requirements. This pro-

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

gram represents an opportunity to support a $165 billion global sustainment market and includes a robust production plan. The F-21 will serve as a force multiplier for the Indian Air Force with an unmatched capability-to-cost ratio.

Air combat today is all about intensive management of data across multiple domains — effective sorting, presentation and yielding quick decisive action.

Combat pilots need data presented clearly so they can swiftly decide and act as a cohesive force in a Joint AllDomain Operations (JADO) environment. The strength of the F-21 lies in both capability and the experience of data integration and presentation.

The F-21 is configured with the latest sensors and mission avionic systems that couple onboard and offboard data information into an effective, easy to manage combat situation display. Years of pilot-vehicle interface design — that Lockheed Martin has learned from development of the data-intensive 5th generation F-35 and F-22 platforms — will be incorporated into the

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 49

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

F-21 fighter on offer to the Indian Air Force

REGIONAL BALANCE

L

ockheed Martin remains committed to ‘Atmanirbhar Bharat’ and developing an indigenous defence and aerospace manufacturing ecosystem in India Lockheed Martin, the world’s largest and most advanced defence manufacturer, proudly celebrates its decades-long partnership with India and remains fully committed to advancing the Prime Minister’s vision of self-reliance, or “Atmanirbhar Bharat.” For Lockheed Martin, this means supporting the growth of an indigenous defence manufacturing ecosystem in India, advancing the aerospace and start-up ecosystem, and strengthening India’s strategic security and industrial capabilities.

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

A Strong and Successful Partnership

l

Lockheed Martin

l

F-21. Lockheed Martin has a long history of leveraging capabilities across platforms and we have an extremely high level of confidence in the maturity and performance of these 5th generation capabilities.

The F-21 offering includes sourcing advanced systems and components from across India via our unrivaled track record of developing robust industrial ecosystems across the globe. This program will generate tens of thousands of employment opportunities through the maturation of India’s large and emerging aerospace and defence (A&D) manufacturing ecosystems, including Defence Public Sector Undertakings; Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises; private; academia and research and development.

India and Lockheed Martin: A Strong Partnership Our full-time presence in India spans more than 30 years; however, Lockheed Martin’s association with India actually began in the 1940s when we supplied our Constellation aircraft to India’s national airline and the Indian Air Force.

The Government of India announced its purchase of six C-130J Super Hercules airlifters in 2008 and today operates a fleet of 12. India’s C-130Js are used to support a variety of critical missions, including humanitarian aid, airlift, natural disaster support, and search and rescue operations. Recently, the IAF has been extensively using its fleet of Super Hercules for humanitarian efforts in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic as well as for transportation of relief materials, equipment and personnel in the areas affected by cyclones Yaas and Tauktae.

In 2010, a major milestone was reached with the formation of Tata-Lockheed Martin Aerostructures Limited (TLMAL) — a joint venture between Tata Advanced Systems Limited (TASL) and Lockheed Martin Aeronautics located in Hyderabad. Today, TLMAL is the single global source of C-130J empennage assemblies included on all new Super Hercules aircraft. There are

50 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Lockheed Martin C-130J is extensively used by the IAF

more than 70 Indian sub-tier suppliers currently involved in the sourcing of material for C-130J empennages.

Lockheed Martin announced a partnership in 2018 with Tata to build fighter wings in India. This partnership fosters the development of an ecosystem in India to manufacture detailed parts to build the wings and we anticipate entering into global fighter wing production later this year.

Humanitarian Support for the People of India Our partnership with India extends far beyond technology and the creation of jobs. During the spike of COVID-19 cases earlier this year when hospitals in India faced a severe shortage of oxygen, Lockheed Martin responded with support to aid relief efforts.

We provided $250,000 to help U.S. and India-based organisations procure more than 500 portable oxygen concentrators to be donated to the Government of India for distribution. We also provided $150,000 in charitable donations to support the Global Task Force on Pandemic Response, a newly formed, U.S.-based, public-private partnership organised by the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and supported by Business Roundtable.

Additionally, we offered 1 million facial masks, 9,000 face shields and 1,200 large bottles of hand sanitizer for distribution throughout India.

Strengthening Ties Through Commitment Lockheed Martin is committed to its strong partnership with the Indian government, and excited for the opportunity this partnership offers for many years to come.

Our joint ventures are in a second decade of training skilled workers in areas of aerospace engineering, manufacturing and management jobs, some of whom now form part of the wider aerospace industry, while building a robust ecosystem of Indian suppliers, fostering innovation and serving as an anchor of the global supply chain. •

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 51

INDIAN DEFENCE

(Right) Sea Ceptor is the latest generation, ship-based, allweather, air defence weapon system, based on the Common Antiair Modular Missile (CAMM).

CAMM marks the next step in short range air defence, with its next-generation active radar seeker, two-way datalink and soft-launch technologies, it has an unrivalled ability to intercept multiple air threats across 360 degrees, combined with easy platform integration and the latest in maintenance-free design – making it the ideal Short Ranged Surface to Air Missile (SRSAM).

Coastal and blue water operations require an effective anti-ship capability. MBDA is already supplying the Indian Navy’s new Scorpene submarines with its Exocet SM39 missile system. Similarly, other versions of the world-famous Exocet family are being proposed along with Marte for a number of Indian maritime aircraft requirements (both fixed and rotary wing).

The concept of partnership with Indian industry is key to MBDA’s long-term strategy. In fact, MBDA’s links with Indian industry go back some 50 years thanks to its partnership with BDL currently manufacturing the MILAN missile under license for the Indian Army. Together MBDA and Larsen and Toubro formed a joint venture (JV) in 2017 to deliver Make in India programmes for the Indian Armed Forces. Capabilities already offered by the JV include the Indian developed ATGM5 (the only 5th generation anti-tank missile in the world), the Medium Range Anti-Ship Missile (MRAShM) and Sea Ceptor (using CAMM) for the Indian Navy’s SRSAM requirement. •

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

(Left) MBDA and L&T JV in India has offered Sea Ceptor for the Indian Navy‘s Short Range Surface-to-Air Missile (SR-SAM) requirement with the aim to Make in India;

REGIONAL BALANCE

M

BDA is unique in the guided missile sector in its ability to meet the missile system requirements of all three operational domains: air, land and sea. This offers benefits to customers keen to maximise supply and servicing logistics as well as missile system modularity. MBDA weapons on the India Air Force’s Rafales such as MICA and Meteor combined with precision deep strike weapons such as the stealthy SCALP are capable of ensuring air dominance long into the future. The IAF’s Mirage 2000 fleet is being upgraded and it features MBDA’s MICA missile with its IR and RF seeker variants to deal with short to beyond visual range air combat. India’s Jaguar bombers also stand to have their battle capability significantly enhanced by MBDA’s ASRAAM missiles. The threat of air attack is increasing.

Low cost cruise missiles, manned and un-manned aircraft and the appearance of new ranges of ballistic missiles are threats that MBDA is best qualified to counter.

Here the company leads with its range of ground and naval based air defence systems using the Mistral and CAMM missiles. Mistral, with its unmatched success rate of over 96%, during all firings, has been selected by many forces around the world and has been offered to the Indian armed forces to meet their VSHORAD requirement. Working with HAL, integration of the Mistral ATAM system on the Dhruv helicopter and the Light Combat Helicopter (LCH) has been very successfully completed.

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

MBDA

MILKOR A Trusted Partner to the Indian Armed Forces

I

ndia’s economy is reaching new heights as both the private and public sector are exploring the immense potential this country has to offer. Aspiring to achieve $ 25 Billion in defence production and $ 5 Billion in exports by 2025, the shift from MOD to allow for 152 Indigenous defence platforms to be exported from

52 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Custodian LT is a multi-role Unmanned Combat Aerial Vehicle

India will create an untapped market that all OEMs have sought. The government’s recent initiatives and policies have welcomed foreign defence companies to forge strategic alliances with local industry to support the needs of the country. Milkor’s vision is aligned with the government on making in India for India as well as the world.

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

MILKOR

l

Experts in Tailored Defence Solutions WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

Milkor designs, develops, manufactures and supplies a wide range of high-tech defence systems for air, land and sea applications. Tailored to its customers specific needs, Milkor provides state of the art, durable and reliable products to Armed Forces around the world. Unmanned Combat Aerial Vehicles (UCAV), Unmanned Surface Vessels (USV), Armoured Personnel Carriers (APC) and 40mm Grenade launchers are some of the renowned products Milkor has in its portfolio.

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

Milkor in India

TECHNOLOGY

With a history stretching almost 2 decades and the supply of these products still in use by the Indian Army, Milkor has cemented its reputation of supplying innovative products with proven longevity.

We understand that India, being one of the largest and most populated countries in the world, is striving to be able to supply all its defence requirements from domestic manufacturers through its “Make in India” initiatives.

Milkor Defence Private Limited as a local, Indian entity strives towards 100% Indigenous Content, following through with our plans of manufacturing our range of products in India, together with Indian industry for the world. Milkor Defence will continue to support the Indian MOD and look forward to further solidifying our cooperation.

Innovation to excite BUSINESS

Our Original Equipment Manufacturing (OEM) capabilities provide Milkor with extensive reach into the integration of our platforms with that of both new and existing equipment in the Indian Armed forces.

UCAV

40mm AGL Milkor has recently unveiled a modernized 40mm Automatic Grenade Launcher (AGL), that can either be tripod mounted or integrated onto a turret suitable for armoured vehicles and helicopters.

The innovation of 40mm High Velocity Air Burst Munition (HV ABM) coupled with a Fire Control Unit (FCU) on the Milkor platform ensures for increased accuracy and the ability to engage dismounted targets, behind buildings and other battlefield obstacles.

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

40mm AGL is a man portable, multimission, medium range weapon system

Future prospects As Milkor continues to grow our presence globally, with manufacturing facilities arising in India and UAE as well as headquarters in South Africa, future prospects are evolving rapidly. As a recognized leader in modernization across the air, land and sea domains, Milkor will continue to dedicate ourselves in providing innovative solutions that meet the requirements of our global clientele. •

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 53

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

INDIAN DEFENCE

As the need for a locally produced Unmanned Combat Aerial Vehicle (UCAV) becomes ever more present in India, Milkor Defence are set to engage with the Indian Armed Forces to understand their CONOPS. The 18m wingspan Custodian LT is a multi-mission and multi-payload UCAV integrating cutting edge technologies. As one of the few private companies in the world to venture into the MALE UAS space, Milkor Defence looks forward towards sharing its niche technologies in the unmanned realm with Indian industry as it becomes the exponential growing segment of the defence sector.

REGIONAL BALANCE

l

Navantia

N

avantia, the Spanish shipbuilder, 100% owned by the Spanish Government, is a world reference in the defence sector, offering services based on new technologies to find the most efficient solutions for its clients’ needs. Together with their partners, they work on finding the best solution for each particular situation and then make it real with a wide range of products, systems and services.

It has proven strength and extensive track record in the design, construction, and integration of state-of-theart warships, as well as civil ships, offshore structures including offshore wind, ship repairs & modernisation.

It also has sound capability in the design and manufacture of Integrated Platform Management Systems, Fire Control Systems, Command and Control systems, Propulsion Plants and through life support for all its products. Additionally, even though its main line of activity is in the naval field, Navantia designs and manufactures systems for the Army.

54 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Navantia is building four S-80 submarines for the Spanish Navy

Navantia has large experience in building the most technologically advanced ships like frigates, amphibious ships, patrol vessels, and submarines.

In the last years, it has supplied ships for several navies: Norway, Australia, Spain, Chile, Malaysia, India, Venezuela, Morocco and Turkey. This experience, together with a continuous commitment to innovation, the use of the latest technologies and with a highly qualified work force, makes Navantia one of the most competitive companies in the world.

Navantia’s bet for the internationalisation is a reality, with commercial presence in 17 countries, four delegations (Turkey, Persian Gulf, India and Norway).

Besides, Navantia Australia is a subsidiary company with several locations in the country.

Australia is one of Navantia’s principal clients, for whom it has built two LHD amphibious ships, 12 fast landing crafts and provided design and transfer of technology for 3 Air Warfare Destroyers. Besides these

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

l

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 55

BUSINESS

order to accomplish the “Make in India” national program.

The experience in similar programs in Australia is one of the main added values of Navantia, linked to a strong capability as an in-service support services provider. In addition to being the strategic Spanish company to support the Spanish Navy fleet, Navantia is servicing other countries like the USA, delivering maintenance and support services in the Naval Base of Rota to the four DDG-51 Arleigh Burke destroyers deployed in Europe as part of the anti-missile shield. As a result of a very successful 7-year experience, the US Navy has recently decided to renew the agreement and potentially increase the scope with additional units. It is also worth to highlight that similar works are taking place in Norway for the five frigates built by Navantia in the last decade, and in Australia for the ships designed by Navantia.

In the area of systems, “Navantia Sistemas” is a centre of excellence for the design, development and integration of complex systems of high technology, offering an added value to Navantia services as systems supplier, which differentiates it from the rest of the traditional shipyards. It defines, develops, produces and integrates the Combat Systems for the naval units that Navantia builds, is responsible for the development of the Command and Control Systems, Communication Systems and Integrated Platform Management Systems and it is working, as well, with the new models of support to the life cycle.

The principal advantage of Navantia, achieved in many years of experience and clients, is the flexibility to adapt to different requirements of the client, both technical and commercial, as well as the capability to offer global solutions throughout the entire life cycle of all of its products: ships, systems, propulsion and energy; providing engineering capability, transfer of technology and technical assistance to its clients in every part of the world. •

INDIAN DEFENCE

With internationally successful Spanish Navy LHD Juan Carlos I, Navantia is a front runner for the future Indian LHD project

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

programs, it is necessary to highlight the contract for the building of two AOR logistic support ships, with one already delivered and the second very close to delivery.

Navantia is also building four S-80 submarines for the Spanish Navy, the first of which shall be launched in the month of April 2021. This is an exceptional 3000t submarine provided with a revolutionary third generation AIP, being proposed as baseline for the future P75(I) submarine project in India. Also, Navantia has contracted five F-110 frigates for the Spanish Navy, the new and state-of-the art frigate design which incorporates the latest technologies, innovations and developments for further crew reductions, low life cycle cost and high level of survivability.

In the international market, Navantia is building five 3000t light frigates for the Saudi Arabian Navy, with three units already in the water. In this program, Navantia provides a complete training program to crew and maintainers in cooperation with the Spanish Navy which also includes virtual reality tools. Through this program, each person trained shall be instructed for nearly two years to ensure they are properly prepared, with Navantia’s support through its presence in KSA, for an in-country through life sustenance.

In relation to OPVs, Navantia has delivered 16 units between 1600 and 3000t in the last few years. Currently, there is one 2000t unit under construction for the Royal Moroccan Navy.

Finally, Navantia provides design and technical assistance for the Turkish LPD program, which is the fourth unit derived from the internationally successful Spanish Navy LHD “Juan Carlos I”, with two units build for Australia.

This vessel is also proposed as baseline for the future Indian LHD project, tailored to the Indian requirements, in collaboration with the industrial Indian group, Larsen & Toubro, based on a transfer of technology program and supported by a qualified group of Navantia experts, in

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

NAVANTIA

REGIONAL BALANCE

l

PLR SYSTEMS The First Private Sector Small Arms Manufacturing Company in India

“PLR Systems Pvt Ltd an Adani-IWI Company is a perfect example of “Make in India” success, wherein an Indian Private Company collaborates with a renowned Global Small Arms Manufacturer, brings in world class technology and begins to manufacture state-of-the-art small arms indigenously. PLR is proud to have a complete range of Small Arms to include Handguns, Sub Machine Guns, Assault Rifles, Sniper Rifles and Machine Guns being rolled out from its manufacturing plant near Gwalior (MP)” — Ashok Wadhawan

I

ndia has the second largest standing army in the world with an active strength of 1.2 million and a total of approx. 1.4 million strong Armed Forces personnel. With an equal number of Central Para Military, Special and State Police Forces Combined, India is among the top five countries spending on defence. Despite having fifth largest defence budget in the world India procures most of the weapon systems from abroad.

Thus, the defence sector holds immense potential to contribute towards “Make in India” and to achieve an ambitious target of $5 trillion economy by 2025.

Here lies an opportunity for the public and private sector to strive and provide import substitution as India moves towards achieving “Self-Reliance” in the Defence & Aerospace vertical.

56 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

(Left) India’s first private Sector Small Arms Manufacturing facility (Right) Made in India TAVORs ready for dispatch

It goes without saying that the Armed Forces of any nation need to be equipped in the right quality and quantities to ensure National Security. The soldiers need to be equipped with modern & advanced gear and weaponry to meet the challenges posed by the modern-day operations. The soldiers would require a family of Small Arms suitable for future wars. This requirement is not limited to the Armed Forces but also for the Central Para military (CAPFs) as well as the State Police Forces, thus offering large numbers and consequently huge opportunity for the Industry.

The Indian Armed Forces have been on the hunt for an ideal weapon system to replace the Indian Small Arms System (INSAS) series of weapons which were inducted in the 1990s substituting erstwhile SelfLoading Rifles/Light Machine Guns (7.62x51mm).

Ever since inception the INSAS Rifles (5.56x45mm) have been marred with manufacturing defects and the INSAS Light Machine Guns (5.56x45mm) could never impress the soldiers. Similarly, the Armed Forces are also looking for a suitable Carbine, Sniper Rifle and the Light Machine Gun to build strong and lethal firearms base for the troops. For the last few years more than 36 Global RFIs/RFPs have been issued to procure Small Arms for the Armed Forces, CAPFs, State Police Forces, Special Forces etc to meet the overall demand for contemporary small arms.

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 57

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS India’s new Light Machine GunNEGEV 7.62x51mm LMG

weapons were supplied to the Para Military and State Police Forces and no defect has been reported from any customer so far. Repeat orders have also been received from some of the establishments that speak of level of satisfactory services rendered by PLR. The company is now geared up to manufacture complete range of Small Arms indigenously to include modern and advanced ARAD and CARAMEL Assault Rifles.

PLR is actively participating in tenders being issued by the defence and security establishments in India.

The company has responded to the RFI/RFPs pertaining to procurement of Assault Rifles, Carbines, Sniper Rifles and the Light Machine Guns. Recently the Indian Army has signed a contract with PLR System’s joint venture partner IWI through the FTP route for procurement of 16,479 Negev 7.62x51mm LMGs. The delivery of this order has already begun.

Further, RFP for the balance quantity of 40,949 LMGs too has been issued by the Ministry of Defence in October 2019 with the categorisation being Buy & Make (Indian).

PLR Systems is one of the five companies which has responded to this RFP. The trials for the program are underway.

Simultaneously PLR has set itself to launch its products in the global market. The company is in constant touch with multiple nations for exports of the products and the response has been very positive and encouraging. PLR is confident of making a mark all across the world by supplying “Made in India” weapons that will not only meet but exceed the customer satisfaction and aspirations. The role of our High Commissions and the Defence Attaches in these countries is pivotal in advocating these Indian products in their respective countries and regions.

PLR commitment to the Make in India program is evident from the fact that they are establishing one of the most modern Barrel Manufacturing line at their plant with an annual capacity of manufacturing above 100,000 barrels of all calibres. In addition, to the existing Functional Firing Test Range it is setting up a state of the art underground Firing Range at its plant which will facilitate its team to carryout R&D on the products as per feedback from the Ultimate End User i.e, the soldier on the ground. The good news does not stop there, as a natural progression PLR is creating the largest capacity in private sector to manufacture the entire range of Small Arms Ammunition. The world’s finest machines are on its way to the new Ammunition plant which will be fully operational by next year. PLR is on its way to achieve near 100% indigenous content in all weapons and ammunition, thereby, providing the Indian Armed and Police Forces an alternative to the existing OFB products to choose weapon and ammunition of their choice which is also fully Made in India. •

BUSINESS

The real boost for the private sector was provided in 2016 with Arms Rules, 2016 replacing the Arms Rules, 1962. The Arms Act, 1959 and Arms Rules, 2016 lay down procedures and guidelines for the Small Arms and Ammunition manufacturing process. More than 50 private companies have obtained small arms and ammunition manufacturing licence and a number of these companies are manufacturing weapons/ammunition or their components indigenously.

PLR Systems Pvt Ltd (PLR) is an Indian Joint Venture between Adani Defence and Israel Weapon Industries (IWI) for manufacturing complete range of IWI weapons in India. PLR is one of the few companies’ world over that manufacture the entire range of Small Arms.

The range of weapons comprises of hammer fired JERICHO & striker fired MASADA Pistols, legendry UZI family of sub machine guns, popular amongst the Commando Forces the TAVOR series of Assault Rifles, X95 Micro TAVORs in multiple calibres, well established ACE family of weapons with nine variants, semi auto GALIL Sniper Rifles and a modern bolt action Sniper Rifle DAN, NEGEV series of Assault Light Machine Guns and advanced Assault Rifles ARAD & CARMEL which are the latest entrants in PLR armoury.

Thus, the Indian troops have an entire spectrum of weapons to choose from.

PLR Systems was established in May 2017 at District Bhind in the central India Madhya Pradesh. The manufacturing plant has state-of-the-art infrastructure to include world class plant & machinery, trained manpower and process control system in place to ensure stringent qualitative parameters are met. PLR is quality cautious and strictly follows Quality Management System while the company hold all mandatory AS 9100D & ISO 9001 (QMS), ISO 14001 (EMS) and ISO 18001 (OHSAS) Certifications. The company has its own functional firing test facility and requisite ammunition to test the weapons before delivery to the customers.

PLR began its journey with development and manufacturing of key/critical components of Small Arms.

The next step was to move on to the sub-assembly and assembly level of production. In a span of next two years PLR graduated to assembly, integration and testing of full products in its facility. In 2019 the first full product in X95 Assault Rifle chambered in 5.56mm especially designed to fire in-service INSAS ball 5.56x45mm ammunition was rolled out from the PLR Plant. The production capacity was further enhanced to manufacture MASADA Pistols, UZI PRO Sub Machine Guns and GALIL Sniper Rifles. Ever since multiple orders from the CAPF and State Police Forces have been received and the products delivered to entire satisfaction of the customers. It has been more than two years since the

INDIAN DEFENCE

l

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

PLR SYSTEMS

REGIONAL BALANCE

l

FPD DETECTION TECHNOLOGY PROENGIN: Excellence in Biological and Chemical Threat Management

P

ROENGIN has developed Biological and Chemical Warfare Agents field detectors using Flame spectrophotometry (FPD) technology. The well-known and widely used FPD-based chemical detectorAP4C has proven to be the most reliable in the field.

Handheld Chemical Detector AP4C Based on FPD Technology, the AP4C (handheld CWA detector) can simultaneously detect All Nerve agents, All Blister agents, All Blood Agents, all dangerous compounds containing Sulfur, Phosphorous, Arsenic and/ or HNO chemical bond, as well as 4th generation Agents (Eg. Novichok), Pharmaceutical Based Agents (Fentanyl), & toxic industrial materials, within NATO recommended response time and sensitivity, in harsh military conditions.

The AP4C technology allows detection of CW agents in gas, liquid, solid & aerosol forms, as well as identification of chemical elements that constitute these agents, thus making it possible to detect impure & modified agents that do not fit into traditional libraries of other detectors.

AP4C detectors have the lowest false-alarm rates, Shortest Response and Recovery times.

AP4C detection technology has been extended for the following applications: • Reconnaissance vehicles and battle tanks • Naval ships • Strategic buildings

AP4C-V for Use on Reconnaissance Vehicles and Battle Tanks Based on FPD technology and same internal design, AP4C-V’s unique air sampling unit has been specially designed to face high wind velocities (as high as 100 km/h). Extremely High Sensitivity, Fast Response time, Low false-alarm rate and short recovery times make AP4C-V the perfect detector for all kinds of reconnaissance missions and battle field explorations. Data can be displayed directly on the control computer of the vehicle, or on Alarm Visualization box.

58 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

AP4C (handheld CWA detector)

AP4C-F for Strategic Buildings & Naval Ships NATO recommends both fixed and mobile means of chemical detection. AP4C-F makes for a reliable and efficient fixed chemical detector in naval ships (or on an open deck). This ruggedized detector has the same detection performance as the AP4C, with two additional features. It produces its consumable gas by electrolysis and in case of alarm, auto-triggers NBC filters, thus offering real time protection.

The AP4C-F is also able to provide real-time detection for strategic buildings, national palaces, etc.

Biological Agent Detection The MAB is a new generation biological warfare detector with the unique capacity to detect biological particles and broadly classify them into bacteria, viruses and bio-toxins. Based on FPD technology, MAB has the lowest false-alarm rates and is designed to be mounted on track vehicles operating in harsh military conditions, insensitive to diesel exhausts & other interferents. • For more information, visit our website: Web: www.proengin.com PROENGIN India 11, Qutab Road, Ram Nagar, New Delhi 110055 Phone: +91 9811042397 Fax: +91 11 23527286 E-mail: vivek@proengin.in

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

RUBIN

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

erations of nuclear strategic submarine cruisers and diesel-electric submarines, several series of nuclear submarines with cruise missiles.

Special attention is being paid by Rubin Design Bureau to military-and-technical cooperation. Mutual interaction with Republic of India, having character of strategic partnership, is a priority for CDB ME Rubin in this regard. Rubin has had an association with Indian Navy for over 56 years (beginning from 1965). During eight years, in 1966 – 1974, eight submarines of Kalvari and Vela classes were delivered to Indian Navy. During 17 years, in 1983-2000, ten submarines of Sindhughosh (Kilo) class were delivered to India, now forming the basis of Indian submarine force. The last ship in the series, Sindhushashtra, became the first submarine in the world that was equipped with missile complex Club-S. INS Sindhushashtra was laid in 1998, joined the Indian Navy in 2000. Later on, missile complex Club-S was

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 59

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

RUBIN is becoming a global brand in the autonomous unmanned underwater vehicles’ design

REGIONAL BALANCE

F

or more than 120 years now, Rubin Design Bureau has conducted its activities, as a world leader in designing nuclear and non-nuclear submarines of different classes. During this period, more than 1064 submarines were built to the designs of Rubin.

948 submarines joined the USSR and Russian Navy. 116 ships were delivered to the navies of 16 countries across the globe.

The entire Russian nuclear submarine fleet armed with ballistic missiles was built as per Rubin projects.

From the first combat submarine of Russian Navy DOLPHIN up to strategic nuclear underwater missile carriers – this is the way made by the first Russian professional agency for design and construction of submarines. More than 85% submarines have been constructed to our designs and formed a part of Russian Navy in different years: submarines of Russian Navy taking part in World War I and World War II, four gen-

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

Global Leadership in Submarine and AUV Design

l

RUBIN

l

installed onboard all the submarines of Sindhugosh type.

CDB Rubin provides overhaul and modernisation of the submarines of this class. Having such an extensive and positive experience of bilateral interaction, our enterprise has no doubts in its development and continuation in the short-term and long-term prospects.

Taking into account the necessity of securing defence capability for Russia by creating the most advanced nuclear and non-nuclear submarines, Rubin Design Bureau is permanently seeking new, innovative technical and scientific solutions in order to incorporate these into emerging designs of different military equipment and other high-tech marine engineering products.

In 2020, an event happened that has demonstrated capabilities of the national modern underwater robotics in resolving scientific tasks. Autonomous Unmanned underwater Vehicle (AUV) VITIAZ-D designed in Rubin Design Bureau dived into Mariana Trench and became the first underwater robot to conquer this trench and reach the depth of 10,028 meters.

As compared with 120 years of Rubin activities in the field of designing submarines of different classes, near 10 years of operation in underwater robotics is relatively small-time period, but these years were characterised by active efforts and rather notable achievements. Apart from “extremal” vehicle VITIAZ-D, Rubin has created light-class vehicle YUNONA, family of midget Autonomous Unmanned underwater Vehicles AMULET, created and modernised Remotely operated Unmanned underwater Vehicle (ROV) TALISMAN, as well as a whole range of other vehicles, including of heavy-weight class.

60 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Kilo class submarines enjoy persistent demand from the side of Russian Navy and overseas customers

Vehicles rated as autonomous underwater gliders were elaborated in the interests of Russian science, and complex of underwater technical facilities including two specialised AUVs for seismic survey in under-ice conditions were designed in the interests of off-shore mining industry.

Rubin Design Bureau worked out a range of technological solutions targeted on deriving the maximum benefit from interaction of existing manned platforms and unmanned techniques. In particular, enhancement of acoustic systems enables to simulate more reliably an acoustic signature of submarine with accuracy sufficient to deceive aircraft and ship detection systems and in future - stationary systems as well. Rubin has designed concept project of ‘Surrogat’ robotic complex to be used for naval exercises. This large submarine imitator equipped with a lithium-ion battery can operate up to 15-16 hours. And all that period of time it will simulate manoeuvring of enemy’s submarine including manoeuvres at high speed.

Rubin is working on other possibilities of interaction between submarine and AUV: • Application of AUV as a gate between underwater and air medium (during this process, the vehicle is able to receive and transmit data to the submarine with the help of high-frequency underwater acoustic or even laser channel, i.e. it is unnecessary to launch and recover AUV); • Mapping of bottom terrain and reconnaissance as the theatre of submarine operations passes to coastal and shallow zones and becomes more and more important. Application of AUV makes it

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

l

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

composition (six torpedo tubes with ammunition comprising 18 torpedoes and missiles) the standard displacement has been reduced; the displacement of Project 636 submarines is about 2,400 tons, the same of Project ‘Amur 1650’ is about 1,800 tons. Due to automation, the complement has been reduced from 52 to 35 persons. The main benefit of the Russian offer - powerful torpedo-missile complex, capable to strike against both underwater and surface targets. Submarine is characterised by high stealth, hence, advantage in duel situations. Stealth is resulting from advantageous configuration of submarine hull lines, carefully designed propulsor (propeller), slow-speed low-noise propulsion motor on permanent magnets, application of specially developed low noise equipment, wide application of advanced means ensuring acoustic protection.

External anti-sonar coating reduces the likelihood of detecting the submarine by surface ships and antisubmarine aircraft. Forward array of ‘Amur 1650’, which area is comparable to that of nuclear submarines, availability of towed array sonar, as well as advanced processing techniques enable detection of very low-noise targets at considerable distances. Ventilation and air conditioning systems are designed for the submarine operation in tropical waters.

Our company is stable because of a steady stock of orders, and at the same time we work in constant cooperation with various builders and a wide range of suppliers. Owing to multi-year partnership in the field of defence cooperation, we have an experience in the creation of advanced systems, and are ready to employ it in the designs of any complexity. •

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 61

INDIAN DEFENCE

RUBIN’s latest and most advanced developments were implemented in the next generation of submarines

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

possible to solve a hydrology evaluation task comparatively fast and safely. Launch of these vehicles from submarine has also been implemented they can be launched from lock-in/lock-out chamber installed on the submarine hatch. Launch of these AUVs from missile containers is also being developed. The Rubin Design Bureau has developed an original technology for employing AUVs and Remotely Operated Vehicles from underwater moving objects.

However, design of submarines remains the main area of our work. Kilo class and its evolution - improved Kilo class are well known in the international market.

A total of more than 70 submarines of this type have been built to the designs of Rubin Design Bureau, and all boats of this series were delivered within the due date. From the very beginning, the designers of Rubin have provided the possibility of deep modernisation for this series of boats in terms of ensuring higher stealth, submarine capability to detect enemy first, convenience and safety in operation, as well as ever greater enhancement of their combat efficiency. During the last years, specialists of Rubin Design Bureau have made a lot of studies demonstrating possible trends in the progression of the project. The persistent demand for these submarines from the side of Russian Navy and overseas customers reveals the potential of Kilo class.

At the same time the design process does not rest on the laurels, and all advantages of this class, as well as other advanced developments were implemented in the next generation of submarines, ‘Amur 1650’.

‘Amur’ is more compact, with similar weapons

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVES

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

RUBIN

REGIONAL BALANCE

l

Uniquely

SP’s

FIRST OF ITS KIND

SP’s

Civil Aviation

Yearbook 2020-2021

The Indispensable Reference for Commercial, Regional, Business Aviation

Most Enlightening Most Thought-Provoking Most Update Most Insightful Covering over 16 countries across Asia including the Middle East

GET YOUR COPIES, NOW: E-mail us at order@spscivilaviationyearbook.com WhatsApp us at +91 97119 33343 Call us on +91 11 24644693, 24644763, 24620130, 24658322 Connect via

: @spscayb

“In a country like India with limited support from the industry and market, initiating 50 years ago (in 1964) publishing magazines relating to Army, Navy and Aviation sectors without any interruption is a commendable job on the part of SP Guide “ Publications. By this, SP Guide Publications has established the fact that continuing quality work in any field would result in success.”

Narendra Modi, Hon’ble Prime Minister of India (*message received in 2014)

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

1

STRATEGY & PERSPECTIVE

section one

1

Two

Afghanistan — An Analysis

11

Three

Afghanistan — Changed Dynamics

13

Four US Drawdown from Afghanistan — Options for India

15

Thirteen Indo–Nepal–China — Asia’s Eternal Triangle

45

Fourteen The Annexation of Tibet by China — Is it Justified?

49

Fifteen China’s 2021 White Paper on Tibet — An Assessment

55

Situation in West Asia

57

Sixteen

Five

Indo-Pacific the Maritime Context

19

Six

India and Indo-Pacific Strategy

23

Seventeen India and West Asia — Elevation in Relations through Defence Cooperation

59

27

Eighteen

India’s Vaccine Diplomacy

63

Nineteen

Indo–US Defence and Security Relations

65

Seven Uneasy Geopolitical Transition — Necessity of a Strong Indian Navy Eight

Rising Foot Prints of China in South Asia

29

Nine Chinese Influence in the South Asian Region and Implications

33

Twenty Indus Waters Treaty — Past Imperfect, Future Tense

Ten China’s Growing Intrusive Presence in Central Asia

Twenty-one

A Denovo Look at India’s Nuclear Doctrine

73

35

Twenty-two

Race to the Space — The Final Frontier

77

Eleven China–Pakistan–Turkey Nexus — A Worrying Trend

39

Twelve China-Pakistan Economic Corridor is a Three-Way Challenge for China

43

69

Twenty-three Aerial Warfare in the Future

81

Twenty-four China’s Growing Air Power

83

Twenty-five

50 Years of Independent Bangladesh

85

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

One Consequences of Taliban Take-over of Afghanistan

REGIONAL BALANCE

Contents

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & Perspective

US Air Force / Twitter

CONTENTS

Consequences of Taliban Take-over of Afghanistan

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

1

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 1

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

T

he speed of rout of the Pashtuns are the largest tribe while General Deepak Kapoor (Retd) Afghan forces resulting in fall other important ones being Tajiks, of the government to Taliban Uzbeks and Hazaras. Close to 85 per has indeed surprised the world. While even the most pes- cent of the Muslim population are conservative Sunnis, the balance simist estimates predicted that it would take Taliban, a being Shias, who are mostly belonging to the Hazara tribe. There radicalised terrorist insurgent outfit, weeks if not months have invariably been serious complaints of persecution of the Shias to overthrow the Afghan government backed by 1,80,000 strong by the Sunnis from time to time, revealing a major faultline. army besides police, the debacle was hastened when even Kabul The Taliban are predominantly a Pushtun force derived from fell without a fight and the President decided to flee the country 38-46 per cent of the Pushtun population of Afghanistan. On the along with his Vice President and their families. Visuals of Taliban departure of the USSR forces in 1992, the Taliban launched a major fighters gorging on delicacies at the presidential palace, with their struggle and after much bloodshed, came to power in 1996. The Kalashnikov rifles next to them, are still fresh in everyone’s mind. period from 1996 to 2001 when they were in power, saw them Be that as it may, we need to analyse the repercussions of unleash a reign of terror which the country had never seen before. the Taliban take-over of Afghanistan and how the geopolitical They brutally enforced Sharia with public execution of those confuture is likely to unfold with special emphasis on the effect that victed of murder or adultery and amputation of those found guilty it would have on the region as well as on India. Having had excel- of theft. Men were forced to grow beards and women forced to wear lent people-to-people relations with Afghans and spent over $3 burqas covering their whole body. Women were not allowed to billion on various infrastructural projects in Afghanistan besides work at places where men worked. providing regular military aid, India is interested in ensuring a The Taliban also gave shelter to Osama bin Laden and key stable, friendly and peaceful Afghanistan capable of warding off Al-Qaeda figures in the wake of September 11, 2001 attacks in Pakistani machinations. the US. It was forced to relinquish power post NATO entry into The implications of Taliban control of Afghanistan can be Afghanistan in end 2001. On return to power, it has said it would discussed at three levels. First and foremost is how the internal enforce Sharia law rigorously and end mixed gender education. dynamics within Afghanistan are likely to play out. At the second Women rights would be governed by Sharia laws. level would be the effect that the regime change is likely to have In the nineties, the rise of Taliban was fiercely opposed by the on the regional geo-politics. Finally, the global level effect of this Northern Alliance and other tribal warlords like Abdul Rashid cataclysmic change.

Dostum and Gulbuddin Hikmatyar. A similar possibility again cannot be ruled out. To further complicate matters, within Taliban Domestic Dynamics of Afghanistan itself, there are conflicting strains based on tribal loyalties, personal Afghanistan is a land locked multi-ethnic country with a popula- rivalries and varied levels of religious orthodoxy and conservatism. tion of approximately 3.8 crores. 99.7 per cent of its population Rampant corruption, which is an inherent part of the survival culare followers of Islam. Tribal culture dominates and dictates the ture of the tribes is also likely to be fully exploited by opportunistic fiercely independent nature of the Afghans. In fact, tribal loyalties partners like the Pakistanis and the Chinese. are invariably given precedence over religion. The country’s harsh The possibility of Taliban providing safe havens to terrorist and forbidding landscape of deserts and mountains has defeated organisations like Al-Qaeda, Islamic State (ISIS) and others with the expansionist designs of many an imperialistic power in the past, passage of time, as has happened in the past, cannot be ruled the latest victims being the USSR and the US. out. Domestically, existence of government supported terrorist

TECHNOLOGY

We need to analyse the repercussions of the Taliban take-over of Afghanistan and how the geopolitical future is likely to unfold with special emphasis on the effect that it would have on the region.

The collapse of ANA and the Afghan government is simply because of the ill planned US withdrawal. Though the US withdrawal seems to be a thought-out strategy but it was executed poorly. The US should have withdrawn in phases.

The last soldier should have left just before the onset of winters. This would

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS fmprc.gov.cn

Reasons for Collapse of the Afghan State?

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 11

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

T

he situation unfolding will have given time to ANA to consolidate as lt General R.k. Jagga (retd) depend on how the Taliban well plan on how to hold Taliban without government conducts its affairs US forces support. and whether they form an inclusive government or not.

Both the political and military leadership of US failed the Also, Taliban have to prove what they are promising. The humanity and the allies. The plan of withdrawal was unilateral and UNSC has adopted the resolution towards Afghanistan probably no consultations were held with their western allies who and the Taliban government has been put on notice. were willing to keep boots on ground.

If the Taliban do not change, then the US and other Western The US went wrong in the formation of ANA. Probably, India nations are likely to openly come out in support of the ex-Vice should have taken an active part when formation of ANA was hapPresident Saleh and Massoud in Panjshir valley. pening and should not have restricted itself to only training of ANA It is too early to say anything definite. However, goes without personnel. US tried to impose western style democracy through saying that Afghan citizen will continue to suffer.

Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi with delegation led by head of the Afghan Taliban History teaches us a lot and as much Political Commission Mullah Abdul Ghani Baradar the influential media, thinkers and political leaders may try to paint a different picture, the events in Afghanistan point towards clash of civilisations.

Time and form cannot be predicted at this point. Though this clash is not inevitable if the world recognises it as a long-term threat and collectively tackles it. The Muslim fundamentalist ideology is worse than the ‘Nazi ideology.’

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

The fundamentalists do not change. The Taliban control has emboldened religious bigots all over the world.

China, Russia and Central Asian states are going to be the worst affected. India is also going to be impacted and so will all nations who have sizable Muslim population.

REGIONAL BALANCE

DeptofDefense / Twitter

AFGHANISTAN — An Analysis

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

2

US Marine Corps

CONTENTS

Afghanistan — Changed Dynamics

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

3

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 13

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

T

he security situation that Afghan territory would not be Major General (Dr) Yash Mor (retd) changed so dramatically allowed to be used as staging areas in Afghanistan that before by any terrorist outfits associated the international community could plan a response, the with the Taliban in their final push for Kabul, namely, Lashkar-eTaliban had virtually taken over the war-ravaged country. Tayyaba (LeT) and Jaish-e-Mohammad (JeM), and possibly even, The final retreat of the US forces was long awaited and Islamic State-Khorasan (IS-K), for insurgency operations in Jammu known but the manner in which US left the country has left the & Kashmir, and that the Indians and their dependents, and Indianworld stunned. The mid night evacuation of the strategically most origin Afghans would have safe passage to India. All these utterimportant air base of Bagram on the night of July 1/2, 2021, was in ances by Stanikzai, merely reiterated what Barader had publicly itself viewed as a failure of US operations in Afghanistan. Bagram stated earlier. Incidentally, Stanikzai is a graduate from 1982 batch Airfield (BAF) also known as Bagram Air Base is located next to the of Indian Military Academy and thus is expected to have sympaancient city of Bagram, 11 kilometres southeast of Charikar in the thies with Indian cause.

Parwan Province of Afghanistan. The fact that such a huge asset had China meanwhile was first off the blocks and did not vacate be left in hours of darkness without even the Afghan security forces any staff from its Embassy in fact bringing in a more experienced getting any information was quite shocking.

Ambassador to coordinate and talk to the new Taliban leadership.

The manner of US withdrawal and take over by Taliban has sent India’s last day as (the monthly rotating) Chairman of the UN shock waves across the region and the world. While it appeared that Security Council resulted in a watered down version of a resolution the US military was regularly in touch with the Taliban fighters and whose anti-Taliban sting was removed because of threat of Chinese a smooth handover of power will take place, the ground situation veto. But even then, China and Russia abstained from voting. India deteriorated so rapidly that even the Taliban was not in position to also decided on August 29 against joining in the joint statement take over the country. On the night of August 30, the last of the ser- signed by 98 countries of the world that announced their willingness vice soldiers of the US army left Kabul airport, painting a very sorry to accept Afghan nationals including those who worked in, and with, and grim picture of the sole super power of the world. the Indian Embassy in Kabul and in the Consulates in Kandahar, Herat and Mazar-i-Sharif and other Afghans, who over the years, India’s Play have been instrumental in gathering useful intelligence and doing India followed the US narrative and was one of the first countries to similar kind of work on developments inside that country. vacate and close its Embassy in Kabul. Before that all the consulates Current Situation were closed as the Taliban fighters over ran the country without any resistance. An attempt to connect with Taliban was made but it was The situation is fluid and dynamic, as chaos and mayhem contoo late and did not result into any significant results. It is only on tinue across the capital city without any government in place. The August 31, 2021 that the first talks with Taliban leadership on Doha President himself along with most of the top government officials have taken place with the Ambassador of India. Sher Mohammad flew out of Kabul leaving behind the hapless people to the mercy of Abbas Stanikzai, made the effort and took the initiative to contact the Taliban fighters. The Vice President escaped to Panjshir valley the Indian mission in Qatar, conveying to Ambassador Deepak in an effort to cobble together a front like the erstwhile Northern Mittal, the Mullah Abdul Ghani Barader-led interim dispensation’s Alliance to fight the Taliban, like they did from 1996 to 2001 dureagerness to have India not only return to Kabul and continue ing the previous Taliban regime. Though this time the resistance with the development projects in that country, but also assurances appears to be much smaller and weaker.

TECHNOLOGY

Sudden withdrawal of the US forces and an easy take over by Taliban has changed the security dynamics in India’s immediate neighbourhood.

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

US Air Force

US Drawdown from Afghanistan — Options for India

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

4

DeptofDefense / Twitter

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 15

BUSINESS REGIONAL BALANCE

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Taliban are Emboldened Taliban patiently waited for the US to finally get fatigued and leave Afghanistan as did Russia few decades ago. They were looking at coming back to power and rule Afghanistan as per their ideology and objectives. As part of negotiations, they did sign an agreement with the US in 2020 but now know they have no stakes in sticking to any of the commitments made by them. In recent months the Taliban leadership has avoided

INDIAN DEFENCE

A

s promised by US ‘giving in’ to any conditionalities Major General (Dr) Yash Mor (retd) President Joe Biden, agreed by them previously. They the US along with its know they have full backing of the NATO allies have started the drawdown from war rav- Pakistani establishment, which has not only protected them in the aged Afghanistan. The pull out of the forces has started last two decades but also nurtured their final goal of establishing an on May 1 and is likely to be completed by September Islamic Emirate in Afghanistan. The important conditions agreed 11, 2021, coinciding with two decades of War on Terrorism. The by them with the US are: process had begun during the Trump era and is being diligently n Break Linkages with Al-Qaeda: They continue to maintain strong links with the dreaded terror organisation, in fact now followed by the Biden administration. In fact, after achieving have no motivation to cut ties with them. So, the Al-Qaeda the killing of Osama Bin Laden almost a decade back, the will just shift its headquarters from Quetta in Baluchistan US had declared partial achievement of its objectives and had announced systematic scaling down of its commitment in Afghanistan. The Evacuees board a US Air Force C-17 Globemaster III at Hamid Karzai International Afghans are a worried lot and though, Airport in Kabul, Afghanistan President Ashraf Ghani has put out a brave front, but given the capability of Taliban and unconditional support from the Pakistan Army, a civil war kind of situation looks to be reality. The emerging scenario should worry India as it has very little bargaining power with Taliban and other players who are likely to play a major role in the Afghan polity post US withdrawal.

TECHNOLOGY

The emerging scenario should worry India as it has very little bargaining power with Taliban and other players who are likely to play a major role in the Afghan polity post US withdrawal.

CONTENTS

PIB

INDO-PACIFIC THE MARITIME CONTEXT

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

5

Strategic Trends

Global Drivers

There are three important strategic trends, which emerge out of these drivers, either as a direct outcome or an enmeshed output of more than one of them.

The first of these pertains to the ongoing Power Transition and Diffusion. The economic and technological power of China is rising and currently it rivals that of US. As global power becomes more contested, it will become harder to forge internationally-binding treaties, and non-compliance and subversion of international laws are likely to increase. The next trend is the increasing competition and as a result of which there is wide scope for Regional Instability.

There are three global drivers which are of particular concern to us as they would shape our world, and our collective futures in profound ways. The implications of these drivers are broad and varied, and they present us with tremendous opportunities, as well as extremely dangerous risks which will need to be mitigated.

The first of these pertains to the ongoing shift in the technological centre of gravity from West to East. The technological gap is narrowing, particularly in the field of advanced technologies, many of which also have military applications. Coupled with the technological driver is the economic matrix, the ongoing rebalancing of the global economies which is leading to a major shift in global economic clout to Asia.

The next driver pertains to the increasing world population and rising living standards. In addition to the social aspects, the growing military aspirations of China and its corresponding impact on quest for resources cannot be overemphasised. This driver is leading to a steep increase in the demand on all resources, including food, water, energy and rare earth materials. On the military front, as can be seen around us, this quest for gaining access and control over resources is manifesting itself, particularly in the global commons, be it the Oceans, Polar Regions, Space or even the Cyber world. The third and last driver would be the impact of climate change, particularly from the prism of environmental security and economic aspects.

The geopolitical significance of the Indo Pacific Region has been growing in recent years for a number of economic, political and other reasons. The region, today is home to four of the top ten economies and has emerged as one of the fastest growing economic regions in the world. Riding on the waves of globalisation, several countries of the region have emerged as global powerhouses in manufacturing as well as services sector, contributing to about 60 per cent of global GDP. The economic resurgence of the region has raised the strategic competition amongst the regional and extra-regional powers. Transactional trade mechanisms, invoking historical trade routes or visions of shared destiny have thus come to prominence amongst the ‘established’ and ‘emerging’ economies. The economic driver is shaping the political landscape of the region, with far reaching security and strategic implications for the regional and global order.

The seaways of the Indo Pacific host a major share of all international trade, hydrocarbon, bulk and container. Importantly, about 80 per cent of the trade originating from here is actually extra-regional. In the Indian Ocean alone, 50 per cent of the globe’s seaborne trade and 40 per cent of world’s oil supply is carried over its international sea lanes by more than 1,00,000 ships each year. Unhindered flow of maritime trade through Indo Pacific region thus assumes tremendous significance for

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

BUSINESS

Lanba (Retd)

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 19

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

INDIAN DEFENCE

Geopolitical Significance of Indo Pacific

REGIONAL BALANCE

T

here is little dispute over the Admiral Sunil assertion that the world today, is characterised by multi-layered and multi-faceted diversity from political, demographic, economic, environmental and strategic viewpoints.

But why are these times so important from a strategic perspective? That is largely because everything around us seems to indicate that the world is in another period of historical transition.

It is a fair assumption that we are indeed living through a period of ‘strategic uncertainty’.

TECHNOLOGY

The geopolitical significance of the Indo-Pacific Region has been growing in recent years for a number of economic, political and other reasons.

Indian Navy

CONTENTS

Joshi

power in both the Indo and Pacific ends of the region. But what it is seeking to do is to anticipate China’s growth, slow it down if possible and be prepared to deal with it, if necessary.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 23

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

Rival Geopolitical Visions

There are two big geopolitical players in contention in the IndoPacific, the US and China. The latter’s vision is variously expressed as “China in the middle”, “China Dream” or sometimes as a “community of common destiny” which, some say, is derived from the Zhou dynasty model of Tianxia or “all under the heaven”, where everyone lives harmoniously together under a good emperor.

China’s perception of domestic and international order is very much based India’s role in the Indian Ocean Region is increasingly seen as a protector of the on hierarchy. Every person and every international order in the region country must live in a strict hierarchy and must understand their place in it.

Then, there is the American and Japanese vision, first manifested as the pivot, now expressed as the idea of a Free and Open Indo-Pacific. Please note that “free” and “open” are important qualifiers that confer the benign geographic concept with political context. Though the Americans and the Japanese have military dominance in the region, their vision, however, involves a coalition of countries to maintain a balance of power to block the emergence of any Eurasian hegemon who could prevent the US from access to the region.

A January 2021 leaked policy document of the Trump Administration, says the goal of its Indo-Pacific policy is to maintain US primacy there.1 New

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

G

eographies are meant to be static, Manoj but politics are not and that’s why the concept of Asia-Pacific has given way to the Indo-Pacific.

What we are witnessing is how geopolitics plays out, often in the mind. By renaming the region countries like Japan and the US have shifted mental gears, their own and that of the region. When it was just the Asia-Pacific, China loomed large.

But by including the Indian Ocean Region, they have created a new geopolitical construct by where because of India’s size, China looks a bit smaller. Very obviously, India plays a key role here.

In terms of military capability, the US remains the dominant

TECHNOLOGY

In terms of military capability, the US remains the dominant power in both the Indo and Pacific ends of the region. But what it is seeking to do is to anticipate China’s growth, slow it down if possible and be prepared to deal with it, if necessary.

REGIONAL BALANCE

MEA

India and Indo-Pacific strategy

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

6

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 27

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

BUSINESS

W

hen President ited Tokyo, Seoul and then Delhi. He Vice Admiral Shekhar Sinha (Retd) Trump assumed called on Prime Minister Modi and Presidency in 2016 NSA Ajit Doval before his elaborate and articulated Indo-Pacific Strategy it was clearly delegation level meeting with Defence Minister Rajnath Singh. In a meant to assemble the democracies in a cooperative single visit he covered three countries and a telephonic conversaarrangement (preferably alliance) and resist transition tion with the Australian Defence Minister is significant in a sense of the international order to an authoritarian model. During 19th NPC that it reflects Biden Administration’s assurance to partners and General Secretary Xi Jinping had mentioned that Chinese model of allies that Trump policy in the Indo-Pacific is not only here to stay governance was worth looking at since it has yielded in extraordinary but it will progress further and vigorously. developmental outcomes and uplifted nearly 600 million people out Secretary Austin mentioned that India is central pillar of of poverty. This blew the bugle in the democratic world.

American strategy in the Indo-Pacific. He said “we reviewed the A few months prior, PRC had defied the judgement of Permanent wide gamut of bilateral and multilateral exercises and agreed to Court of Arbitration and thrown to winds the ICJ’s refusal to acknowl- pursue enhanced cooperation with the US Indo-Pacific, Central and edge its historical claim on nearly entire South China Sea by way of Africa Commands.” With four foundational agreements Logistics often spoken 9 dash line. It is different matter that President Duterte Exchange Memorandum of Agreement (LEMOA), Communications did not pursue Philippines claim on Scarborough Shoal.

Compatibility and Security Agreement (COMCASA) and Basic The speculation regarding continuation of Trump Exchange and Cooperation Agreement for Geo-Spatial Cooperation Administration’s push for Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (QUAD) (BECA) in place now steps are to be taken to realise full potential for has now been laid to rest by President Joe Biden. He has consid- mutual benefit. One area of cooperation is emerging technologies ered it necessary to resist China’s aggressive rise collectively with such as cyber and space. It is first time that US has spelt out that middle power democracies in the Indo-Pacific. He left no illusions Indian Navy’s cooperation will extend not only with Indo-Pacific by addressing the troubling issue first quite early in his Presidency. command but also with US Central Command (CENTCOM) and US The carefully drafted joint statement post first QUAD summit of Africa Command (AFRICOM). Close cooperation with CENTCOM four executive heads of democracies is a diplomatic masterpiece. was often requested by India since Indo-Pacific Command did not While it talks of “free and open Indo-Pacific, rooted in international address India’s primary security concerns in the western Arabian law to advance security and prosperity and counter threats to both Sea which was under the charge of CENTCOM. But Secretary Austin in the Indo-Pacific and beyond” yet it mentions “region that is free has now brought AFRICOM cooperation within the security calcuopen, inclusive, healthy, anchored by democratic values and uncon- lus of India. It is a pointer that India being the pillar of Indo-Pacific strained by coercion”. This statement mean much more than what strategy is expected to ensure maritime security for free and open it says. Without naming China, it is pointed at Chinese Communist seas in the entire IOR. Party (CCP) for it to relook at its policy of economic and military With the formation of QUAD and area of responsibility of India coercion of countries who don’t have an alternative for their devel- having been acknowledged to extend from straits of Malacca to east opment or the military power to disregard CCP. coast of Africa, it is incumbent upon India to make its Navy more The US Secretary Defence, General Lloyd Austin III, visited capable of discharging this task. Often spoken force level of the Delhi March 19-21, 2021. This was the first outing of the Secretary Navy should remain the focus of capacity building. Navy’s planners Defence despite the pandemic still playing havoc in the US. He vis- had the foresight to build a Navy for maritime security in the entire

INDIAN DEFENCE

With the formation of QUAD and area of responsibility of India having been acknowledged to extend from straits of Malacca to east coast of Africa, it is incumbent upon India to make its Navy more capable of discharging this task.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

DefencePROkochi / Twitter

Uneasy Geopolitical Transition — Necessity of a Strong Indian Navy

REGIONAL BALANCE

7

CONTENTS

Rising Foot Prints of China in South Asia

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

eng.chinamil.com.cn / Zhang Lei

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

8

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 29

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

S

outh Asia is a land are potential hot spots that could Brigadier Narender Kumar (Retd) bridge to Central Asia, it be converted into military bases by links Tibet and Xinjiang China once situation is ripe.

Autonomous Regions of China with the Indian Ocean. It Strategic Significance of South Asia to China sits astride strategic Sea Lines of Communication (SLOCs) linking East Asia with oil rich West Asia. South Asia is In fact, South Asia was considered a fractured frontier, riddled with characterised by high density of population, poor governance, intra terrorism, economic instability, political polarisation and poor and interstate conflicts and fractured socio-political societies. This governance. Western powers neglected this region but China saw region is also considered a hub centre of Islamic terrorism and an opportunity to gain access through South Asia to the Indian indigenous secessionist movements. Al-Qaeda and Islamic State Ocean and more importantly they saw this region as a springboard have expanded their foot prints from Afghanistan-Pakistan region for projection of power into the IOR Rim nations. What has garto Sri Lanka and Bangladesh making entire South Asia an unstable nered China’s success over other major powers is that they located plateau. Economic fragility and fractured socio-political conditions bilateral investment in cooperative frameworks.2 The main chalis considered as an opportunity by China to make inroads among lenge of China at this stage is to keep its SLOCs in the Indian Ocean the South Asian Countries. Small and economically poor nations secured since 40 per cent of China’s overseas trade and 80 per of South Asia are hungry for development, as a result, these nations cent of its total imports3 traverse through the SLOCs of Northern are lured by China with easy loans. Most of these projects includ- Indian Ocean. Land link from Arabian Sea (Gwadar-Kashgar) and ing China Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC), China Myanmar Bay of Bengal (Kyaupkyu to Kunming) also provide an alternative Economic Corridor (CMEC), Hambantota, Gwadar Port and other to Malacca predicament. China’s priority at this stage is to pursue Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) projects have turned out to be eco- vigorously control and operation of ports especially Hambantota, nomically unviable and a debt trap. Since their commissioning Gwadar and Kyaupkyu, since these ports provide economic and Gwadar and Hambantota are found to be not economically viable maritime presence to China in the Northern Indian Ocean Region. because the commercial vessel traffic is inadequate to even fund China is consolidating its presence by establishing free trade zones maintenance of these ports, as a result these ports have already fell in small South Asian nations and Indian Ocean Rim countries to in Chinese debt trap. China has taken over Hambantota on 99 years deepen economic presence. China has been able to link Nepal, lease from Sri Lanka and Gwadar is leased to China for 45 years since Bangladesh, Myanmar, Sri Lanka, Pakistan and Afghanistan with maritime and land links. India along with Bhutan appear to be these countries are not in a position to repay the loans.

China’s influence across South Asia is increasing as it deepens the only two countries in South Asia that are still out of Chinese political relationships and economic engagement with the region’s embrace or debt trap. smaller states1 that find themselves in economic muddle. China’s foot prints in South Asia at present are economic in nature, it appears that South Asia a Pivot to Project Power in Indian Ocean Region (IOR) China at an appropriate time will make military presence visible once South Asia is a strategic bridge for China to project soft and hard they consolidate their foot prints through infrastructure development. power into the Indian Ocean and beyond. South Asia provides It is China’s broader strategy to securitise BRI along the continental Silk connectivity to China’s ambitious BRI plan linking continental Route and the maritime Silk Route. Chinese built ports coming up in and maritime silk routes. The BRI has emerged as the most crucial and around South Asia including Chittagong in Bangladesh, Gwadar instrument in China’s soft power diplomacy in South Asia with an in Pakistan, Hambantota in Sri Lanka and Kyaupkyu in Myanmar objective to connect Asia with Africa and Europe via land and mari-

TECHNOLOGY

China’s influence across South Asia is increasing as it deepens political relationships and economic engagement with the region’s smaller states1 that find themselves in economic muddle.

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

eng.chinamil.com.cn / Zhang Lei

CHINESE INFLUENCE IN THE SOUTH ASIAN REGION AND IMPLICATIONS

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

9

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

The Sinews of Power The ability to become a regional hegemon, aspiring for global domination, has not developed overnight. China has to be credited with adopting long-term goals that seek outcomes decades into the future and not deviating from these. Commencing with becoming a manufacturing hub for nearly every consumer product in the

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 33

REGIONAL BALANCE

Chinese Assertiveness

Commencing from 2013 onward (which coincides with the ascendance of President Xi Jinping to the helm of the Chinese Communist Party - CCP) India has faced a series of confrontations across contentious locations along the Line of Actual Control (LAC) in Eastern Ladakh, the International Border (IB) in Sikkim and the McMahon Line in Arunachal Pradesh. China has upped the ante as Indian

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

T

he rise of China and its security interests identified and ini Major General B.S. Dhanoa (Retd) ability to assert itself in the tiated a deliberate (almost unhurmilieu of geopolitics, world ried) and more technically challengeconomics and international finance, as also the global ing infrastructure development, consisting of strategic roads, key arms market, since the turn of the century is a well docu- bridges, railway lines, communications and habitat in what had mented one. International as well as Indian strategists and been remote places thus far. Events erupted into fierce standoffs geopolitical commentators have not been idle during this period. at Doklam, on the Indian-Bhutan-Chinese border tri-junction, in Even prior to the commencement of the 21st Century (some refer to 2017, and in May–August 2020 during the ongoing military standoff it as Asia’s Century), they have written about and posited innumer- in Eastern Ladakh. It is not the remit of this piece to go into the able hypotheses as to when and how China would occupy centre reasons and sequence of actions of such military tensions, but to stage in regional, and subsequently global, trade and commerce, try and discern a coherent thought process and possible economic challenging the very hegemony that the US and allied western and security prognostication for how things could pan out for nations have enjoyed since the political and economic reshaping of China and the South Asian countries as the decade moves ahead. the globe post 1989.

The Wuhan bred virus has already laid low all projections for ecoCloser home, the Indian security and military establishment nomic growth since its appearance in December 2019 and we are has built up a crescendo of concerns, ranging from physical threats nowhere near the end of the pandemic that originated in China. to India’s borders as China ramped up infrastructure in the Tibet Some countries, including the Chinese themselves, have weathered Autonomous Region and Xinxiang Province opposite the Northern the global economic downturn better than others, while naysayers borders in the 1990s, and has collaborated openly with Pakistan as have been highlighting the issue of this being ‘unrestricted warfare’ it presses ahead with its grand Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), which unleashed by China as it advances its rise to self destined greatness is a formal enunciation of what some commentators have earlier by the middle of this century (to coincide with a hundred years of referred to as the ‘String of Pearls’, to curtail Indian interests in the Communist China in 2049), economically, militarily and geoporegion. This China has continued to do as it resizes and modernises litically. Whether that will occur in linear fashion (as China would its armed forces, an almost completed process today. It has also desire) or would others challenge it and create obstacles in the actively looked to secure basing rights at key ports and hubs across way, no one can be sure. What is for certain is that at present, leave the Indian Ocean, under the garb of economic and commercial aside the United States, there is no country that has the whereactivities, with states that have little or no choice in the web of withal in terms of DIME (an American coinage for Diplomatic, economic dependencies China has woven through soft loans, hard Informational, Military and Economic domains) to seriously chalbargains and a long-term vision of where it wishes to be. lenge China as it moves ahead in resolute fashion to perceived and stated goals of being the centre of Asia and the world once more.

TECHNOLOGY

China has to be credited with adopting long-term goals that seek outcomes decades into the future and not deviating from these.

eng.chinamil.com.cn

CONTENTS

China’s Growing Intrusive Presence in Central Asia

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

10

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 35

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

T

he recent unprecedented tense In recent years, China’s intrusive develop P. Stobdan movements that have erupted between ment push has pushed Central Asian Republics the US vis-à-vis China and Russia (CAR) into mounting financial pressure and debt after Biden-Putin spat and Alaska meeting are bound stress, even undercutting sovereignty in some cases. The predatory to change the Eurasian geopolitical dynamics. Since the nature of Beijing’s loan practices mostly through backroom deals end of the Cold War, Russia and China have successfully are resulting in countries getting mired in economic crisis, public found a way to keep Eurasia out of the reach of Western powers outrage and political chaos. either through bilateral means or by creating collective body such The crisis became acute during the pandemic when CARs faced as the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO). The SCO group- economic contraction due to a drop in oil prices, a fall in remiting is not an ‘alliance’ but it drew top Eurasian leaders annually tances from Russia, etc. A prolonged lockdown created myriad to take part in the anti-Western power play. It stands as one of the social problems resulting in Kyrgyzstan, for example, falling into mightiest groupings in size (four nuclear-powered states) with a political unrest and chaos. During a week of unrest in October 2020, combined GDP of $19 trillion. mobs not only hounded the country’s President from office but also However, in reality, the Eurasian balance revolved around a stormed into Chinese-owned gold mines and chased out Chinese nebulous but ill-concealed Russia-China rivalry. For years, Moscow workers. But, when a new Kyrgyz leader Sadyr Japarov (current has been trying to prevent the region falling into China’s domina- President) emerged from the street protest anger, he too was quick tion. For example, Moscow impeded SCO turning into a Chinese to announce friendship with China, as he sought immediate debt dominated economic block – repeatedly derailed Beijing’s plans relief from Beijing. Japarov, in return, pledged to protect Chinese for pushing a Free Economic Zone and an SCO Development Bank. investments and the safety of Chinese citizens and enterprises in This was done to ensure that SCO doesn’t outdo Russia’s own Kyrgyzstan. It shows the extent to which a country like Kyrgyzstan regional integration scheme, the Eurasian Economic Union (EAEU) has become a victim of Chinese predatory economics. that overlaps in Central Asia. In fact, many viewed that Moscow had Kyrgyzstan deliberately pushed for India’s entry into the SCO to water-down China’s influence. Beijing responded to it by pushing Pakistan’s Kyrgyzstan is already facing a debilitating cycle of the debt burden.

China’s Exim Bank holds $1.8 billion of Kyrgyzstan’s $4.8 billion membership into the grouping.

But in their jostling for dominance China has over the years total foreign debt. Following the call given by the Kyrgyz Foreign gained upper hand and even surpassed Russia in terms of eco- Minister to his Chinese counterpart, Beijing extended an interim grace period on the condition that Kyrgyzstan will fully embed its nomic influence.

The recent Silk Road Diplomacy report compiled by US-based development strategies with the BRI schemes. The country will not research lab (aiddata.org) uncovered the entire gamut of China’s be able to alleviate its debt burdens, which means that China will toolkit to influence the South and Central Asian countries. resort to ‘asset-stripping’, eating up Kyrgyz iron-ore and gold mines.

According to the report, China spent a total of $126 billion in public Tajikistan diplomacy (mostly in infrastructure) in 13 South and Central Asian countries during 2000-2017 alone. Of this, 55 per cent of invest- Tajikistan had earlier surrendered more than 1,300 square kilomements were made in Pakistan and Kazakhstan. Chinese State enter- ters of territory in the Pamir area to China to ease its debt burden. prises have penetrated deep into the region with energy pipelines, But since the beginning of last year, Chinese media write-ups have been pushing for more territorial claims over Tajikistan. Amidst the railroads, and highway communication.

TECHNOLOGY

In recent years, China’s intrusive development push has pushed Central Asian Republics (CAR) into mounting financial pressure and debt stress, even undercutting sovereignty in some cases.

ISPR

CONTENTS

China–Pakistan–Turkey Nexus — A Worrying Trend

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

11

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 39

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

I

n international politics, a ‘nexus’ is often extradition treaty with Pakistan and Turkey Dr Amrita Jash a cause of worry- perceived as the threat by thus, reinforcing Beijing’s control over Xinjiang. those out of the gambit. However, the conTherefore, the first pillar of the China-Pakistancerns are higher when the nexus is between the states that Turkey nexus is anchored on the ideology of ‘religion’- directly do not fall in the category of ‘normative’ players in the inter- and indirectly. national system, such as the new bonhomie between ChinaThe Nuclear Spiral: Pakistan-Turkey. While China-Pakistan share an ‘all-weather What China did to Pakistan, Pakistan is Doing to Turkey! friendship’, Pakistan-Turkey ties are edged strong on ideological grounds- these two pillars are building a new momentum The second pillar to the nexus is premised on transfer of nuclear for China-Pakistan-Turkey ties. What anchor’s the nexus is the weapons and technology. It is an established fact that Pakistan commonality in traits: non-conforming to international norms; has been advancing its nuclear capabilities with China’s assisruled by authoritarian leadership; practice of clandestine nuclear tance. In making Pakistan a nuclear power, China passed the activities; face international criticism; and some form or other entire design for nuclear weapon in 1980s- the only country to pose a challenge to the liberal international order. With China, ever do so. China has also provided Pakistan with weapons grade Pakistan and Turkey finding a strategically in each other, seeking uranium sufficient to put together two nuclear devices. China has common grounds strengthens their commitment towards seeking helped Pakistan’s ballistic missile programme by transferring the cooperation- opting for collusiveness becomes a rational choice. mobile, solid-fuelled M-9 or DF-15 and M-11 missiles- which has This makes the ‘Beijing-Islamabad-Ankara troika’ to be perceived been modified into the Shaheen-I and the Ghaznavi missiles. As as the ‘unholy nexus’ of military and security ties, with global and observed, Shaheen-III is to be based on the design of Chinese missile DF-21A. Besides, China has constructed five nuclear units regional implications. Thus, the need to checkmate! in Pakistan and the latest one is the Chasma nuclear power plant.

The Islam Factor: Besides, Beijing has also supported Islamabad’s civil nuclear proQuest for Power in the Shadow of Religion gramme by expanding its nuclear power sector.

The nexus can be understood in a two-fold perspective. Wherein, Following China’s footsteps, Pakistan is aiding Turkey in its at the core lies the developing strategic ties between Pakistan and nuclear ambition. What Turkey cites as the need for energy, is Turkey pivoted on the ideology of ‘religion’. Turkey under its ‘new- mainly driven by the its intention of expanding the Caliphate Ottomanism’ aims to emerge as the leader of the Muslim world dream. It is believed that Turkey could be possessing of a number (the Ummah) by displacing Saudi Arabia. This has caused a divide of centrifuges, with Pakistan’s assistance to the Turkish nuclear in the Organisation of Islamic Countries (OIC). With Riyadh not programme. On the larger spectrum, it is China that is supplying favourably inclined towards Pakistan has pushed Islamabad to nuclear and missile technology and material to Turkey through lean towards Ankara.

Pakistan. Turkey currently has two nuclear reactors-Tr-1 and Tr-2This Pakistan-Turkey nexus has now been added with a China run by the Turkish Atomic Energy Authority and plans to sign a factor. Despite the ideological difference, Beijing’s objectives are deal with China’s State Nuclear Power Technology Corp. to build centred on its domestic interests in relation to the ‘Uyghurs’ of Turkey’s third nuclear power plant. Besides, Ankara and Beijing Xinjiang- the ‘Islam factor’. Unlike support to Rohingya Muslims, have already signed agreements on the civilian use of nuclear Islamabad and Ankara maintain silence over repression of Uyghur energy. Therefore, with Beijing acting as the patron, the clandesMuslims in China. Besides, China has signed and ratified its tine nexus of China-Pakistan-Turkey is aiding nuclear prolifera-

TECHNOLOGY

The nexus can be understood in a two-fold perspective. Wherein, at the core lies the developing strategic ties between Pakistan and Turkey pivoted on the ideology of ‘religion’.

AsimSBajwa / Twitter

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

China-Pakistan Economic Corridor is a Three-Way Challenge for China

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

12

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 43

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

C

hina-Pakistan ing for stopping the fencing proj Major General (Dr) Yash Mor (retd) Economic Corridor ect. Another sticking point with the (CPEC) is one of the most locals is the grant of fishing license ambitious projects as part of the Chinese flagship Belt to the Chinese trawlers. This is likely to hit the poor fishing comand Road Initiative (BRI). The mega economic project munity who still rely on traditional fishing. The traditional fishing started with great fanfare in 2015 at an estimated cost of is likely to take huge hit in comparison to the highly mechanised $47 billion is today already reworked at approximately $62 billion. fishing trawlers of the Chinese. The economy of the locals all along The project started with the promise of creating over 2.3 million the Makran coast is likely to be hit. jobs for the Pakistani youth and all-round development along the Converting Gwadar into a fortress to protect the Chinese Makran coast as also in the restive Baluchistan province. The port investments which are pouring into many projects that include town of Gwadar is at the center of this ambitious project and most a new international airport, export processing zones and many crucial pivot around which depends the success and progress of the other industrial projects associated with development of the port. project. The long shot of the project to realise all its state goals and Without adequate safety of Gwadar, the CPEC is nothing for China. objectives as stated by China is by 2030.

The entire benefits of the project hinges on security situation The CPEC is aimed at creating a direct road link between the around the and inside the township. The entire situation is caught Port of Gwadar and Western region of China, fulfilling the energy up in a negative spiral with more forces getting deployed, the local needs of a growing Chinese economy. The project however has insurgents too get further agitated fearing harsh reprisals by the been mired in many controversies and the rising insurgency Pakistan Army. Fencing the town from its population has got the in the Baluchistan province has only added to the woes of the BLA and other political leadership up in arms against the present Pakistani establishment and the Chinese. The Baloch Liberation Pakistan government and the Army.

Army (BLA) has called for complete independence of Baluchistan Three-Way Contest and has upped the ante in striking Chinese investments and Pakistan security forces all over the state. They are disillusioned The entire project of CPEC is now a three-way fight and there seems with the economic fallout of the project and consider China to to be no easy solution to the mired problems associated with the be complicit in repression of the ethnic people of the region. The mega project. The locals absolutely distrust the Pakistani establishexploitation of natural resources and huge deployment of the ment including they abhor the security forces. The Chinese depend security forces to safeguard Chinese investments have further on the Pakistan government to provide safety and security to their caused anger among the local people thus emboldening the investments as also their people working on various construction sites. The Baloch insurgent groups fear the loss of natural resources insurgent groups. and the jobs being taken over by the outsiders specially the Punjabi Fencing of Gwadar elite. A situation of mistrust and apprehension about each other To protect the economic activities and ancillary projects of the has engulfed the Joint Cooperation Committee (JCC) which is over Gwadar port a huge fence around the town is being erected. This all coordination office between the Pakistani and Chinese officials is a project which will fence approximately 24 square kilometers, on the CPEC. with very few access points. This has raised the political activity to Each cycle of violence leads to further disenchantment of the a new high with all opposition and leaders from Baluchistan call- locals towards the project. The cases of ‘missing’ people picked

TECHNOLOGY

The China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) is aimed at creating a direct road link between the Port of Gwadar and Western region of China, fulfilling the energy needs of a growing Chinese economy.

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 45

TECHNOLOGY

S

outh Asia, comprising of Prior to the 18th century, Nepal Lt general Shokin Chauhan (Retd) Afghanistan, Bangladesh, was a divided country. By the year Bhutan, Maldives, Nepal, 1769, King Dhiraj Prithvi Narayan India, Pakistan and Sri Lanka is ethnically diverse, with Shahdev (1769–1775), the Gorkha dynasty had taken over the areas more than 2,000 ethnic entities and population rang- of modern Nepal7 and this served as a driving force to unify Nepal. ing from hundreds of millions to small tribal groups.1 After his death, the Shah dynasty began to expand their kingdom According to the World Bank’s estimates (2018), the total popula- into what is present day North India and Tibet. Between 1788 and tion of South Asian region stands at 1.814 billion. The region is 1791, Nepal invaded Tibet and robbed the Tashilhunpo Monastery diverse in terms of their linguistic, social, cultural and religious of Shigatse. Tibet sought the help of the Chinese and after a series affiliations. The region has evolved a shared cultural ambience2 of successful Chinese victories, Nepal signed a treaty on Chinese while still retaining their distinctive cultural beliefs and practices terms that required, among other obligations, tributes to the which in turn has been shaped by centuries of pre-historic and Chinese emperor every five years. historical developments in the subcontinent. An understanding of Geography of the Region these historical developments is important, especially in the present context, given that the notion of South Asia itself is recent and a Nepal, a landlocked country, is surrounded by India on three sides and by China’s Xizang Autonomous Region (Tibet) to the north. It is product of a turbulent past.

Over the centuries, the region has been invaded and settled separated from Bangladesh by an approximately 15-kilometre-wide by many ethnic groups, including Dravidian, Indo Aryan and strip of India’s state of West Bengal, and from Bhutan by the 88-kiloIranian groups. The amalgamation of these and native societies metre-wide Sikkim. Nepal is almost totally dependent on India for has produced composite cultures with many common traditions transit facilities and access to the sea, that is, the Bay of Bengal.8 The China-Nepal boundary extends for 670 miles along the and beliefs that converge or diverge throughout the course of time, giving rise to strong local traditions. Cultural assimilation, in terms crest of the Himalaya Mountains. The present boundary was estabof language, religion, art and socio-political ideologies has been lished as a result of the boundary agreement signed between Nepal important components of such expansions. Besides the other and China on March 21, 1960. The Northern frontier region is nations, both India and Nepal show a great diversity in language dominated by the ranges of the Himalayas. In the south, the Outer with more than twenty-six distinct dialects spoken in Nepal that Himalaya comprises of a series of narrow, parallel ridges alternatare related to Indo-European, Tibeto-Burman, and Austro-Asiatic ing with broad, longitudinal valleys. The peaks of this group rarely language families3 and twenty-two officially recognised scheduled exceed 4,000 feet in elevation. Northward, are the Middle Ranges languages belonging to various language families in India.4 of the Himalayas, which have a steep escarpment to the south Nepal, which is frequently called the ‘Gorkhali’ Kingdom, takes and moderate slopes towards the north. In this group, peaks are its name from “the legendary eighth-century Hindu warrior-saint between 5,000 and 15,000 feet in elevation. Beyond is the Greater Guru Gorakhnath5. They trace their ancestry to the Hindu Rajputs Himalaya, a region of young, folded mountains, interrupted by and Brahmins of Northern India who entered Nepal from the west fol- faults and overthrusts. The main ranges are aligned west-northlowing Muslim advances. In the village of Gorkha about fifty miles to west to east-southeast. Elevations range from 14,000 to over 29,000 the west of Kathmandu, is a temple dedicated to Gorakhnath as well feet in the great majesty of Mt. Everest. The China-Nepal boundas another dedicated to Gorakhkali, a corresponding female deity”.6 ary traverses the Great Himalaya Range, the highest mountain

BUSINESS

Nepal, a landlocked country, is surrounded by India on three sides and by China’s Xizang Autonomous Region (Tibet) to the north. It is separated from Bangladesh by an approximately 15-kilometre-wide strip of India’s state of West Bengal, and from Bhutan by the 88-kilometre-wide Sikkim.

INDIAN DEFENCE

SP's Team

Indo–Nepal–China — Asia’s Eternal Triangle

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

N epal INDIA

REGIONAL BALANCE

China

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

13

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

People's Liberation Army Ground Force

The Annexation of Tibet by China — Is it Justified?

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

14

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 49

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

T

he Tibet – China issue disputed Arunachal Pradesh to Major General (Dr) Yash Mor (retd) is an extremely comLadakh and on to the Xinjiang and plex one and it became Uyghur Autonomous Region in more so when in 1950 the Northwest China. As a spin off, it Prashant Nakra troops of PLA marched produced manifold opportunities across the boundary and for the Tibetan people, giving rise entered Tibet and occupied it. This annexation and this move by to numerous economic outlets and opportunities for their uplift.

Mao’s communist China, though not accepted by the world at large, However, at no stage should this economic uplift of the Tibetan people has its roots deep into the History of Tibet and China. As such, one be constituted to legitimise the illegal occupation of an independent cannot just wish away the historical aspect when trying to study the country. But, and sadly so, that while Tibet had no Army to match the root cause of Tibet’s annexation by PRC. might of the PLA, it was also let down badly by the UN when Britain Recent events in Ladakh, especially after the Galwan Valley and India (rather foolishly, drunk under the Nehruvian philosophy of clash, and the year (+) long continuing standoff between the Hindi Chini Bhai Bhai) refused to allow a motion in the UN. militaries of both countries have shifted the spotlight and focus and China claiming Tibet is as farfetched as its claims over Mongolia, once again brought the Tibet dispute into limelight. To understand Taiwan and parts of India. A rough parallel can be drawn in the Indian and counter the Communist Party of China’s (CPC’s) propaganda Subcontinent, if India forcibly occupies Pakistan and Bangladesh, on Tibet, it is essential to dwell into the ancient history of Tibet and claiming them to be part and parcel of a larger Bahratvarsha. History explore its linkages to the Mongols and the Chinese. too bellies these Chinese claims and shows us that China was in no While at no stage I will dispute the infrastructure improvements way the overlord of Tibet. But since the study of this is not part and that the Chinese Annexation brought into Tibet. This infra develop- parcel of our military and political leadership (except a few chosen ment was fuelled partly by the needs of PLA and partly by the mod- military leaders), a study deep into the subject is a must for the young ernisation drive pushed by the CPC’s Central Committee, aimed at Indians, not only for its militaristic value but also for its bureaucrats finishing forever the traditional hold of the Dalai Lama and integra- and its political classes, if they have to effectively counter Chinese tion of Tibet into the modern and vibrant Chinese economy. And Propaganda. This has become extremely important as an Emerging as China rose into prominence in the world stage, it saw itself as the India shifts its military and political focus from being Pakistan centric third super power, challenging the might of US in Asia. Aided with the and recognises the new threat from across the Himalayas. steady decline of Soviet Union’s influence and its subsequent break To understand the false nature of China’s claims, it is a must to up, China began realising its dependence on the trade routes through delve into the ancient history of Tibet and explore its linkages with the South China sea and the Malacca Straits, recognising it as a choke China. This study aims to do that and lay bare the historical aspects point to its sea lanes, and hence the One Belt One Road (OBOR) initia- and the false claims propagated by the PRCs propaganda machinery. tive (a massive infrastructure imitative undertaken to ensure smooth Part I movement of its raw materials into China, especially oil, and the move out of finished products into nearly 70 countries in the Asian and African/European continents), announced by the Xi government in “We are a small, religious, and independent nation.”- Proclamation 2013. With an ever-belligerent US under the Trump administration, issued by The Dalai Lama Xiii, on the eighth day of the first month this assumed importance as US presence in the South China sea fore- of the Water-Ox year (1913). n Tibet has a rich history as a nation, existing side-by-side with stalled any attempts by China to assert its dominance in the region.

China for centuries. In 1950, the newly established Chinese The needs of the PLA lead to a massive improvement in the Communist regime decided that Tibet must become a permaborder infra, all along the vast Chinese land borders, from the

TECHNOLOGY

China claiming Tibet is as farfetched as its claims over Mongolia, Taiwan and parts of India.

CONTENTS

China’s 2021 White Paper on Tibet — An Assessment

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

People's Liberation Army Ground Force

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

15

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 55

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

O

n 21 May 2021, the State Council While the claims made in the white paper are Dr Amrita Jash Information Office of the People’s not new but this latest official document by the PRC Republic of China (PRC) released a can be read in alignment with its wolf warrior act. white paper on ‘Tibet’ to mark the 70th anniversary With the crux on the Beijing-led “17-Point Agreement, the white paper of the “17-Point Agreement” signed between Beijing offers a justification of China’s occupation of Tibet by making certain and Lhasa on May 23, 1951. The White Paper titled assertions. China makes two important political soundings, which are: “Tibet Since 1951: Liberation, Development and Prosperity” is an First, at the foremost, the white paper asserts “Tibet has been attempt by the PRC to provide a report card of the activities of the an inseparable part of China since ancient times”- in line with the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) and its various agencies, mainly Chinese tendency to justify claims based on history. But what is the People’s Liberation Army (PLA) to project its ‘victory’ over Tibet noteworthy is that the nature of China’s irredentist claims on Tibet just in time as the Party completes its 100 years. Additionally, it have changed overtime. That is, the earlier claims of Tibet being also coincides with the first year of the 14th Five-year Plan period- part of China from 7th century are further strengthened by claimfurther justifying the need for the Chinese government to flag the ing that the Tibet was inherited under the Yuan dynasty, and later scorecard on Tibet. By highlighting Tibet as one of the distinct under the Ming and Qing dynasties. achievements of the CCP, the white paper represents PRC’s political posturing of reaffirming its sovereignty over Tibet- more appropriConditions under the 17-Point Agreement ately to state it as ‘China’s control over Tibet’.

While Beijing hails its story of Tibet with pride and glory, the In accordance with the policy towards nationalities laid down in the other’s interpretation of Beijing’s Tibet story is plagued by plight, conCommon Programme of the CPPCC, the Tibetan people have the right trol, human rights violation, coercion and others. Therefore, China’s of exercising national regional autonomy under the unified leadership interpretation of Tibet’s liberation, development and prosperity stands of the CPG. rejected given His Holiness the Dalai Lama and the Tibetan governThe central authorities will not alter the existing political system in ment exist in exile in India and Tibetan refugees living and protesting Tibet. The central authorities also will not alter the established status, from across the world. Thus the query: If China has liberated Tibet, functions and the power of the Dalai Lama. Officials of various ranks then what makes Tibetan seek independence from China? To which, shall hold office as usual. the White Paper posits that the 14th Dalai Lama and Tibetans call for The policy of freedom of religious belief laid down in the Common “Tibetan independence” is supported by the “Western anti-China Programme of the CPCC shall be carried out. The religious beliefs, forces” to ‘create disorder in Tibet with the aim to contain China’. customs and habits of the Tibetan people shall be respected and lama The 17-Point agreement, which China harps as the magic weapmonasteries shall be protected. The central authorities will not effect a on, in reality testifies the existing divide between China and Tibet, as change in the income of the monasteries. it acts as the proof that Tibet was independent before the Chinese took In matters related to various reforms in Tibet, there will be no compuloccupation. That is, in Chinese view it led to the “peaceful liberation sion on the part of the central authorities. The local government of Tibet of Tibet”, but in Tibetans view, it was a forced agreement that brought should carry out reforms of its own accord, and when the people raise an end to Tibet’s independence. Arguably, the document also testifies demands for reform; they shall be settled by means of consultation with China’s failed promises to the people of Tibet since its taking over of the leading personal of Tibet.

Tibet in 1951, as evident from the conditions laid under the 17-Point The PLA entering Tibet shall abide by all the above-mentioned policies.

Agreement, which have been violated by China overtime.

TECHNOLOGY

The 17-Point agreement, which China harps as the magic weapon, in reality testifies the existing divide between China and Tibet, as it acts as the proof that Tibet was independent before the Chinese took occupation.

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

16

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

info.tase.co.il

Situation in West Asia

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 57

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

W

est Asia and India are state solution. Israel will continue try Brigadier Rumel Dahiya (Retd) important to each other ing to create conditions on ground that for obvious reasons. make establishment of a Palestinian Geographically the region is part of India’s extended state unviable, including through legal measures such as the ‘Basic neighbourhood; between seven and eight million Law on Israel as the Nation-State of the Jewish People’ recently Indian expatriates work in the region driving regional upheld by Israeli Supreme Court. Driven to the wall and deprived of economies and remitting more than $35 billion annually to India; hope the Palestinians will react and invite disproportionate retaliathe region caters to India’s energy security providing almost two tion every time. thirds of India’s oil and gas imports; about a quarter of India’s total Israel, Iran and Arab States trade is with West Asia; and, the region is now becoming an important partner in combating terrorism and trans-national crime. India, The rivalry between pre-1975 friends, Israel and Iran, is here to stay. as a huge and burgeoning energy market, in a scenario of falling Israel and the Arab Gulf States share a common antipathy toward oil demand; an important trading partner; a dependable source of Iran and resent its expanding influence through proxies. They also technology and services; and, a non-prescriptive and non-interfer- realise that Iran has the most power potential in the region based on ing major power in the neighbourhood that can provide security and its hydrocarbon reserves, control over the Strait of Hormuz, demography, civilizational background and higher standard of education stability when needed, is equally important for West Asia.

With existing religious and social cleavages, lack of democracy and resilience. It has repeatedly demonstrated the capacity to bear and resultant insecurity of ruling elites for lack of legitimacy, foreign sustained pressure for a long time and not give up. Its neighbours rule for centuries, arbitrarily drawn state borders, competing inter- are obviously apprehensive due to this potential. Iran’s attempt to ests of external players for energy resources of the region and desire expand its influence in the neighbourhood employing its proxies will of the stronger states for regional hegemony, West Asia was destined continue to invite suspicion of Israel, Turkey and its Arab neighbours. to be conflict prone and unstable despite its oil wealth. Leadership But for India, Iran is also the gateway to Central Asia and Afghanistan failures and violent jihadism compounded the problem. West Asia besides being an important source for oil and gas imports.

Iran’s power has been constrained due to long periods of ecohas been the world’s most conflict prone region since World War II. Arab Spring was a very significant development that produced rever- nomic and military sanctions – last being after US withdrew from the JCPOA. There are indications that the restoration of JCPOA will berations far and wide, besides disturbing the status quo majorly. ultimately happen because it is imperative for both sides; for the US, it Dynamics of West Asia would be a way to save face and to prevent Iran going nuclear; whereThe dynamics of the West Asian region continue to be in flux. as for Iran, the deal will save President Rouhani’s legacy and help Some of the major issues are: Israel-Palestine confrontation; ongo- President-elect Ebrahim Raisi salvage moribund Iranian economy ing rivalry for supremacy involving Saudi Arabia, Iran, Israel and while avoiding the blame for making concessions to US. Restoration Turkey; restoration of Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA of JCPOA will be an important development since it will cool down - colloquially known as Iran Nuclear Deal), conflict in Syria and energy prices after sanctions on Iranian oil exports are lifted. It will Yemen; Turkey’s combative foreign policy and aggression against also, over time, help improve stability in the region as Tehran joins its neighbours; intra-Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) discord; the mainstream and be more receptive to diplomatic initiatives. unravelling of social, political and economic systems in Lebanon Resolution of Yemeni conflict may be one positive outcome. as also political gridlock in Kuwait. Change in government in Israel Of course Israel will try hard to get the agreement on restoration makes no difference to the country’s policy towards Palestinians. No of JCPOA scuttled but the new Israeli government is unlikely to risk political leader in Israel can afford to sign on, and implement, a two American displeasure by publicly opposing US decision. Similarly,

TECHNOLOGY

West Asia has been the world’s most conflict prone region since World War II.

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

India and West Asia — Elevation in Relations through Defence Cooperation

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Indian Navy

17

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 59

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

D

efence cooperation, an important players have chosen India over Pakistan espe Dr Manjari Singh component of defence diplomacy, cially with regard to Kashmir issue, Pulwama is widely defined as “any arrangeattacks, on India’s abrogation of Article 370 ment between two or more nations where their armed and 35A and have invited India to the Organisation of Islamic forces work together to achieve mutual aims and objec- Cooperation (OIC) meeting in 2019. All these incidents clearly tives”. It is all encompassing and is broadly aimed at reflect India’s growing popularity amongst the Gulf countries. sharing operational and doctrinal expertise, joint operations and While forging strategic partnerships with West Asia, India military training to enhance capabilities. It also aims at invest- expanded its interaction with the region in non-conventional ment in defence manufacturing and production, sales of weapons domains, defence and security cooperation being the key element and military technologies, easing defence equipment acquisition in the relationship. Therefore, this westward trend in India’s foreign and procurement. Once sufficient confidence is built between policy has not only helped in bolstering its relations with the region friendly countries, intelligence and information sharing is also but has also strengthened its stand on Kashmir by gaining support part of defence cooperation. Not to mention, at the national level of major Gulf countries on the issue. it is extended to all the three services, army, navy and air force to Thus, India’s relations with West Asian/Middle Eastern nations enhance domain awareness of partner countries. has seen a transformational change from India being a benign With respect to India-West Asia relations, even though the power with mere transactional interactions with the region to India intent to cooperate in defence sector was established way back being a pragmatic strategic partner with evolved equations through in 2001 when India signed an agreement with Iran, however, inclusion of non-traditional aspects. Wherein, defence and security important steps were taken post-2014 with government of India’s cooperation are most notable components. While this shift in relaintroduction of ‘Link West’ and ‘Act West’ policies. Moreover, tions is a product of wide gamut of unfolding events bilaterally, with India’s growing strategic interest in the Indo-Pacific which is regionally and internationally, over a significant period of time, aimed for continued engagements with the world, Gulf, given its India’s economic prowess and competent strategic autonomy has strategic location, acts as the binder to strengthen its maritime placed it at the global high table as a responsible and reliable partdomain stretching “from the shores of Africa to that of Americas”? ner. Similarly, India’s renewed position is also acknowledged by the Therefore, the Gulf region plays a vital role in the Indian foreign Middle East nations and expansion of relations in non-conventionpolicy and defence cooperation especially in the maritime domain al domains is a case in point in that regard. through Indian Navy in that context is a significant tool for continIndo-West Asia: ued interaction with the Western Indian Ocean. It is also aimed Defence Cooperation and Strategic Partnerships even if not out rightly, to check China’s growing interaction with the Periphery discourse accepts that India’s defence related interacGulf in the recent years.

Needless to mention, Pakistan factor also looms large in India’s tions with the Middle East dates back to 1971, when Israel supplied growing strategic interest and interaction with the Gulf. However, it mortars and ammunition to India during its war with Pakistan; is also apparent that India is no longer seen through the Pakistani formal memorandum of understanding (MoU) on defence coopprism by the Gulf nations. The Gulf economies have employed eration, with the region, were only signed since 2001 (with Iran). balancing act while dealing with India and Pakistan. Clearly, as Gradually, New Delhi signed agreements on defence and security stressed by the late King Abdullah of Saudi Arabia, “Pakistan is a cooperation with five other major countries in the region, such as brother, but India is a friend”. Moreover, most recently, the regional Jordan, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia and UAE (as stated in Table 1).

TECHNOLOGY

While forging strategic partnerships with West Asia, India expanded its interaction with the region in nonconventional domains, defence and security cooperation being the key element in the relationship.

Dr S Jaishankar / Twitter

CONTENTS

India’s Vaccine Diplomacy

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

18

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 63

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

C

OVID-19 pandemic tried to teach back its citizens from abroad and took along Anil Trigunayat the world that it knows no boundarthe medical supplies and stranded foreigners. ies and that an international effort is In fact, large number of foreigners preferred to needed to contain and fight it. Unfortunately, that has stay in India during the pandemic as perhaps they felt safer here. been missing. Parochial and narrow interests have led Countries in gratitude were effusive for India’s bounty and to vaccine nationalism and hoarding for themselves benevolence. Brazilian President Bolsonaro in a letter to Prime or denying others the access to vaccines by some countries. Minister Modi even recalled the Ramayana episode calling Indian The alleged originator of the virus remained intransigent and assistance, the lifesaving “Sanjeevani Booti” ….“Just as Lord indulged in non-productive Wolf Warrior Diplomacy further Hanuman brought the holy medicine from the Himalayas to save discrediting its credentials as a global power. Pandemic also the life of Lord Rama’s brother Lakshmana, and Jesus healed those exposed the immense vulnerabilities of the health care systems who were sick and restored the sight to Bartimeu, India and Brazil especially of the developed world where leadership was often at will overcome this global crisis by joining forces and sharing blessodds with the confronting reality of spreading virus. ings for the sake of all peoples,”. Even dear friend Prime Minister Geo-politics and commercial considerations of vaccines plays Netanyahu conveyed Israeli gratitude by tweeting “Thank you, my out with utter disdain for the humanity at large. India is part dear friend @narendramodi, Prime Minister of India, for sending of the V5 Club comprising of US, UK, Russia, and China. India Chloroquine to Israel. All the citizens of Israel thank you!”. Prime has been credited with being the ‘Pharmacy of the World’ and Minister Modi reiterated that India is ready to do whatever possible the “Vaccine Hub” for decades now. India has remained on the to help its friends. forefront of the fight against the virus and has been promoting There are over nine million Indians in West Asia and many need for international solidarity to contend the pandemic and to of them fell victim to the vagaries of COVID-19 and declining develop robust health care protocols as well as warning systems oil revenue impact and lost their jobs and became stranded. for the future. It has developed an indigenous vaccine ‘Covaxin’ India launched the largest repatriation of her citizens in hisand is manufacturing billions of doses of ‘Covishield’ invented tory the “Vande Bharat Mission” which is still going on. India has

by Oxford University and Astra Zeneca. It has also contracted to an incredibly special and strategic partnership with the region manufacture a billion doses for the Russian ‘Sputnik V’ vaccine. especially with GCC (Gulf Cooperation Council) countries. At Hence, Indian expertise and intent have been globally recognised the request of Kuwait, it sent a Rapid Response Team of doctors in the health care sector. Vaccine Equity for the humanity became and large number of nurses and paramedics to UAE. India rose the dictum of India’s foreign policy and Vasudhaiv Kutumbakam to the occasion. Prime Minister Modi spoke to most of the Heads (World is one family)- the mantra. of States and Governments in the region and offered all possible During the early phase of the pandemic India supplied assistance to counter the adverse impact of COVID. Hydroxychloroquine and Paracetamol as well as PPE kits and India organised a successful Virtual Summit of SAARC leaders masks and other material requested by over 120 countries in to effectively deal with the virus and supported establishment of the world from UAE to US and Brazil to Bangladesh. It reached a COVID Fund where it contributed $10 million. Prime Minister out to various neighbouring countries including in West Asia Modi spoke to Crown Prince Salman to organise the virtual G20 with ready assistance and even deployed medical teams to Summit with a clear focus on international solidarity and collaboUAE, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait and Bahrain. India has become the ration to fight the virus as well as to revive the global economies first responder for its larger neighbourhood under any natural among other challenges. Later India also attended the British inicalamity or eventuality. It also undertook several phases of tiative Global Alliance for Vaccines and Immunisation (GAVI) -an Vande Bharat Mission flights and introduced air bubbles to bring “International Vaccine Alliance” and contributed $15 million to it.

TECHNOLOGY

India has been credited with being the ‘Pharmacy of the World’ and the “Vaccine Hub” for decades now.

CONTENTS

PIB

INDO–US DEFENCE AND SECURITY RELATIONS

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

19

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

I

ndia and US are the two largest Communist aggression against India”.

Major General C.P. Singh (Retd) democracies of the world. They The United States flew in arms, share common values and ethos, ammunition and clothing supplies to political landscape, democratic principles and rich cultural the Indian troops and the US Navy even sent the aircraft carrier heritage, thus both countries qualify for being natural allies. The fleet to protect India. Though non–aligned, India slowly started strange geopolitics of 21st Century brings these two democra- leaning towards USSR, much to the dislike of US. Therefore, US had cies closer than ever before. The present President of US, Joe Biden no choice but to align with Pakistan to maintain power of balance had said in 2006: “My dream is that in 2020, the two closest nations in South Asia. in the world will be India and the US. If that occurs, the world will be The policy of non-alignment worked well in the cold war era a safer place.” It has happened in 2020 and his dream of providing but with collapse of USSR in 1991, the world started becoming more stability to the new world order should now fructify. unipolar with US emerging as the only super power. The Indian In a dynamic changing pattern of global world order, every nation state conTwo MH-60R Seahawks participate in a formation flyover during a ceremony stantly look for its own ‘National Interest’. in which the Indian Navy inducted its first two MH-60Rs on July 16, 2021.

Based on this principle of international relations, the contours of alliances and friendships keep changing. The situation arising out of a rising China and its belligerence in dealing with its neighbouring countries in the security and economic domains have brought India and US on same platform today.

TECHNOLOGY

The situation arising out of a rising China and its belligerence in dealing with its neighbouring countries in the security and economic domains have brought India and US on same platform today.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 65

REGIONAL BALANCE

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

US Navy / MC2(SW/AW) Sara Eshleman

Roller Coaster Relationship At the time of Independence in 1947, senior leadership of India had good and close relations with the United States which continued well after independence. In 1961, India became a founding member of the Non-Aligned Movement to avoid involvement in power-play between the United States and the Soviet Union and focus on the development and growth of the nation.

US openly supported India during the 1962 Indo-China Conflict and considered the Chinese action as “blatant Chinese

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 69

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

BUSINESS

T

he Indus Waters Treaty (IWT) of river water treaties lead to more cooperative Uttam Kumar Sinha signed in 1960 between India and ventures between the riparians concerned and Pakistan despite its claimed roboustthereby enhance the overall peace environness, in the current political context, troubled. The Treaty ment in the region? And finally, what are the linkages associated in the last six decades has survived wars (1965 and 1971) with transboundary waters? All these questions are now beginning and the Kargil conflict in 1999. There were no recorded to haunt the IWT. strategic decisions by either of the riparian countries to attack It is remarkable that the IWT1 has survived a tumultuous relathe other’s hydraulic installations or make them unusable. Well- tionship. This is so because India respects its signatory and values wishers despite war-like tensions from time to time often dub the all transboundary rivers in South Asia as an important connector Treaty as “uninterrupted and uninterruptible”. The fact that the in the region both in terms of diplomacy and economic prosperity.

Indus Commissioners have met 116 times, most recently in March There have been several occasions – the Indian Parliament attack in 2021, suggest that the two riparian are willing to discuss the dif- 2001, the Mumbai terror attack in 2008, the recent terrorist attacks ficulties of water sharing within the agreed mechanisms of the in Uri in 2016 and the 2019 Pulwama attack – which could have Treaty. The World Bank, as a third party, pivotal in crafting the IWT, easily prompted India, within the Vienna Convention on the Law continues to take particular pride, albeit with a sense of trepidation, of Treaties,2 to withdraw from the IWT. However, on each occasion, based on its cost-benefit assessments, India chose not to abrogate that the Treaty functions.

The role of India, as a responsible upper riparian state abiding the Treaty. However, it needs to be asked whether water rationality by the provisions of the Treaty, is remarkable but is under pressure that led to the IWT will continue to hold in the future? to rethink the extent to which it can commit itself to the Treaty as Did India Compromise Its Position? its overall political relations with Pakistan becomes intractable. If the Treaty has remained ‘uninterrupted’, it is because India allows Back in time, partitioning the Indus river system3, compromising the six rivers, was inevitable after the partition of India in 1947. it to function.

Every now and then there is a clamour for abrogating the Treaty The sharing formula, devised after prolonged negotiations and as a response to Pakistan’s cross-border terrorism and intransi- the World Bank’s good offices, sliced the Indus system into two gence. Inevitably the discourse shifts away from the rationality of halves. The three western rivers (Indus, Jhelum and Chenab) went sharing the waters with Pakistan to using shared rivers as an instru- to Pakistan and the three eastern rivers (Sutlej, Ravi and Beas) ment of coercion and a tool of punishment. What emerges in the were portioned to India. Probably it is the only Treaty in the world water debates with Pakistan are an interesting interplay between that was not only volumetric (water sharing) but also partitioning.

India’s justifiable anger and resentment on the one hand and cor- Equitable it may have seemed, but the fact remained that India conceded 80.52 per cent of the aggregate water flows in the Indus recting the history of generosity on the other.

The basis for any river water treaty is to continuously find an system to Pakistan, and retaining only 19.48 per cent. The eastequitable approach for meeting vital human needs. Water treaties, ern rivers, which India got, had a mean annual flow of 33 million particularly in regions where the pressure of water availability and acre feet (MAF), while the control of over 80 MAF of waters of the political uncertainty is high, are also a barometer to gauge state western rivers went to Pakistan. The ratio of 4:1 heavily favoured behaviour. It raises a few interesting observations: to what level Pakistan and India’s initial demand for 25 per cent of the water was does changing political climate effect existing treaties? Does signing debated threadbare in the Lok Sabha as a failure of its negotiations.

INDIAN DEFENCE

The role of India, as a responsible upper riparian state abiding by the provisions of the Treaty, is remarkable but is under pressure to rethink the extent to which it can commit itself to the Treaty as its overall political relations with Pakistan becomes intractable.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

jalshakti-dowr.gov.in

Indus Waters Treaty — Past Imperfect, Future Tense

REGIONAL BALANCE

20

CONTENTS

SP Guide Pubns

A Denovo look at India’s Nuclear Doctrine

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

21

Evolution of the Policy NFU has long figured in Indian discussions and debates on nuclear weapons, as well as regional diplomacy. This two of the most influential voices in promoting the acquisition of nuclear weapons by India – General K. Sundarji, who later went to become the country’s Army Chief and K. Subrahmanyam, a civil servant who directed the Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses for nearly a decade and a half – were votaries of an NFU policy. Sundarji made the argument that: “an adversary possessing nuclear could threaten the concentration of conventional forces on which India’s (and Pakistan’s) military strategy rested. The countermeasure of dispersing forces with greater reliance on manoeuvrability would require greater resources than India could deploy in the near future. This implied that India would

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Advantages of NFU Policy Assured second-strike capability, which survives the first strike and retains sufficient warheads to launch massive retaliation upon the adversary. n Minimises the probability of nuclear use by avoiding the deployment of weapons on hair-trigger alert and keeping an arms-race in check. n It presents an opportunity for co-op with China to work jointly towards a Global No First Use (GNFU) order. n India’s image as a responsible nuclear power is central to its nuclear diplomacy which has allowed India to get accepted in the global mainstream. n

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 73

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

A policy of No First Use (NFU) of nuclear weapons has long characterised India’s doctrine and diplomacy. Official declarations of that policy can be dated back to at least 1994, when the government of India delivered a non-paper to Pakistan that included, among other things, an agreement on “NFU of nuclear capability”. The country’s formal nuclear doctrine from January 2003 includes a NFU pledge, albeit with caveats. Its diplomats have often advanced the country’s commitment not to use nuclear weapons first as proof of the country being a “responsible” state and thereby a way to resist any pressures to sign any treaties & would seem as core element of India’s nuclear weapons posture.

Misinterpretation or Veiled Assertion of First Use

Despite the formal NFU policy, there is reason to worry that when push comes to shove, India might well use nuclear weapons first, especially during a military crisis. There is some evidence for the possibility that the top political leadership in the country may not have thought through the full implications of a NFU policy.

Canisterising is yet another indirect implication. It refers to keeping missiles inside a tube so that the missile can be protected from the elements while being transported. This makes for easier handling of the missile. If appropriately designed, the tube can also function as the location for missile launch. The Agni missile that has been canisterised also uses solid fuel, which means that there does not have to be any preparation done before launching it. All of this makes for a faster launch process.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

NFU

REGIONAL BALANCE

T

he study of nuclear need nuclear weapons to deter Major General (Dr) Yash Mor (retd) weapons journey of India, attack on massed armoured forces.

China and Pakistan, can This argument ‘became the give us an insight into the compulsions which lead all the core of India’s revived rationale for a nuclear weapons programme three neighbours into a nuclear arms race, to gain uncon- in the early 1980s.’ Another prominent proponent of nuclear ventional ascendency over each other and as an insurance weapons for India, and India adopting a NFU posture, was K. of net security provider. For India the likely manifestations of threat Subrahmanyam. He repeatedly pressed the importance of India from both China and Pakistan was always uncertain. But the ques- declaring, either in conjunction with Pakistan or unilaterally, that it tion remains, ‘Is there a need to review the Indian nuclear doctrine would not use nuclear weapons first. in the wake of the present-day alliance between China and Pakistan?

TECHNOLOGY

Despite the formal NFU policy, there is reason to worry that when push comes to shove, India might well use nuclear weapons first, especially during a military crisis.

CONTENTS

Space Race

Economic Exploitation

In the 20th century, competition over space domination was only a prerogative enjoyed by the two global superpowers, the US and the USSR. With the opening of space technology and the entry of new players, including private ones, the challenges have increased manifold. Space is today an inescapable variable of power politics as well as an essential ingredient in the national security dialogues of all the major spacefaring nations.

Space has hitherto, largely been used as a domain to gain national prestige by nations being one up over their competitors.

The strategic importance of space has become an imperative espe-

The exploration and exploitation of space is seeing a shift from a government-controlled space industry to a public-private ecosystem. According to Merrill Lynch, the space economy may touch $3 trillion by 2050 with various private companies pouring enormous resources into new technologies which will encompass satellite infrastructure, satcom, solar energy, reusable launch vehicles, asteroid mining, and space tourism. Elon Musk has taken the lead and his venture SpaceX has already begun deploying thousands of LEO satellites to provide broadband internet infrastructure all across the globe.

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 77

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS

S

INDIAN DEFENCE

“Space… the final frontier. These are the cially for countries which aim to assert Lt General R. Sabherwal (Retd) voyages of the Starship Enterprise, its military dominance over others. The five-year mission… to explore strange exploitation of space has sparked a new worlds… to seek out new life and new civilizations… to boldly go relentless race to achieve supremacy over others in this domain. where no man has gone before.” — TV Serial ‘Star Trek’ Whilst nations may differ in their view of the strategic importance of space with some concluding that space will soon be a warfighting domain other view space as a medium to obtain an edge in pace has always been an enigma to mankind giving rise terrestrial conflict through information superiority. However, there to countless fantasies, fiction, serials and movies. Ever is little doubt that space as a domain will have a significant role in since Sputnik was launched by the USSR into orbit in 1957, how terrestrial conflicts play out in the future. a kind of race began for the conquest of space and manRight from the first satellite launched by the Soviet Union in kind has continued to explore space relentlessly in every 1957, space has moved from an isolated domain to one that intepossible manner. The development of space technology grates the operational capabilities of a nation in the traditional especially in the Information Age is now paving the way for nations domains of land, air and sea. The use of space assets as an effective to try and establish their hegemony beyond our atmosphere. Ideas force multiplier has also been an important factor for countries related to space which were often treated as mere fairy tales or sci- to pursue their space programmes with renewed vigour, both for ence fiction in the past are becoming reality by the day. Space is the offensive and defensive aims. With space assets becoming increasnew frontier where the race for the gold rush has begun. The race ingly crucial to terrestrial military operations, countries have begun is not confined to Moon any longer but to Mars and beyond, devel- to view space as an exclusive warfighting domain. oping satellites not just for communications but for every need of The new Space Race is currently being waged not only by US and ours…We are witnessing new vistas almost every day in the story of China but Russia, the European Union, Japan and India too are all the human race. It is not just limited to peaceful commercial appli- investing in advanced space programs aimed at garnering the larger cations but to every conceivable defensive and offensive exploita- pie in the space arena. The race for the Final Frontier is today aimed at tion of space. Space is finally proving its adage as the Final Frontier. dominating both economic and military exploitation of space.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Space has hitherto, largely been used as a domain to gain national prestige by nations being one up over their competitors. The strategic importance of space has become an imperative especially for countries which aim to assert military dominance over others.

REGIONAL BALANCE

CNSA

RACE TO THE SPACE — THE FINAL FRONTIER

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

22

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

The Indian Scenario Development of the capability of aerial warfare in the Indian sub continent truly began only after India gained its independence on August 15,1947. As a result of the partition of the nation, the Indian armed forces created by the British rulers was divided between the two newly emerged nations and as a result, India was left with only a part of the Air Force that the British had left behind and the remaining being transferred to Pakistan. The first major challenge the newly set up Indian Air Force (IAF) was confronted with was the war on both the Western and Eastern fronts with Pakistan in 1965 which triggered the process of transformation of the IAF into a potent force that would be able to take on challenges in the future. The IAF acquired a variety of military platforms that gave it the capability to conduct the complete range of air operations, both offensive and defensive, covering both tactical and strategic domains. In its first test of operational capability, the IAF fared reasonable well. However, more importantly, the IAF was able to identify deficiencies in its operational capability that needed to be addressed urgently through acquisition of modern and more capable aerial platforms.

The combat capability of the IAF was put to the test once again just six years later in 1971 when the political leadership in India decided to support the movement by the then East Pakistan to separate from the domineering West Pakistan and emerge as an independent nation renamed as Bangladesh. Once again, the IAF was involved in a full scale war on two fronts. The IAF carried out aerial campaign against the Pakistan Air Force simultaneously

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 81

TECHNOLOGY

during the Cold War era by both the United States (US) and the then Union of Soviet Socialist Republic (USSR), was the ballistic missile system that could be armed with nuclear warheads if required. The ballistic missile system was not only extremely accurate and lethal, it also proved to be a powerful deterrent to war for both the nations when armed with nuclear warheads.

BUSINESS

B.K. Pandey (Retd)

INDIAN DEFENCE

T

he concept of aerial warfare Air Marshal originated in ancient times in China with the use of man-carrying kites. By the third century AD, kites were replaced by balloons and this innovation was termed as “balloon warfare”. However, the first time that aircraft were eventually employed in aerial warfare, was in the year 1911. Initially, missions that were undertaken by aircraft for military purposes were limited to reconnaissance of forces and installations of the enemy. Later on, by the First World War, new and more capable aircraft were developed with weapon systems that made the platforms suitable for aerial combat primarily for the purpose of shooting down military aircraft of the enemy that were employed on reconnaissance missions. Strategic bombing missions, though on a limited scale, were also undertaken by Germany with regular military platforms as also by the Zeppelin that was a type of manned airship named after the German designer Count Ferdinand von Zeppelin who pioneered the development of this unique aerial military platform in the beginning of the 20th century.

The Zeppelin airships heralded the potential of strategic bombing. Although these unique military platforms were originally used for reconnaissance by both the land and naval forces, Germany was the first nation to employ these unique flying machines as a strategic weapon. The German Navy complemented unrestricted submarine warfare by incorporating Zeppelin airships into their combined arms campaign, bombing London and even waging an all out war against the civilian population. However, it was only in the Second World War that fixed-wing military aircraft were employed for strategic bombing missions deep inside enemy territory on a large scale. Apart from strategic bombing missions, military aircraft were employed for air defence as well as battlefield air support missions for forces deployed against the enemy on land or on the sea. Apart from military aircraft, the air power of a nation was strengthened considerably through the induction of air-to-air and air-to-ground missiles as also a wide range of precision guided munitions.

A major weapon system that was developed for aerial warfare

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

While the Air Forces of the leading nations of the world are moving forward to upgrade their combat platforms to fifth and sixth generation, there are certain technological developments that portend an increasing role of unmanned platforms in the conduct of aerial warfare in the future.

REGIONAL BALANCE

Airbus

Aerial Warfare In The Future

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

23

CONTENTS

eng.chinamil.com.cn

CHINA’S GROWING AIR POWER

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

24

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

A

s China and India continelectronic attack. The basic structure Air Marshal Anil Chopra (Retd) ue their face-off in Ladakh, of the PLAAF remains in the form of there has been continuous departments which include elements debate comparing the People’s liberation Army Air Force of the political wing of the communist party. Also, the flying units (PLAAF) with Indian Air Force (IAF). While undoubtedly are structured on the pattern of Army Regiments. Many PLAAF the IAF has a regional superiority in Eastern Ladakh, but Commanders would prefer the force to be called “Chinese Air Force”. the PLAAF is a force that is rapidly growing with the aim to surpass Focus on Air Superiority United States Air Force (USAF). Like the US and the Soviet Union, China realised early that one who controls aerospace, controls the China’s focus would be air superiority in the Asian region. The J-20 planet and is the major instrument of waging modern wars. China stealth fighter is more advanced than any other combat platform currently deployed in the Asia-Pacific region. They are also testing the aims to one day surpass the USAF. smaller stealth fighter, the FC-31, which is designed to rival the techChina’s Military Aviation Industry nological capability of the Lockheed Martin F-35. China’s J-10 and J-11 The Aviation Industry Corporation of China has over 100 subsid- fighter jets are in the F-16 and the Su-30 class. The recently inducted iaries and 5,42,236 employees. It manufactures all military and fleet of Russian Su-35, specifically designed for China and is dubbed general aviation aircraft. China is also pushing ahead on Lasers as the “Chinese Version”, offers significant advantage in respect of and Directed Energy Weapons, Artificial Intelligence applications operating range. China already has a variety of air-to-air missiles for military aviation and technologies related to hypersonic sys- including the PL-15 that has operating range exceeding 200 km. tems. China however, continues to lag behind in critical aviation-related technologies such as aircraft engines, airborne 10th anniversary of the maiden flight of China’s J-20, radars, Electronic Warfare (EW), stealth and Precision Guided a domestically-developed stealth fighter jet Munitions (PGM). But work is in progress in all these areas.

TECHNOLOGY

Increased defence budgeting and speedy indigenisation are the only alternatives for India to match the aggressively growing aerospace might of China.

eng.mod.gov.cn

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 83

REGIONAL BALANCE

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

The PLAAF The PLAAF has been inducting new and improved aircraft and weapon systems regularly. Today, the PLAAF has nearly 4,00,000 personnel and 2,000 combat aircraft on its inventory, of which 800 are fourth-generation plus platforms, operating from nearly 150 airbases. China’s military aircraft building programme includes two stealth fifth-generation fighters (J-20 and J-31), a stealth bomber (H-20), a large transport aircraft (Y-20), Airborne Warning and Control System (AWACS) and Airborne Early Warning and Control (AEW&C) variants, variety of utility and attack helicopters as well as Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAV). China has also designed its own ‘Mother of All Bombs’ to be dropped from the H-6K Bomber. The PLAAF’s thrust is on net-centric warfare that will entail the need to operate in the domain of cyber warfare and

PIB

CONTENTS

50 years of Independent Bangladesh

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

25

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 85

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

T

his year on March 26, harassment by the Mukti Air Cmde Ishfaq Ilahi Choudhury (Retd), constant Bangladesh celebrated Bahini and were cut-off from the bangladesh Air Force the 50 years of its indeoutside world due to Indian naval pendence, the event saw and aerial blockade. In response participation of many heads of states of a number of to a feeble Pakistan Air Force (PAF) attack on a number of Indian friendly countries. The nation also celebrated the birth Air Force (IAF) bases in the evening of December 3, 1971, Prime centenary of Bangladesh’s Founding Father Bangabandhu Sheikh Minister India Gandhi ordered a massive retaliation against Pakistan Mujibur Rahman, who was born on March 17, 1920. The year on both Eastern and Western front. The lightning campaign ended also marked 50th year of India’s recognition of Bangladesh as a on December 16, 1971 with the surrender of all Pakistani forces in sovereign nation. The year 2021 is important for both Bangladesh Bangladesh to the combined Indo-Bangla forces led by Lt General and India because it marks the Golden Jubilee of the Vijay Diwas Jagjit Singh Aurora. Bangladesh, a new nation was born.

(Victory Day) by the combined Bangladesh and Indian forces for The nine month long Liberation War resulted in immense the cause of liberation from West Pakistan. devastation and human suffering. Millions of refugees had to be Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujibur Rahman declared the indepen- rehabilitated, hundreds of bridges and culverts that were destroyed dence of Bangladesh from Pakistan on the early hours of March 26, had to be repaired. Chittagong, the only seaport of the country, was 1971 as the Pakistani occupation army started its genocidal military mined by the Pakistanis and had to be cleared. All foreign and local action against unarmed Bengali population in the then East Pakistan currency in government banks were burnt as a part of “the scorched at midnight of March 25, 1971. The Bengali elements of the Pakistan earth policy” of the Pakistan government. As if these odds were not army, supported by Police and para military forces, responded to enough, the country witnessed a devastating flood in 1973-74 folthis brutal action by stubborn, but disorganised resistance. Pakistan lowed by a famine. The famine was accentuated by sudden embargo army’s brutal genocide resulted in death of a million civilians besides by the US government on shipment of food grain to Bangladesh. This arson, loot and organised rape of womenfolk. The reign of terror that was the time when after a visit to Bangladesh, the then US Foreign ensued compelled about ten million Bengalis to seek shelter in refu- Secretary Dr Henry Kissinger infamously agreed when a senior gee camps across India. Bangladesh was witnessing a great human US policy maker termed Bangladesh as “an International Basket tragedy, one of the worst genocides in modern history. case”.1 After half a century, Bangladesh, that Dr Kissinger derided, In the Bengali nation’s darkest hour, government of India, led is marching ahead as a role model for the developing nation. It is a

by Prime Minister Indira Gandhi, extended all-out support to the time for us to look back where we were and where we are now.

In December 1971, Bangladesh had no foreign exchange reserve; armed struggle against the Pakistani army’s savagery. India, despite her own economic woes at the time, not only took care of the mil- the reserve is now $43 billion.2 Bangladesh’s GDP that was less than lions of refugees, she extended materiel support to the Bengali $3bn in 1972 is now $320 billion.3 On the other hand, Pakistan’s military and guerilla forces who were operating inside Bangladesh. GDP this year is $278 billion, despite having a larger population Thousands of young people were trained in guerilla training camps than Bangladesh.4 Bangladesh economy is currently 35th largest in set up close to the international border. These guerillas, called the world, compared to Pakistan which is 40th. In 1971, population Mukti Bahini, kept on harassing the Pakistani forces and their col- ratio between East and West Pakistan was 56:44 respectively. Thanks laborators. Meanwhile, regular forces were organised, armed and to a better population management in Bangladesh, the scale has trained for a final showdown that came by mid-November 1971. been reversed5. Our population growth rate is .98 per cent in 2021, By the end of November 1971, Pakistan army was weakened by whereas in Pakistan it is two per cent. Our infant mortality rate is

TECHNOLOGY

The year 2021 is important for both Bangladesh and India because it marks the Golden Jubilee of the Vijay Diwas (Victory Day) by the combined Bangladesh and Indian forces for the cause of liberation from West Pakistan.

50 years of Independent Bangladesh

bangabhaban.portal.gov.bd

STRATEGY & Perspective

www.spguidepublications.com

Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi addressed a function on March 26, 2021 on the occasion of the birth centenary of Father of the Nation Bangabandhu Sheikh Mujibur Rahman and the Golden Jubilee of Bangladesh's Independence.

24 per thousand birth6. This compares favourably with Nepal (28), India (32) and Pakistan (61). Life expectancy in Bangladesh today is one of the highest in developing world; 73.7 years in 2020 up from 48 years in 1971.7 Thanks to better primary health care and nutrition, Bangladeshis are living longer, healthier life. Our literacy rate that was 17 per cent in 1971 is 74 per cent today. Poverty level has sharply declined over the years, thanks to the efforts of Government and the Non-Government Organisations. (NGOs).8 Bangladesh economy has shown robust seven per cent yearly growth in the last decade. Even under COVID pandemic, Bangladesh had an impressive 3.5 per cent growth rate, whereas economy of most countries of the world actually contracted.9 Our economy has moved from subsistence agriculture to industrial manufacturing economy. Bangladesh is now the world’s second largest ready-made garments (RMG) manufacturer, after China.

The yearly export that was only $300 million in 1973-74, reached $40 billion in 2018-19. Although export showed a 14 per cent contraction in 2019-20 due to COVID-19, it is likely to bounce back in 2020-21.10 Ability to self-finance massive Padma Multipurpose Bridge, proves the financial strength of the economy.11 Per capita power consumption since 1971 has increased 30 times. A number of massive power plants in public and private sectors are coming up. Bharat Heavy Electric Company Ltd (BHEL) is constructing a 1.5 GW power plant in Khulna area. The Chinese are constructing a 1.2 GW power plant in Payra in Patuakhali district, while government, with Japanese participation, is setting up a 1.2 GW power plant in Matarbari, Chittagong. A Nuclear plant with 2.4 GW capacity is being built in Ruppur, Pabna at a cost of $13 billion with Russian loan. This is the single most expensive project undertaken by the government that will come into operation by 2024 and will

86 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

boost industrial growth in the NE Bangladesh.12 Government has announced plan for a second nuclear plant in Barisal division. That with the deep sea port in Payra, a new industrial zone and four lane expressway connecting the port with the rest of the country is going to change the face of the entire region. Bangladesh is constructing with Japanese assistance, a deep seaport in Matarbari, Chottogram, that by 2025, will further facilitate transshipment of goods from NE India, Bhutan, Nepal and even Myanmar.13 During the nearly a fortnight long celebration of the 50th Anniversary of Independence, Bangladesh hosted Heads of states and governments from South Asian Nations. With each, Bangladesh signed new MoUs and agreements that further cemented our already existing friendly relationship. Of particular interest was the reiteration by both the Nepalese and Bhutanese heads of states to extend road, rail and air connectivity with Bangladesh, and export of Hydropower to Bangladesh. A number of important issues were discussed and agreements reached during the visit of Narendra Modi, the Prime Minister of India. Killing of civilians in Indo-Bangla border, which is a major irritant in the relations between the two states. Both sides agreed to set up a joint border management protocol to stop such unfortunate incidents. The Indian Prime Minister, once again, assured Bangladesh of signing a deal on the sharing of Teesta river water, as well as, strengthening efforts to work out modus operandi for 54 common rivers that the two countries share.

India, Nepal and Bangladesh are now re-connected by train links that were disrupted due to partition in 1947.14 A third direct passenger train was launched on March 26, 2021 between Dhaka and New Jalpaiguri, in addition to the two existing trains between DhakaKolkata and Khulna-Kolkata. NE India’s economy will get a boost once the Akhaura-Agartala, Kulaura-Latu rail links are restored.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

2

STRATEGY & PERSPECTIVE

section two

89

Two Intelligent Autonomous Things on the Battlefield

93

Three Artificial Intelligence and National Security

97

Four Emerging Technologies for Dismounted Soldier Survivability

101

Five

Development of a Lightweight Non-Nuclear EMP Shelter

105

Six

International Challenges to Security in Space

109 ASIAN WHO’S WHO

One Forecasting Change in Military Technology, 2020-2040

REGIONAL BALANCE

Contents

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

Technology

DARPA

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

Forecasting Change in Military Technology, 2020-2040

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

1

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 89

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

W

hat changes are literature on various types of tech Major General (Dr) Yash Mor (retd) likely in military nological research, and after contechnology over sultation at several major weapons the next 20 years? This question is fascinating on laboratories, only two categories of technology were likely to its own terms. More importantly, answering it is experience truly revolutionary change and thus to create the crucial for making appropriate changes in weappotential for military revolution when combined with other onry, military operations, wartime preparations, and defence kinds of available technologies as well as new operational and budget priorities. Technology is advancing very fast in many strategic concepts. Those two areas of predicted revolutionary realms. With such high stakes defence resource decisions need advance were: to be based on concrete analysis that breaks down the categories • Computer hardware of major military technological invention and innovation one by • Computer software one and examines each. Presumably, those areas where things • Derived from the two is robotics including unmanned aerial are changing fastest may warrant the most investment, as well vehicles. as the most creative thinking about how to modify tactics and n Notably, there are now more than 20,000 unmanned vehicles of various types in the various militaries inventory, and the operational plans to exploit new opportunities (and mitigate new various new uses to which they have been put during this cenvulnerabilities that adversaries may develop as a result of these tury, from Iraq and Afghanistan to the broader Middle East and same likely advances). beyond, are remarkable.

Technological Change and the Future of Warfare – n The degree to which progress in computers could create vulA Revolution in Military Affairs nerabilities, as nations increasingly utilised computer systems 20 years is long enough to represent a true extrapolation into the and software that created potentially gaping weaknesses future. Yet it is also short enough that existing trends in laboratory in their military capabilities. This point proved important research can help us understand the future without indulging in enough that in retrospect one should have given it special and rampant speculation. Since many defence systems take a couple separate emphasis. of decades to develop, it should not be an overly daunting task to n Other seven categories of technology likely to witness high change are: gauge how the world might look, in terms of deployable military • Chemical sensors technology, 20 years from now. This approach is not foolproof, but • Biological sensors if undertaken with the proper degree of acknowledged uncertainty, • Radio communications can still be quite useful.

• Laser communications Military technology employs the same basic framework. It can • Radio-frequency weapons be further classified under the following heads: n Revolutionary Change: Defined, notionally, as a type and • Non-lethal weapons pace of progress that renders obsolete old weapons, tac• Biological weapons. tics, and operational approaches while making new ones n Modest or Moderate Changes: 19 key military technologies, many of the sensor technologies or major components of weappossible. The methodology begins with a focus on the foundaons platforms like ground combat vehicles, aircraft, ships, and tional concepts of physics, to understand the limits of the posrockets, seemed likely to advance at only modest rates. sible. After examining the scientific, engineering, and defence

TECHNOLOGY

Since many defence systems take a couple of decades to develop, it should not be an overly daunting task to gauge how the world might look, in terms of deployable military technology, 20 years from now.

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

The Challenges of Autonomous Intelligence on the Battlefield The emerging reality of the battlefield populated by intelligent things portends a multitude of profound challenges. The use of AI for battlefield tasks has been explored on multiple occasions, and though it makes things individually and collectively more intelligent, it also makes the battlefield harder to understand and manage. Humans and things will remain largely opaque to each other and yet, things will be expected to perceive, reason and act while taking into account the social, cognitive and physical needs of their human teammates. Furthermore, things will often deal with humans who are experiencing extreme physical and cognitive stress, and may therefore behave differently from what can be assumed from observing humans under more benign conditions.

An intelligent thing will need to deal with a world of astonishing complexity. The sheer number and diversity of things and humans within the IoBT will be enormous. Things will come from different manufacturers, with different designs, capabilities and purposes, configured or machine-learned differently, etc. Behaviors and characteristics will have to be learned and updated autonomously and dynamically during the operations. This includes humans and therefore the behaviors and intents of humans will have to be continually learned and inferred.

The cognitive processes of both things and humans will be severely challenged in this environment of voluminous and heterogeneous information. Rather than the communications bandwidth, the cognitive bandwidth may become the most severe constraint.

Both humans and things seek information that is well-formed, reasonably sized, essential in nature, and highly relevant to their current

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 93

TECHNOLOGY

warfighters. Priorities, objectives and rules of engagement will change rapidly, and intelligent things will have to adjust accordingly. Clearly, these requirements imply a high degree of intelligence on the part of the things.

BUSINESS

Goel

INDIAN DEFENCE

I

nternet of Battlefield Things (IoBT) is the Rohit emerging reality of warfare. A variety of networked intelligent systems—“things”—will continue to proliferate on the battlefield where they will operate with varying degrees of autonomy. Intelligent things will not be a rarity but a ubiquitous presence on the future battlefield.

Most of such intelligent things will not be too dissimilar from the systems we see on today’s battlefield, such as unattended ground sensors, guided missiles (especially the fire-and-forget variety) and, of course, unmanned aerial systems (UAVs). They will likely include physical robots ranging from a very small size (such as insect-scale mobile sensors) to large vehicles that can carry troops and supplies. Their functions will be diverse. Sensing (seeing, listening, etc.) the battlefield will be one common function.

Numerous small, autonomous sensors can cover the battlefield and provide an overall awareness to warfighters that is reasonably complete and persistent (Figure-1).

In addition to physical intelligent things, the battlefield—or at least the cyber domain of the battlefield—will be populated with disembodied cyber robots. These will reside within various computers and networks, and will move and act in cyberspace. Just like physical robots, cyber robots will be employed in a wide range of roles. Some will protect communications and information or will fact-check, filter, and fuse information for cyber situational awareness. Others will defend electronic devices from the effects of electronic warfare using actions such as the creation of informational or electromagnetic deceptions or camouflage. Yet others will act as situation analysts and decision advisers to humans or physical robots. In addition to these defensive or advisory roles, cyber robots might also take on more assertive functions, such as executing cyber actions against enemy systems (Figure-2).

In order to be effective in performing these functions, battle things will have to collaborate with each other, and also with human

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Numerous, artificially intelligent, networked things will populate the battlefield of the future, operating in close collaboration with human warfighters, and fighting as teams in highly adversarial environments. This chapter explores the characteristics, capabilities and intelligence required of such a network of intelligent things and humans – Internet of Battlefield Things (IoBT).

REGIONAL BALANCE

US Marine Corps

Intelligent Autonomous Things on the Battlefield

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

2

CONTENTS

Artificial Intelligence and National Security

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

defense.gov / Courtney Maxson

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

3

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 97

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

A

lthough Artificial intended to incorporate computer Major General (Dr) Yash Mor (retd) Intelligence (AI) has vision and AI algorithms into intelthe potential to impart a ligence collection cells that would number of advantages in the military context, it may also comb through footage from uninhabited aerial vehicles and introduce distinct challenges. AI technology could, for automatically identify hostile activity for targeting. In this example, facilitate autonomous operations, lead to more capacity, AI is intended to automate the work of human anainformed military decision making, and increase the speed and scale lysts who currently spend hours sifting through drone footage of military action. However, it may also be unpredictable or vulnerafor actionable information, potentially freeing analysts to make ble to unique forms of manipulation. As a result of these factors, anamore efficient and timely decisions based on the data. lysts hold a broad range of opinions on how influential AI will be in n Intelligence Community: The intelligence community also has a number of publicly acknowledged AI research projects in future combat operations. While a small number of analysts believe progress. The US CIA alone has around 140 projects in developthat the technology will have minimal impact, most believe that AI ment that leverage AI in some capacity to accomplish tasks such will have at least an evolutionary—if not revolutionary—effect. as image recognition and predictive analytics. Some examples The Future include developing algorithms for multilingual speech recogniExperts generally agree that it will be many decades before the field tion and translation in noisy environments, geo-locating images advances to develop General AI, which refers to systems capable of without the associated metadata, fusing 2D images to create 3D human-level intelligence across a broad range of tasks. Nevertheless, models, and building tools to infer a building’s function based on the rapid advancements in Narrow AI have sparked a wave of investpattern-of-life analysis. ment, with US venture capitalists raising an estimated $18.5 billion n Logistics: AI may have future utility in the field of military logistics. The Air Force, for example, is beginning to use AI for prefor AI research in 2019 alone. Similarly, the US DoD’s unclassified dictive aircraft maintenance. Instead of making repairs when investments in AI have grown from just over $600 million in FY2016 an aircraft breaks or in accordance with standardised fleet-wide to $2.5 billion in FY2021 (including investments in autonomy), with maintenance schedules, the US Air Force (USAF) is testing the department reportedly maintaining over 600 active AI projects. an AI-enabled approach that tailors maintenance schedules AI Applications for Defence to the needs of individual aircraft. This approach, currently Considering the number of diverse applications for AI, currently, AI used by the USAF F-35’s Autonomic Logistics Information R&D is being left to the discretion of research organisations in the System, extracts real-time sensor data embedded in the airindividual services. Initiatives/projects that leverage AI to address craft’s engines and other onboard systems and feeds the data pressing operational challenges. AI is being incorporated into a into a predictive algorithm to determine when technicians number of other intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance need to inspect the aircraft or replace parts. applications, as well as in logistics, cyberspace operations, infor- n Logistics Support Activity (LOGSA): Similarly, the US Army’s Logistics Support Activity (LOGSA) has contracted IBM’s mation operations, command and control, semi-autonomous and Watson to develop tailored maintenance schedules for its autonomous vehicles, and lethal autonomous weapon systems. n Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance: AI is expectStryker fleet based on information pulled from the 17 sensors ed to be particularly useful in intelligence due to the large installed on each vehicle. In September 2017, LOGSA began a data sets available for analysis. For example, Project Maven is second project that will use Watson to analyse shipping flows

TECHNOLOGY

AI technologies present unique challenges for military integration, particularly because the bulk of AI development is happening in the commercial sector.

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

Rostec

Emerging Technologies for dismounted Soldier survivability

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

4

Novel Materials A critical factor in soldier protection is the fundamental building block of body armor: the underlying materials. Progress on better materials has been incremental to date and current trends point to similarly slow progress in the near term. In the longer term, there are promising possibilities in material science that may provide

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Potential Leap-Ahead Materials n Diamond: Diamond has a few qualities that make it an appealing material for future body armor. First, it is incredibly hard.

By some estimates, diamond is up to 10 times harder than steel.

Additionally, diamond is lighter than many existing body armor materials – an added advantage.

There are significant limitations on the utility of diamond.

First and foremost, it is costly. One potential solution is through the growing synthetic diamond market. Synthetic diamonds are currently 30 to 40 per cent less expensive than natural diamonds, and can be produced over the course of months instead of years. Additionally, the quality that makes diamonds appealing – hardness – also serves as a limiting factor with respect to toughness. While diamond can blunt ballistic impact, it is also

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 101

BUSINESS

Current Body Armor Materials Existing body armor is a system of hard and soft protection. Hard plates are made of ceramics or ceramic polymers, most notably boron carbide and silicon carbide ceramic. While successive generations of hard armor have provided higher quality protection, the plates are heavy. Soft armor is constructed of Kevlar fiber, which is both flexible and strong – five times stronger than steel on an equal-weight basis.

There are three significant properties for materials used in body armor: hardness, toughness, and strength. Hardness refers to how much a material resists penetration from an outside force.

Diamond is hard, while aluminum is soft. Toughness refers to the amount of energy a material can absorb before fracturing. Steel and titanium alloys are tough, whereas ceramics are fragile. Strength refers to the amount of force required to change the shape of a material; steel is a strong metal.

While difficult to find naturally or in a single material, there are ways to achieve the advantages of each property through the use of composites.

INDIAN DEFENCE

leap-ahead advances in body armor, even if these breakthroughs seem unlikely today.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Goel

REGIONAL BALANCE

A

nnouncing a new initiative in 2014, then Rohit President Barack Obama told journalists: “Basically I’m here to announce that we’re building Iron Man.” The US military had already begun work on the project - a protective suit, known as the Tactical Assault Light Operator Suit (TALOS). Five years later, the initiative ended, but makers hope individual components of the suit will have applications elsewhere. In 2017, Russia’s President Vladimir Putin warned that humanity could soon create something “worse than a nuclear bomb”. “One may imagine that a man can create a man with some given characteristics, not only theoretically but also practically. He can be a genius mathematician, a brilliant musician or a soldier, a man who can fight without fear, compassion, regret or pain.” Last year in 2020, former US Director of National Intelligence (DNI), went further with a blunt accusation against China. “China has even conducted human testing on members of the People’s Liberation Army in hope of developing soldiers with biologically enhanced capabilities. There are no ethical boundaries to Beijing’s pursuit of power.” China and the US are not the only countries seeking an advantage. France’s armed forces have been given approval to develop “enhanced soldiers” while laying out ethical boundaries for the research. Having a super soldier in the ranks is a tantalising prospect for all militaries.

Future concepts and technologies to improve soldier survivability and effectiveness over the next 20 to 30 years in order to identify high-payoff science and technology investment areas are being worked upon. These disruptive technology areas have the potential to address one or more of these approaches: n Novel materials n Exosuits and exoskeletons

TECHNOLOGY

Future concepts and technologies to improve soldier survivability and effectiveness over the next 20 to 30 years in order to identify high-payoff science and technology investment areas are being worked upon.

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 105

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

BUSINESS

T

he goal of future wars is to incapacitate Ocean in 1962. This explosion knocked out the Prashant Nakra national core infrastructures through street and traffic lights and caused malfunccyber attacks and electronic wars. The tioning of the communication equipment in use of high-tech arms including high-power electronic Honolulu, Hawaii, which was approximately 1,400 km away weapons, laser weapons, and railguns to achieve a prefrom the test site. cise strike, minimum cost, and neutralisation is gradually n In July 1967, a missile mounted on a F-4 fighter on a USS Forrestal-class aircraft carrier, which was engaged in duty in the increasing. Considering the nuclear provocation and non-nuclear Vietnam War, was launched by an EM interference, causing 134 electromagnetic pulse (NNEMP) threats, it has become urgent for deaths and damage worth $75 million. the armies to expand their EMP protection systems. n During the Falkland War between the UK and Argentina in Background 1982, the UK battleships and Argentine fighters used radars of With the recent development of electronic devices and their increasthe same EM band. Consequently, continuous malfunctions ing application, society has been exposed to an environment that is occurred in the UK battleships, and an Argentine fighter failed extremely vulnerable to high-power electromagnetic (EM) waves. to understand that there was a radar malfunction and crashed The safety of major infrastructure facilities must be secured and unprotected without taking any action. systematic protection plans for realising a response system to n In 1980–1990, a UH-60 Blackhawk helicopter of the US Army crashed owing to the random activation of the safety device, high-power EM attacks devised. Protecting the electronics of major and the investigation results revealed that the safety system had information and communication infrastructures from high-power been exposed to a high-power EMP. Several similar helicopter electromagnetic pulses (EMP) is crucial to the national security. crashes occurred subsequently, and the cause was always idenThe present EMP shelter construction methods and guidelines are tified as a defect in the helicopter. based on the EMP protection technology and test standards of the US Department of Defence (MIL-STD-188-12).

EMP as an Offensive Weapon Major infrastructures in the government and private sector must establish systematic protection measures considering the As discussed in these examples, not only the high-altitude electroC4I system composition. However, no measures have been imple- magnetic pulse (HEMP) caused by nuclear explosions but also the mented owing to the lack of interest. Developed countries as in the artificially generated high-power EMP have been very dangerous US and European countries have committees that comprise experts throughout the history of modern wars. Such non-nuclear EMPs from various fields, and technical research work is being conducted (NNEMPs), which are also called high-power microwaves (HPM) to establish EMP protection measures. In the event of any failures or intentional EM interference, can damage electronic devices with due to a high-power EMP, enormous damage to the entire social a short pulse width, low repetition rate, and an output power ranging from hundreds of MW to several tens of GW. They are usually and national safety systems would result. generated by electronic bombs (e-bombs) and previously appeared Recent Instances of EMP Based Damages as military weapons. However, recently, they have been developed n An instance of EMP-based military danger was a nuclear as compact, high-power devices. explosion test with an explosive yield of 1.4 megatonnes conNon-nuclear, high-power EMP weapons are being developed in ducted by the US 400 km above Johnston Island in the Pacific various forms including blaster guns, bombs, and radio-frequency

INDIAN DEFENCE

The safety of major infrastructure facilities must be secured and systematic protection plans for realising a response system to high-power EM attacks devised. Protecting the electronics of major information and communication infrastructures from high-power electromagnetic pulses (EMP) is crucial to the national security.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

mpe.co.uk

Development of a Lightweight Non-Nuclear EMP Shelter

REGIONAL BALANCE

5

Air Force Space Command

CONTENTS

International Challenges To Security In Space

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

6

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 109

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO REGIONAL BALANCE

T

hough the United States and the Causes for the Growth in the Number Prashant Nakra of Satellites former Soviet Union have dominated The dependence of various industries upon the early space activities, space capabilities have proliferated over the past six decades as tech- satellite data has made the numbers go up every year. The active nological and cost barriers have fallen. These capabilities satellites have their main purpose of operation in order to collect provide important support to many of society’s daily different sets of data, while some serve for only one particular activities, including communications, navigation, financial trans- operation, there are others which serve multiple operations. Under actions, and weather monitoring. Over the years there has been mentioned is the list of satellites and their purpose of existence, as significant rise in the number of satellites being sent into the recorded by the UCS by the end of December 31, 2020: The top 10 countries which are dominating the satellite industry Space, in order to gather accurate and relevant data useful to perform a range of missions such as scientific research, weather pre- are USA, China, Russia, UK, Japan, India, European Space Agency, dictions, military support, Positioning, Navigation, Timing (PNT), Canada, Germany and Luxembourg. The growth in the number of Earth imaging, climate and environment monitoring, and com- satellites over the last decade was mainly driven by the development munications. While the Covid pandemic brought many industries of the smaller CubeSat, which allows a large number of small sized to a screeching halt, the satellite industry on the other hand, has satellites to launch at the same time. Other causes can be: hardly had any struggle to thrive. According to Union of Concerned n The satellites have made geo-information and Space technologies play a number of roles in various development sectors, Scientists (UCS), which keeps a record of the operational satellites, such as agriculture, education, food security, climate change, there are between 6,500 to 7,400 satellites, out of which approxirural development, health, public management, energy and mately 3,400 satellites are active and approximately 3,200 satellites environment as well as in governance, transport water, urban are inactive, as recorded by January 1, 2021. In 2020 1,283 satellites development and disaster management. were launched, which stands as the highest number of satellite n Other development factors which caused the rise in numbers launches in a year as compared to all the previous. of satellite launches is the race for satellite broadband services, especially SpaceX Starlink satellite constellation. (In May Sr. No. Number of Satellites Main Purpose 2021, SpaceX has launched 172 Starlink satellites in just three launches making their constellation over 1,600, whereas the UK 1.

1832 Communication government part-owned OneWeb has launched 72 satellites in 2.

906 Earth Observation 2021. Apart from these there are other companies, like Kuiper (a subsidiary of Amazon), and Lightspeed, from Canadian compa3.

350 Technology Development and ny Telesat who are planning to launch satellite broadband conDemonstration stellations ranging from several hundred to a few thousand.)

4.

150 Navigation and positioning The number of objects on orbit, both active satellites and orbital debris, will continue to increase rapidly with the wider avail5.

104 Space science and observation ability of lower cost, small satellites and with the prospect of large constellations consisting of thousands of satellites. The challenge of 6.

20 Earth science space congestion will grow, and actors will need better capabilities 7.

10 Other purposes to track and identify objects and prevent collisions in space.

TECHNOLOGY

The growth in the number of satellites over the last decade was mainly driven by the development of the smaller CubeSat, which allows a large number of small sized satellites to launch at the same time.

CONTENTS

section three

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

Business Contents

117

Three Atmanirbhar Bharat — Light at the End of the Tunnel

121

Four Atmanirbhar in Defence — Enabling Foreign Direct Investment

125

Five Corporatisation of Ordnance Factories — A Step Towards Their Atmanirbharta

129

Six Innovations for Defence Excellence (iDEX)

133

Seven Defence Industrial Corridors (A Promising Step Towards Atmanirbharata)

139

Eight Tamil Nadu Aerospace & Defence Industrial Policy

143

Nine

Uttar Pradesh Defence Industrial Corridor

147

Ten

Defence Manufacturing in Uttarakhand

151

INDIAN DEFENCE

Defence Reforms — 20 Reforms of 2020

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Two

113

REGIONAL BALANCE

One India’s Defence Budget 2021-22

STRATEGY & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

3

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

1

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

PIB

India’s Defence Budget 2021-22

MoD (Civil)

Defence Pension

Defence Services*

Total MoD

2020-21 (BE) (` in crore)

14,500 (3)

1,33,825 (28)

3,23,053 (69)

4,71,378

2020-21 (RE) (` in crore)

15,914 (3)

1,25,000 (26)

3,43,822 (71)

4,84,736

2021-22 (BE) (` in crore)

15,257 (3)

1,15,850 (24)

3,47,088 (73)

4,78,196

5.2

-13.4

7.4

1.4

% Increase in 2021-22 (BE) over 2020-21 (BE)

TO-7.3READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE % Increase in 2021-22 (BE) over 2020-21 (RE) -4.1 0.9 -1.3 Note: *Include Army, Navy, Air Force, OFs and DRDO. Figures in parentheses represent percentage share in total MoD. GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 113

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Table 1. Component of MoD’s Budget 2021-22

REGIONAL BALANCE

T

he Union Budget 2021-22, preto both previous budget and its revised Dr Laxman Kumar Behera sented on February 1, earmarked estimate. The total allocations earmarked `4,78,196 crore ($65.6 billion) to for the MoD represents 13.7 per cent of the Ministry of Defence (MoD). Representing an increase the total central government expenditure and 2.15 per cent of the of `6,818 crore, or 1.4 per cent, the hike in MoD’s budget is GDP. The MoD’s total capital expenditure amounts to 29 per cent one of the lowest in the recent past. Is the meagre increase in of its budget (Table 2) and accounts for 25 per of the total central defence allocation due to the once-in-a-century economic crisis that government’s capital outlays.

India, like many other countries, is facing due to COVID-19 pandemThe noticeable feature of the MoD’s allocation is the sharp 13.4 ic? How does the new budget fare on the country’s defence moderni- per cent (`17,975 crore) decline in pension budget. While a part sation front which has drawn increased attention due to the Chinese of the decline could be explained due to the freezing of Dearness military belligerence in Eastern Ladakh, leading to the worst military Relief, the big drop does not seem to be realistic. Considering that stand-off in decades? This chapter examines the defence budget 2021- the nearly 60,000 new retirees add to the existing pool of nearly 3.2 22 and its key components in order to decipher the larger picture. It million defence pensioners every year, and the increasing life-span also looks at the recommendations of the 15th Finance Commission of average Indians, pension budget is unlikely to see a drop. In fact, that was tasked to address severe resource constraints being faced by the budgeted amount for 2021-22 is `1,960 crore less than `1,17,810 the defence and security establishments of the country. crore that the MoD actually incurred on pension in 2019-20, indicating that the new pension budget is underestimated.

Defence Budget: The Macro Picture Keeping the inexplicable big drop in the pension budget aside, Of the total allocations for the MoD, defence services compris- the hike in the MoD’s budget amounts to `24,793 crore, or an ing the armed forces (Army, Navy and Air Force), the Defence increase of 7.3 per cent. What is significant in this growth is that it is Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) and Ordnance almost entirely driven by the hike in capital expenditure which has Factories (OFs), constitute the biggest component, followed by the increased by 18 per cent (`21,679 crore). This is a marked departure defence pension and MoD (Civil) (see Table 1). The defence servic- from the past several budgets which were characterised by hefty es also account for the biggest growth in allocations, with respect growth in manpower cost.

TECHNOLOGY

The non-lapsable modernisation fund, suggested by the 15th Finance Commission could play a vital role in supplementing funds for the modernisation of the Indian armed forces.

CONTENTS

1. India gets its first Chief of Defence Staff To increase efficiency and coordination, while reducing duplication, a new position was introduced that would usher greater jointness in the Armed Forces – making him the Chief Military Adviser to the government of India and the Ministry of Defence.

Kargil Review Committee recommended creation of CDS for greater cooperation between various wings of Indian forces. After a wait of two decades, CDS finally appointed.

DAP 2020 Promotes Indigenous Materials Separate Budgetary Allocation for Domestic

Capital Acquisition n Incentives for use of indigenous materials in defence/aerospace platforms n n

3. An Era of ‘Make in India’ Equipment for our Armed Forces Begins Bringing Atmanirbharta to Defence. Import stopped for listed defence equipment items. FDI allowed up to 74 per cent through automatic route and beyond 74 per cent to be permitted through government (approval) route. 87 per cent of all defence acquisition approvals from domestic vendors during 2020.

New Defence Acquisition Procedure (DAP 2020) promoting indigenous in defence & aerospace (approved in September 2020). n DAP 2020 Promotes ‘Make in India’ n Corporatisation of OFB approved in May 2020. Ushering era of greater efficiency and productivity in Ordnance Factory Board (OFB)

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

INDIAN DEFENCE

2. Department of Military Affairs (DMA) Created Department of Military Affairs (DMA) created in Ministry of Defence with CDS as Secretary, DMA. For Improved Civil-Military Integration, DMA to have both civil and military officers on its roll.

About 170 civil posts transferred to DMA to enable immediate functioning. Officiating Additional Secretary, Joint Secretary and other officers posted from Armed Forces to ensure immediate functioning.

TECHNOLOGY

Rohit Goel

“Our country has been debating for long about reforms in Armed Forces and many commissions and their reports underline the same. To further sharpen coordination between the forces, India will have Chief of Defence Staff, CDS, which will make the forces even more effective.”

— Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s Address to the Nation on August 15, 2019

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 117

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

MoD 20 Reforms Across the Defence Sector, Through Policy Changes, Innovation and Digital Transformation

BUSINESS

India is aiming towards achieving self-reliance in Defence Production. The new Defence Acquisition Policy will give a big push for higher indigenous content as part of Atmanirbhar Bharat. Several structural reforms in the Defence sector have been carried out and these reforms will transform the Defence manufacturing ecosystem in the country and make the Armed Forces stronger and more capable.

REGIONAL BALANCE

SP Guide Pubns

DEFENCE REFORMS — 20 Reforms of 2020

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

2

Prime Minister Narendra Modi Announces Atmanirbhar Atmanirbhar Bharat (self-reliant India) is the vision of the Prime Minister Narendra Modi for making India a self-reliant nation. He launched the campaign to facilitate investment, foster innovation, enhance skill development, protect intellectual property and build

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Initiatives to Encourage Indigenous Manufacture The government has taken many steps which included bold policy initiatives and implementation of reforms to promote selfreliance in defence manufacturing. These steps are aimed at encouraging indigenous design, development and manufacture of defence equipment in the country, thereby reducing dependency on imports in the future. Key aspects are as under: DAP-2020 DPP-2016 has been revised as Defence Acquisition Procedure (DAP) - 2020, which is driven by the tenets of Defence Reforms announced as part of ‘Atmanirbhar Bharat Abhiyan’.

Buy Indian-IDDM In order to promote indigenous design and development of defence equipment ‘Buy Indian-IDDM (Indigenously Designed, Developed and Manufactured)’ category has been accorded top most priority for procurement of capital equipment.

Indigenisation List The ‘First Positive Indigenisation list (erstwhile negative list)’ of 101 items was notified on August 21, 2020 and the ‘Second Positive Indigenisation list’ of 108 items was notified on May 31, 2021 by the government for which there would be an embargo on the import beyond the timeline indicated against each item. The aim of the Positive Indigenisation list is to give boost to indigenous manu-

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 121

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

The vision of self reliance/indigenous was always close to the heart of the Indian leaders since Independence thus the Defence Research Development Organisation (DRDO) and production units of the government were set up. The design and development of defence hardware was the charter of DRDO which was formed in 1958 with the amalgamation of Technical Development Establishment of the Indian Army and the Directorate of Technical Development and Production with the Defence Science Organisation. DRDO was then a small organisation with 10 laboratories which have now grown to a network of more than 50 laboratories. The production units include the Ordnance Factory Board with 41 Ordnance Factories, Defence Public Sector Units (DPSUs) like Bharat Electronics Limited, Hindustan Aeronautics Limited and Mazagon Dock Shipbuilders Limited. Only in the last decade or so there have been major successes within the current system in manufacturing major platforms and strategic systems but we are still aeons away from the latest technologies. The vast potential of the current system was not fully exploited which also included the private sector and Micro, Small, Medium and Small Enterprises (MSMEs) however many baby steps have been taken under the present government.

To exploit the potential of India’s private industry, a committee was set up under Indian Economist Vijay Kelkar during early 2015 to examine the public-private partnership (PPP) model in India. The Kelkar committee submitted its recommendations in November 2015. Things started moving towards self-reliance involving both the government organisations, the private sector and MSME but not at the pace desired by the Prime Minister.

best in class manufacturing infrastructure. He enunciated the pillars of Atmanirbhar Bharat as Economy, Infrastructure, Technology Driven Systems, Vibrant and skilled Demography and Creating of Demand. He also identified that ‘ease of doing business’ as the single most important factor to promote entrepreneurship. This requires multiple initiatives to be undertaken to include de-license and de-regulate the industry during the entire life cycle of a business.

TECHNOLOGY

Lt General Naresh Chand (Retd)

BUSINESS

Earlier Setup for Defence Production

INDIAN DEFENCE

Atmanirbhar Bharat (self-reliant India) is the vision of Prime Minister Narendra Modi for making India a selfreliant nation. He launched the Atmanirbhar Bharat campaign to facilitate investment, foster innovation, enhance skill development, protect intellectual property and build best in class manufacturing infrastructure.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

IAF / Twitter

Atmanirbhar Bharat — Light at the end of the Tunnel

REGIONAL BALANCE

3

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 125

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

BUSINESS

A

tmanirbhar Bharat Acquisition Categories – Major General Rohit Gupta (Retd) DAP 2020 is based on five key pil Buy (Indian-IDDM) acquisition lars; economy (quantum jump), Infrastructure (identity of modern India), of products from an Indian vendor that have been indigenously System (driven by technology), Demography (vibrant designed, developed, and manufactured with a minimum of 50 source of energy) and Demand (sustained & harnessed per cent Indigenous Content (IC) on cost basis of the base con– supported by supply). It focuses on India achieving indig- tract price. enous capabilities in key areas to reduce external dependencies. n Buy (Indian) acquisition from an Indian vendor which may not have been designed and developed indigenously, having 60 per Strategic independence in defence is one of the key focus areas cent IC. for the government of India (GoI). Foreign Direct Investment is one of the key enablers to bringing in and harnessing defence n Buy and Make (Indian) initial acquisition in Fully Formed (FF) state, from Indian vendor(s) engaged in a tie-up with a foreign technology in India.

Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM), followed by indigAcquisition Categories and Implication of enous production in a phased manner involving Transfer of Changes in Rules for Foreign Direct Investment Technology (ToT) from the foreign OEM. A minimum of 50 per cent IC is required on cost basis of the Make portion.

74 per cent Foreign Direct Investment n Buy (Global - Manufacture in India) outright purchase from n Government Press Note 4 of 2020, released on September 17, foreign vendors, followed by indigenous manufacture of the 2020, lays down 74 per cent of foreign direct investment (FDI) entire/part of the equipment, through its subsidiary in India/ is now allowed under the automatic route in the defence through a Joint Venture/through an Indian Production Agency sector. The previous FDI limit was 49 per cent for the default (PA) (with ToT of critical technologies to the Indian PA), meetroute. ing a minimum of 50 per cent IC. n Under the government’s accreditation system, FDI exceeding n Buy (Global) outright purchase from foreign or Indian vendors.

74 per cent and up to 100 per cent is also permitted wherein it In case of procurement through foreign vendors, Government results in access to modern technology. to Government (G2G) route/Inter Government Agreement n FDI in the defence sector will be subject to security approv(IGA) may be adopted. An Indian vendor is required to meet al by the Department of Home Affairs in accordance with minimum 30 per cent IC, failing which such vendor would be Department of Defence guidelines. required to discharge offsets like that of foreign vendor. n Investee company should be structured to be self-sufficient in n Note: Vendors eligible for participating in a higher category are areas of product design and development. The investee/joint permitted to participate in lower category, provided meeting venture company along with manufacturing facility, should lower requirements. also have maintenance and life cycle support facility of the Definition of Indian Vendor product being manufactured in India. n License for the defence product will be considered by the As per DAP 2020, out of the five categories of defence procureDPIIT, Ministry of Commerce & Industry in consultation with ment, the first three in the order of precedence of selection, viz MoD and MEA. Buy (Indian - IDDM), Buy (Indian) and Buy & Make (Indian), are

INDIAN DEFENCE

While the endeavour of the government of India (GoI) is to encourage the Indian Industry, it will have to carry out a balancing act to ensure that Atmanirbharta in defence is achieved, without jeopardising the quality of product and much needed modernisation in Defence.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

SP Guide Pubns

Atmanirbhar in Defence — Enabling Foreign Direct Investment

REGIONAL BALANCE

4

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 129

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

BUSINESS

O

n June 16, 2021 just 13 Puri Committee 2015, has been on Major General Rohit Gupta (Retd) months after the initial the anvil for long. announcement of intenWhat does it Give to the New PSUs tions was made, the Union Cabinet cleared the corporatisation and restructuring of the Ordnance Factories While there would be detractors who will say that it is ‘old wine in a (41 in number) by subsuming them into seven 100 per new bottle’, we look at the positive side. cent government owned separate Ordnance PSUs. With this, the n The clubbing under sectors will enable more accessible contact by the equivalent sector industry with new Ordnance PSU secOrdnance Factory Board (OFB), first set up by the British as the tor head as compared to OFB HQ at Kolkata. Each sector PSU Board of Ordnance at Fort Williams Kolkata on April 8, 1775, and will have its board and decision making will be decentralised now under the Ministry of Defence, will be dissolved. leading to closer and therefore, better corporate management.

23 Ordnance Factories (OFs) were added after Independence to the British set up of 18. The OFs provide varied products principally n Profit & Loss norms of accounting will dictate pruning of ‘unnecessaries’ and impetus to that which contributes. Functioning in to Indian Armed Forces as also to Central Paramilitary Forces and a competitive environment will lead to compulsions of effiState Police Forces. ciency in production including costs, as different to the luxury To implement its decisions, the government has delegated of ‘nomination’ criteria that they were earlier ordained with. the authority of the Cabinet to an Empowered Group of Ministers (EGoM), constituted under the Defence Minister. Other members n Freedom to choose its partners, collaborations, technology sharing, streamlining of products and expansion into associof the EGoM are Home Minister, Finance Minister and Labour & ated spheres will be facilitated, without central control. Focus Employment Minister. can be attained for certain technologies and equipment with What Led to This Decision? collaboration in private sector, both within India and abroad.

The primary users of OFB products, had repeatedly highlighted n It enables focus on R&D without internal conflict of competing problems with defence equipment sourced from OFs such as, faulty for limited resources and technology partners, thus enabling ammunition and gun barrels causing accidents and losses; tardisynergy of purpose within the sector. ness in delivery impacting on operational readiness and high costs n While catering to requirement for the Indian Military, they will be able to utilise their excess capacities for component producof products, in spite of profits not charged, impinging on budget. tion for private sector as well as for exports. This provides them Reportedly, majority of OF production is still based on imported greater opportunities in forming strategic alliances, both indigtechnology implying indigenisation objectives were not being met. enous and foreign.

The government foots the bill allocating about `3,000 crore as operational cost and `5,000 crore as salaries, which make the nonThe Problem Areas profitable institutions seeped in lethargy of non-performance.

The move to corporatize OFB, after recommendations made Till now the OFs were getting orders by ‘nomination’ from the govto the government to this effect by all three committees viz. T.K.A. ernment. The delivery, possibly, was at a much higher cost than Nair Committee 2000, Vijay Kelkar Committee 2005, and Raman what was available in the market or possibly could be produced

INDIAN DEFENCE

With annual government allocation of about `3,000 crore as operational cost and `5,000 crore as salaries, OFB was not only a drain on the exchequer but also failing to reinvent itself towards efficiency in delivery. It was time that an impetus was given to move them on from their comfort zone of dependency to one of their Atmanirbharta. The push towards Corporatisation is aimed towards achievement of this objective.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Corporatisation of Ordnance Factories — a step towards their Atmanirbharta

REGIONAL BALANCE

SP Guide Pubns

5

CONTENTS

Objectives, Functions, and Activities The establishment of Defence Innovation Fund (DIF) and iDEX is at creation of an ecosystem to foster innovation and technology

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 133

INDIAN DEFENCE

development in Defence and Aerospace by engaging industries including MSMEs, startups, individual innovators, R&D institutes and academia and provide them grants/funding and other support to carry out R&D development which has good potential for future adoption for Indian defence and aerospace needs.

The core objectives of setting up the Defence Innovation Fund are to: n Facilitate rapid development of new, indigenised, and innovative technologies for the Indian defence and aerospace sector, to meet needs for these sectors in shorter timelines n Create a culture of engagement with innovative startups, to encourage co-creation for defence and aerospace sectors n Empower a culture of technology co-creation and co-innovation within the defence and aerospace sectors.

Adoption of innovation requires execution of three critical functions: n Co-innovation/co-creation–Discovery and exploration of existing technologies, or development of relevant technologies n Piloting of candidate technologies in important platforms, with quick feedback to the innovators n Indigenisation of various defence and aerospace related platforms being manufactured in the country based on ToT The iDEX structure shall perform all these three functions, in partnership with other competent stakeholders. iDEX functions as the executive arm of DIO, carrying out all the required activities. To execute the above functions, the iDEX team undertakes the following activities: n Setting up and managing of the iDEX network in form of Independent Defence Innovation Hubs. n Communicate with innovators/startups through the Defence Innovation Hubs regarding defence and aerospace needs. n Organising various challenges/hackathons to shortlist potential

BUSINESS

Goel

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

I

ndia is the world’s largest defence equipment Rohit importer and is expected to spend around $220 billion in the coming decade to modernise its armed forces. One of the major aims of India as a nation is to achieve self-reliance in the field of defence and defence production. In the recent years, the government of India has initiated various schemes like ‘Make in India’, Startup India, Atal Innovation Mission (AIM), etc. to encourage innovation and entrepreneurship in the Indian commercial ecosystem, which includes higher manufacturing in defence. It is increasingly evident that achieving the goal of selfsufficiency for the Indian military will require a means to incorporate innovation rapidly in the weapons procurement process.

The rates of adoption of innovation for different sectors vary, due to several factors such as applicability, absorption capability of the systems, etc. A special effort is required to reach out and engage the smaller enterprises, startups and innovators, which have the flexibility and adaptability to supply the Indian military with innovative and ingenious technological solutions. Such a system will be needed to encourage development of innovative technologies for the defence sector by roping in the nation’s industry, startups, MSMEs, R&D institutes, academia and even the individual inventors.

These details covers the objective and scope of the Defence Innovation Fund (DIF), steps involved in implementation of DIF and the roadmap for creating an innovation ecosystem for defence called the Innovations for Defence Excellence (iDEX), through funding, guidance, handholding, customer engagement, and facilitation. The document gives a brief of the funding mechanism for the organisation, the fund, its programme management and top level institutional arrangement at MoD for this initiative.

TECHNOLOGY

Innovations for Defence Excellence (iDEX) was launched by the government in April 2018, with the aim to create an ecosystem to foster innovation and technology development in Defence and Aerospace industries. Engaging MSMEs, startups, individual innovators, R&D institutes & academia, and providing them with grants/funding and other support to carry out R&D which would catalyse their future participation addressing Indian defence and aerospace needs would be part of iDEX agenda.

REGIONAL BALANCE

PIB

Innovations for Defence Excellence (iDEX)

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

6

PIB

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

Defence Industrial Corridors (A promising step towards AtmAnirbharata)

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

7

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

oriented units. The Defence Corridor concept is a tried and tested model internationally. It needs to be suitably adapted to Indian conditions. If pursued with a comprehensive understanding and cooperation by various stakeholders, the initiative will catalyse indigenous production of defence and aerospacerelated weapons and systems. This will reduce our imports, promote the export to unprecedented levels, and make India a reckonable stakeholder in the World.

The two Defence Industrial Corridors to be developed, in Uttar Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, have threefold aim; n Indigenisation n Self Reliance & n Generation of Employment

BUSINESS

Sharma (Retd)

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 139

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

INDIAN DEFENCE

Uttar Pradesh Defence Industrial Corridor (UPDIC) Uttar Pradesh Defence Industrial Corridor (UPDIC) planned across six nodes namely – Lucknow, Kanpur, Jhansi, Agra Aligarh & Chitrakoot, spreads across Central, East and West region of Uttar Pradesh and along the Golden Quadrilateral connecting Delhi– Kolkata supported by networks of expressways. The Uttar Pradesh Expressways Industrial Development Authority (UPEIDA) was made the nodal agency to execute this project in conjunction with various other state agencies. It took off to an encouraging start with the announcement of investments worth over `3,700 crores in defence production at the meet organised at Aligarh on August 11, 2018. However, these announcements remained a mere paper document or a video clip almost until DefExpo 2020. During the DefExpo 2020, 23 MoUs were signed between government of Uttar Pradesh and the Industry including PSUs of the like of OFB, HAL BEL and so on, all of which already have production units in the state. The process as envisaged on establishing the Defence Industry in the said corridor has though made very little progress.

The UPEIDA has so far only created some land bank. These are, about 1,000 hectares of land bank in Jhansi, approximately 100 hectares in Chitrakoot, 250 hectares in Kanpur and another 78 hectares in Aligarh for the project. The land allotment on paper

REGIONAL BALANCE

I

n pursuance of the clarion call by Lt General J.K. the Prime Minister to be self sufficient in Defence and from being the second largest importer of defence equipment, to become a net exporter by 2025, the establishment of Defence Industrial Corridors in India was announced in Budget 2018-19, by the then Finance Minister Arun Jaitley. Consequently, the Ministry of Defence identified, Uttar Pradesh, being the largest state of India in terms of geographical area and infrastructure and Tamil Nadu to establish these Defence Industrial Corridors.

Self-sufficiency in defence is the single most important constituent of strategic independence and “atmanirbharta”. The major economic powerhouses of the world are also the major exporters of defence equipment. Until the end of the last century, there were perhaps only three countries in the world, which were self sufficient in defence-US, Russia and France. In the last decade, China could be included in this category, especially after improving its capacity in the domain of Sea warfare. Any nation aspiring to be a leading power in the world has to be self sufficient in defence with the ability to surge productions in the hour of need instead of depending on other countries, who can push to influence the outcome of a conflict to serve their own vested interests, a trend witnessed repeatedly in Modern History of Warfare.

Defence Industry albeit defence production in India has had its specific problems differentiated from those obtained in civil production. The market is largely limited to the size of the armed forces and their demands. Most of the Western countries producing defence goods rely to a significant extent on export markets.

In India the defence export was never heard of till the Defence Minister mentioned that target for 2025 for production of defence to reach $25 billion and export target of $5 billion.

In this context the Defence Corridors assume significance as these would have an important role to play in providing a basic framework for growth of the defence industry. They, with suitably augmenting policy framework, should be able to attract domestic and foreign investment, coordinate activities for provision of goods and material and facilitate setting up and operation of defence-

TECHNOLOGY

Self-sufficiency in defence is the single most important constituent of strategic independence and “Atmanirbharta”.

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

n

n

n

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 143

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

Advantage Tamil Nadu Tamil Nadu is industrially advanced and well known for diversified industrial base. The state ranks first in terms of number of factories and industrial workers and third in terms of Gross Industrial Output and Net Value Addition among the states. n Gross State Domestic Product (GSDP) of Tamil Nadu grew at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of about nine per cent between 2004-05 and 2016-17, higher than the national average of about 7.5 per cent. With cumulative FDI inflows of over $13.3 billion from year 2000-01 to 2016-17, Tamil Nadu ranks third n

n

in terms of FDI inflows into India. Robust economic growth of the State is predominantly attributed to the stellar performance of industries and service sector.

The State turns out the largest number of skilled manpower in India every year and is a pioneer in promoting technical education in private sector. Tamil Nadu has the largest intake capacity among all the States for engineering and technical education.

Tamil Nadu’s contribution in terms of Industrial Output to the national output of the Automobile industry stands at 25 per cent, making it the largest contributor to the sector in India.

Tamil Nadu is to-date the only State to attract seven automobile giants–Ford, Hyundai, Mitsubishi, Daimler, Nissan, Renault and BMW. The State is also a preferred choice for over 350 large auto components manufacturers, accounting for more than 35 per cent of India’s auto components production and 21 per cent of India’s automobile exports.

Tamil Nadu is the 3rd largest manufacturer of electronics hardware in India and the electronic hardware industry in Tamil Nadu has grown at a CAGR of 30 per cent from 2008. Some of the Fortune 500 companies which have set up manufacturing facilities in the State includes Motorola, DELL Computers, Samsung, Foxconn, Sanmina-SCI, Flextronics, Nokia and Siemens besides several components suppliers.

Tamil Nadu houses several defence products manufacturing Central PSUs and Ordnance Factories including• Heavy Vehicles Factory (HVF), Avadi, Chennai manufacturing tanks and heavy vehicles for military requirement; • Ordnance Clothing Factory (OCF), Avadi, Chennai manufacturing clothing and other military wears for armed forces; • Engine Factory Avadi (EFA) manufacturing high power diesel engine and battle tanks for defence applications; • Ordnance Factory Trichy (OFT) manufacturing rifles, grenade launchers etc;

TECHNOLOGY

Rohit Goel

BUSINESS

Vision & Objective of This Policy

To position Tamil Nadu as the preferred hub for Aerospace & Defence industries in India in the areas of engineering, design, manufacturing and allied activities by harnessing its industrial base and talented human capital strengths.

The present policy is formulated with the following objectives: n To create an end-to-end ecosystem for Aerospace sector development covering design, engineering and manufacturing of aircraft for civil and defence sector; n To attract an estimated investment of about $5 billion in five years period and an estimated investment of about $10 billion in 10 years period in Aerospace and Defence sector; n To generate direct & indirect employment opportunities to around one lakh persons in 10 years; n To harness Tamil Nadu’s inherent strengths in automotive manufacturing sector for exploring opportunities in Aerospace and Defence manufacturing; n To create a global workforce for high-end manufacturing by establishing Centre of Excellence, R&D and skill development institutions; and n To attract global OEMs and Tier-1 suppliers and Indian majors as anchor units in the State by providing required facilitation and support.

INDIAN DEFENCE

The government of India has announced that a Defence Industrial Production Corridor will be developed in Tamil Nadu. Numerous industrial units in the form of clusters are already operating in Chennai, Tiruchirappalli, Coimbatore, Salem and Hosur catering to Defence PSUs and services. TN state government will provide all support and facilitation to attract more investments and generate employment in the State.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

SpokespersonMoD / Twitter

Tamil Nadu Aerospace & Defence Industrial Policy

REGIONAL BALANCE

8

CONTENTS

Research and Development (R&D) Ecosystem Uttar Pradesh has various educational and training institutes, which are engaged in research and development. There are 53 universities, 4,345 colleges, 168 polytechnics in the state including many research institutes, centres of excellence; and other professional institutes. The state is the stronghold of specialised institutions like IIT Kanpur, IITBHU. Major institutes like Public Sector Defence Research and Development Organisation; QA and R&D Establishment (DMSRDE) and HAL etc provide excellent research

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TECHNOLOGY

and development ecosystem for defence and aerospace sector in Uttar Pradesh.

Under HAL, Aerospace system and Equipment R&D Centre (ASERDC) is located in Lucknow which is using state– of–the–Art technology and involved in applied research, design and development of main system & equipment for aircrafts and helicopters. Flight data recorders and other Avionics LRUs are developed in the ASERDC of HAL unit located in Korwa.

Apart from this, Forensic Science Laboratories are located in Lucknow and Agra in Uttar Pradesh. Seven divisions of these Labs are providing modern techniques & equipment to UP Police.

Opportunities Available in Uttar Pradesh With excellent infrastructure, facilities and a favourable ecosystem, this policy is intended to attract investment in the following areas of defence and aerospace: n Defence Technical Park in the defence corridor nodes like Kanpur, Jhansi, Aligarh, Chitrakoot, Agra and Lucknow and its expansion in other districts. n Expansion or participation of public sector units of defence sector; n Establishment of Aerospace Technology Park with the possibility of expanding it in Defence Corridor nodes like Kanpur, Jhansi, Aligarh, Chitrakoot, Agra and Lucknow and other districts. n Setting up of Testing and Validation Centres, including a firing range for Artillery and other military weapons/equipment. n Development of UAV/Drone formats manufacturing and testing facilities. n Manufacturing or assembling of Aeroplanes, Helicopters, (Assembly) and maintenance facilities. n Combination of components of Defence/Military/Aerospace Mechanical Vehicles, their components and establishment of ancillary units. n Weapons and Sensor equipment used in police modernisation and small intensity conflicts.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 147

INDIAN DEFENCE

Existing Manufacturing Base Uttar Pradesh has several units in the public and private sector which manufacture in defence and aerospace sector. Public Sector units are the mainstay of the strong local market as they procure materials and essential components from local sources. The public sector heads include nine Indian Ordnance Factories and three Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL) manufacturing units.

Goel

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

I

n the UP Investors Summit held in the month Rohit of February 2018, the government of India announced the development of Defence Corridor in the Bundelkhand region of Uttar Pradesh with an investment of `20,000 crores. It is estimated that the construction of this corridor will generate more than one lakh employment opportunities. The proposed corridors will have six nodes, namelyAligarh, Agra, Jhansi, Chitrakoot, Kanpur and Lucknow. About 3,000 hectares of land in Bundelkhand area will be notified by the state government for the proposed corridor.

There is a strong support base in these districts to meet the requirements of defence manufacturing and to ensure supply of raw material, labour etc. The corridor is in a special advantage due to its proximity to the DMIC and the ACIC. In addition, the corridor will have the benefit of connectivity with the Agra-Lucknow Expressway and the proposed Purvanchal and Bundelkhand Expressway.

BUSINESS

The Uttar Pradesh Expressways Industrial Development Authority (UPEIDA) was made the nodal agency to execute this project and a very comprehensive Defence and Aerospace policy has been laid out by the Department of Industry of UP government. During the Defexpo 2020, 23 MoUs were signed between government of Uttar Pradesh and the Industry including PSUs.

REGIONAL BALANCE

Rosobornexport

Uttar Pradesh Defence Industrial Corridor

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

9

CONTENTS

Category A n Whole Districts of Pithoragarh, Uttarkashi, Chamoli, Champawat, Rudraprayag and Bageshwar Category B Whole District of Almora, All hilly development blocks of District Pauri Garhwal, Tehri Garhwal (Excluding regions under category B+), n All hilly development blocks of District Nainital and Dehradun (Excluding regions under category B+) n n

Category B+ Kotdwar, Sigaddi and adjoining plain regions of Dugadda development block of district Pauri Garhwal n Dhalwala, Muni Ki Reti, Tapovan and adjoining plain regions of Fakot development block of District Tehri Garhwal n Kotabagh development block of District Nainital n Plain regions of Kalsi development block of District Dehradun n

Category C n Regions located above 650 meters from sea level in Raipur,

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Category D n Whole Districts of Haridwar and Udham Singh Nagar n Remaining area of District Dehradun and Nainital (which are not included in category ‘B’, ‘B+’ and ‘C’) Industry Definitions Micro: up to `25 lakh for Manufacturing/up to `10 lakh for Services n Small: `25 lakh to `5 crore for Manufacturing/`10 lakh to `2 crore for Services n Medium: up to `5-10 Crore for Manufacturing/up to `2-5 crore for Services n Heavy: `10-50 crore for Manufacturing/`5-50 crore for Services n Large: `50-75 crore for Manufacturing/Services n Mega: `75-200 crore for Manufacturing/Services n Ultra-Mega: above `200 Crore for Manufacturing/Services n Super Ultra-Mega: Investments above `400 Crore with employment generation of minimum 400 people

TECHNOLOGY

Sahaspur, Vikasnagar and Doiwala development blocks of District Dehradun n Ramnagar and Haldwani development blocks of District Nainital

n

State Incentive for Defence Manufacturing in Uttarakhand One Time Incentives Land Cost Rebate n Land Subsidy: 20 per cent concession/reimbursement on SIIDCUL land cost (*applicable for three years from the date of notification of this Policy) under Uttarakhand Aerospace & Defence Industrial Policy, 2020 n Offset Obligation Incentive: New/existing manufacturing units located in Uttarakhand undertaking projects subject to the requirements of the offset obligations of the Ministry of Defence, as a special incentive package, a 30 per cent conces-

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 151

INDIAN DEFENCE

Categorisation as Prescribed Under MSME Policy 2015 (as Amended 2016, 2018 & 2019)

Goel

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

D

eveloping indigenously designed and Rohit manufactured (IDDM) of defence and aerospace equipment/subsystems/components and consumables in the state of Uttarakhand under the government of India’s ‘Make in India’ programme, on an industrial basis and utilising the state’s talented human capital for engineering, design, manufacturing related to aerospace (rotary wing aircraft) and defence industries.

Uttarakhand Aerospace and Defence Industrial Policy 2020 was formulated with an aim to establish itself as India’s preferred destination in the field of allied activities.

BUSINESS

Uttarakhand cabinet has approved the Uttarakhand Aerospace and Defence Industrial Policy to boost investment in the defence manufacturing sector. The new policy also aims at establishing dedicated industrial parks to attract investment in this sector.

REGIONAL BALANCE

SP Guide Pubns

Defence Manufacturing in Uttarakhand

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

10

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

4

BUSINESS

Indian Defence Contents

Indian Navy’s Aircraft Carrier Goal and Programme

Three Jointness and Integration — The Beginning Towards an End State

157 159

Four

The Indian Army

163

Five

The Indian Navy

183

Six

The Indian Air Force

207

Seven

Indian Coast Guard — A Multi-Mission Organisation

231

Eight

Who's Who: Indian Defence

241

Nine

Defence Production

263

Ten

Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO)

291

INDIAN DEFENCE

Two

153

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

One Exclusive Interview: General Bipin Rawat, Chief of Defence Staff (CDS)

TECHNOLOGY

STRATEGY & PERSPECTIVE

section four

One The Ministry of Home Affairs & Central Armed Police Forces (CAPFs)

299

India takes great leaps in its Coastal Security

309

Two

REGIONAL BALANCE

Homeland Security

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 153

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS Command (IADC), Maritime Theatre Command (MTC) and Land Centric Integrated Theatre Commands (ITC). We are working towards IADC and MTC to commence the process of raising in this year itself, and the land centric Integrated Theatre Commands to follow. These are envisaged to be tailor-made in response to the operational & terrain dimensions, relevant in our context. The final organisational structure would take shape in due course post deliberations, evaluation and validation.

To support the ITCs, as also to usher in joint and more efficient operational logistics in the Services, several concurrent studies are being progressed to evolve common policies for the Military. This entails establishment of the Defence Logistics Agency to enable a pan India ‘Plug & Use’ system for logistic support services within the Armed Forces that would also support the ITCs. A pilot project based on establishment of Joint Logistics Nodes (JLN), one each at Mumbai, Guwahati and Port Blair has become operational. This would accrue advantages in terms of saving of manpower, optimal and common stocking as well as utilisation of resources. In addition to allowing for greater financial prudence, it would significantly enhance jointness through inter-operability between the Services and go a long way in modernising the logistics processes of the Armed Forces.

There are several other measures under implementation in the Services aimed at improving the ‘Teeth to Tail Ratio’ and the synergy and integration within the three Services. Combat capabilities are being maximised, existing organisational structures rightsized and indigenisation being promoted. Development of common training and infrastructure, outsourcing of logistic/support services along with development of joint doctrines and common promotion policies are also being emphasised. Further, the existing mechanisms and forums including the Chiefs of Staff Sub-Committees

BUSINESS

SP Guide Publication (SP’s): What are your key priorities as the first CDS of India? Can you indicate your Short, Medium and Long-term goals? Is there any road map for the transformation of the three Services of the armed forces? How do you see your tenure so far?

Chief of the Defence Staff (CDS): The appointment of Chief of Defence Staff in January 2020 is the fructification of long pending reforms in the Higher Defence Organisation of our Nation. The post of CDS has been created to serve as the Principal Military Advisor to the government, and is the Permanent Chairman of Chiefs of Staff Committee (COSC) and Secretary Department of Military Affairs (DMA). This has helped create an appropriate, consolidated & synergistic eco system at the Apex level of military hierarchy and government bureaucracy; fusing military domain competencies with requisite departmental responsibility, access and authority.

We are currently pursuing a cogent and well deliberated roadmap for integrated capability augmentation and greater synergy in our defence & security preparedness and seamless civil-military relations. Our key priority areas include: n Jointness, n Transformation and n Atmanirbharta.

Modernisation of our military, in response to the dynamic geopolitical situation, with optimisation of resources would continue to be our primary focus area.

We are moving in a steadfast manner, however the sheer scope of the envisaged changes is both radical & holistic. If we were to reflect on the historical perspective of such drives across the world, we should appreciate that transformation must be deliberate and suited to match our requirements.

We are moving towards creation of an Integrated Air Defence

INDIAN DEFENCE

With the appointment of Chief of Defence Staff (CDS) and setting up of Department of Military Affairs (DMA), there has been a significant enhancement in the integration of the military in the higher defence organisation of the nation. The impact of these historic changes will manifest over time in each and every facet affecting the defence & security of the country as also in the central role of the Armed Forces in nation building. India’s first CDS General Bipin Rawat talks exclusively to SP’s Military Yearbook on a range of issues on National Security including the roles and functions of CDS, the DMA.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

IDS

Transforming Indian Armed Forces on the pivots of Jointness & Atmanirbharta

REGIONAL BALANCE

1

Navy’s Tryst with Aircraft Carriers The successful completion of the maiden sea trials of the Indigenous Aircraft Carrier Vikrant in the first week of August 2021, was a red letter day for the Nation and the Navy. The Indian Navy Aircraft Carrier saga goes back to 1961 with the commissioning of INS Vikrant a CATOBAR (Catapult-Assisted Take–Off but Arrested Recovery) Light Carrier flying the Sea Hawks and Alize aircrafts. She underwent a modernisation in late 1980’s to a STOVL (Short Take off, Vertical Landing) carrier on induction of the Sea Harrier aircrafts. In 1986 the Navy inducted INS Viraat, and for a decade, the Navy had two aircraft carriers in the fleet till the decommissioning of INS Vikrant in January 1997.

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

The Navy took up a case for replacement for INS Vikrant in Mid 90’s. The actual work on the present Vikrant started in 1997 with the Naval Design Team visiting INS Viraat to understand the intricacies of an aircraft carrier, this being the first time the Team had been tasked with designing a carrier. In 1999 the project was authorised for development and construction. It started off as an Air Defence Ship (ADS) of about 30,000 tons in STOBAR (Short Take-off But Arrested Recovery) configuration. The project received formal government sanction in 2003. The designation was changed to Indigenous Aircraft Carrier (IAC) displacing about 45,000 tons designed to operate the MiG-29K fighter aircraft.

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

Admiral Sunil Lanba (Retd)

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 157

INDIAN DEFENCE

Indigenous Aircraft Carrier – IAC-1 The Project can lay claim to a number of firsts. IAC is the most complex shipbuilding project ever undertaken in India. Designed by the Navy’s own Design Bureau with consultancies from across the world, it has been built by Cochin Shipyard Limited (CSL) who had no past experience of building a warship. It has put India in a small league of nations that have designed and built aircraft carriers. The IAC project led to the development of indigenous marine grade steel which was first used in her construction and now the DMR 249 steel developed is being used for all naval ship construction in the country. A number of other sub systems and machinery have also been developed in the country. The entire electrical cabling running to some 3,000 km has been supplied by Indian companies. The ability to design, construct and fit out has been demonstrated. There have been delays in the execution of the project. The initial construction was delayed in view of the decision to build her with indigenous steel and now there have been delays due to failure of timely supply of the Aviation Facilities Complex from Russia and a few other equipment. Vikrant will now be put through her paces with a series of sea trials and with the Navy’s recent experience of commissioning INS Vikramaditya, it should be smooth sailing.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

India’s Role in Indo-Pacific

It is widely acknowledged that the fortunes of a nation are determined, to a great extent, by its geography. Looking at India’s geography, we can only rejoice at our good fortune. India’s central position in the IOR, astride the important sea-lanes of the world, gives us immense strategic advantages. It facilitates reach, sustenance and mobility of our maritime forces, thereby giving us an ability to effectively influence this maritime space. While this geography affords us opportunities to harness the seas to our advantage, it has also placed us at the very centre of the ongoing ‘Strategic churn’ taking place in this region.

Its impact on India in the future will be determined by our outlook and choices that we adopt today. There is little dispute over the fact that the Indo-Pacific today is characterised by multi-layered and multi-faceted diversity. India has been growing/rising steadily in an interconnected world which is depended on the oceans. The world today is a maritime centric world and India’s future is fundamentally linked to the Indian Ocean. It will be at our peril if we neglect the maritime domain. There is a need for India to play a greater role in geostrategic affairs, if we are to be counted as a regional power.

To play this role, the nation needs to invest in maritime capability in all its dimensions.

TECHNOLOGY

The question we need to ask is this: Do we want to be a regional power and have the capability to be counted in the Indian Ocean and the larger Indo-Pacific? If yes, then we need to invest in maritime capability and a potent Navy. There is a need for air power at sea and it is here and now.

REGIONAL BALANCE

DefenceMinIndia / Twitter

Indian Navy’s aircraft Carrier Goal and Programme

BUSINESS

2

E

tives of ushering in jointness and integrating nding 20 years of debate and dither Prashant Nakra the defence forces since taking over the reins ing, on August 15, 2019, Prime Minister in May 2014. When the new government was Narendra Modi announced the decision to appoint the Chief of Defence Staff (CDS). The CDS will installed in May 2014, there were hopes and expectations that be the single point for military advice to the government Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s administration would hasten some of the critical reforms that had been articulated earlier. The and achieve jointness amongst the armed forces.

The National Democratic Alliance (NDA) government com- earlier NDA government (under Prime Minister A.B. Vajpayee) pleted its first tenure in May 2019. It would be useful to assess as had initiated defence and national security reforms after the Kargil to how far the government has been able to achieve broad objec- conflict consequent to which HQ Integrated Defence Staff (HQ

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

The Kargil Review Committee report had recommended the integration of the three services under a Chief of Defence Staff (CDS). Finally, India has its first CDS in General Bipin Rawat. It is a work in progress but initiated on the right note.

TECHNOLOGY

Indian Navy

Jointness and Integration — The beginning Towards an End State

BUSINESS

3

 Abbreviations at the end of the yearbook

DCIDS (PP&FD) Deputy Chief of Integrated Defence Staff / Policy Planning & Force Development

DCIDS (DOT) Deputy Chief of Integrated Defence Staff (Doctrine, Organisation and Training)

Source: IDS

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

DCIDS (OPS) Deputy Chief of Integrated Defence Staff (Operations)

DGDIA & DCIDS (Int) Director General Defence Intelligence Agency/ Deputy Chief of Integrated Defence Staff (Intelligence)

DCIDS (Med) Deputy Chief of Integrated Defence Staff (Medical Branch)

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 159

REGIONAL BALANCE

CISC

Chairman of Integrated Defence Staff to Chairman Chiefs of Staff Committee (CISC)

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

INDIAN DEFENCE

Organisation of HQ Integrated Defence Staff (IDS)

CONTENTS

The Indian Army

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

PRO Defence Jammu / Twitter

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

4

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 163

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

India-China War of 1962 The Sino-Indian war between China and India that occurred in 1962 with the disputed Himalayan border being the main pretext even as other issues also played a role. There had been a series of violent border incidents after the 1959 Tibetan uprising, when India had granted asylum to the Dalai Lama. Unable to reach political accommodation on disputed territory along the 3,225-kilometrelong Himalayan border, the Chinese launched simultaneous offensives in Ladakh and across the McMahon Line on October 20, 1962. Chinese troops advanced over Indian forces in both theatres, capturing Rezang La in Chushul in the western theatre, as well as Tawang in the eastern theatre. The war ended when China declared a ceasefire on November 20, 1962, and simultaneously announced its withdrawal to its claimed ‘line of actual control’ (LAC). The SinoIndian War was also noted for the non-deployment of the navy or air force by either the Chinese or Indian side. The Indian Army suffered reverses not for want of valour but due mainly to the:

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Role of Indian Army Post Independence Except for three, most of the 566 odd Princely States merged with India in accordance with the laid down directives. But much before the state of Jammu and Kashmir (J&K) could exercise its option, armed Pakistani frontier tribesmen backed by Pakistan’s regular troops invaded the State in October 1947 with a view to annex it.

These kabaelis (tribesmen) soon crossed over into Kashmir to precipitate an undeclared war with India. The Indian Armed Forces reacted immediately after the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir signed the Instrument of Accession on October 26, 1947. A massive airlift operation was undertaken starting October 27, 1947 to mobilise Indian Army soldiers into Kashmir. The marauders were hounded out of the Valley in a series of tactical engagements. Finding its forces withdrawing from Jammu and the Valley, Pakistan launched a fresh offensive through the Northern Territories in February 1948.

Ridding the main portions of Jammu province and the Valley of Pakistani presence took more than a year and the entire operation ultimately took up more than 80,000 troops.

Before the remaining areas occupied by Pakistan could be liberated by Indian troops, a ceasefire came into effect on January 1, 1949. After bitter fighting lasting 14 months, UN mediation brought about an uneasy truce and the ceasefire line (CFL) later re-designated as the Line of Control (LoC) came into being. The Kashmir War gave the Indian Army its first experience of high-altitude operations amidst snow, ice and extreme cold conditions.

Hyderabad had also signed a ‘Standstill Agreement’ for one year at the time of India’s Independence, attempting to decide on exercising its option of merging with the Indian Union. As time had already run out and the local rebel forces known as ‘Razakars’

resorted to large scale violence and looting, a short, 100-hour engagement was forced on the Indian Army in September 1948, which at that time was heavily engaged in operations in Kashmir.

1 Armoured Division and some infantry units entered the State and settled matters amicably using minimal force. Once the rebel troops were rounded up and handed over to the police, Hyderabad became an integral part of India on September 18, 1948.

While the British and French left their colonial possessions in India gracefully, the Portuguese continued to hold on to their territories of Goa, Daman and Diu on India’s western coast. When repeated political and diplomatic reminders were not heeded to by the Portuguese, the Indian Government took recourse to limited military action. While Indian operations in Daman and Diu met with stiff resistance, the Goa operations were comparatively easier. The multi-pronged Indian offensive launched by 17 Infantry Division, of World War II Burma fame, had a psychological impact on the defending forces, who realised the futility of offering prolonged resistance. The defenders soon surrendered and Goa, Daman and Diu came into the Indian fold on December 19, 1961.

REGIONAL BALANCE

History The Partition came into effect on August 15, 1947, when India gained independence. Pakistan declared Independence a day earlier. At the time of Independence, the active strength of the British Indian Army along with countrywide movable and immovable assets was shared under a complicated scheme, supervised by a British presence in the form of a Supreme Headquarters.

TECHNOLOGY

Indian Army continues to face multiple threats and challenges including a 2-1/2 front war scenario for which it needs to transform itself through technological improvements coupled with new operational doctrines and training.

CONTENTS : 1 x 125mm 2A46M SBG which fires an ATGM as well as conventional ammunition. Has a laser range finder and thermal imaging night sight [43 (22 - in autoloader) rounds] Coaxial: 1 x 7.62mm PKT MG (2,000 rounds) AA: 1 x 12.7mm MG (300 rounds) Main gun rate of fire : 8 rounds/min Protection : Armour plating + ERA (explosive reactive armour) NBC protection Fire Control & Observation : Commander IFCS, Gunner FCS, Driver IR night viewer Note: Manufactured in India by HVF Avadi under license.

T-72M-1 (Ajeya) Characteristics Crew Cbt weight Height (turret roof ) Engine

Country of origin: Russia

: 3 : 44.5 tonne : 2.23 m : Up rated V46-6 engine; a 12-cylinder 4-stroke, V 60 turbocharged, watercooled, multi-fuel, direct injection engine developing 1,000 hp at 2,000 rpm.

Power to weight ratio : 22.98 hp/tonne Max speed (on road) : 60 kmph Max speed (Cross country) : 35 to 45 kmph Gradient ability : 60° Vertical obstacle : 850mm Trench crossing : 2.6 to 2.8 m Shallow fording : 1.2 m Armament Main : 1 x 125mm SBG coaxial: 1 x 7.62mm MG, AD: 1 x 12.7mm MG Elevation/depression : 16° to -6˚ Traverse : 360°

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Arjun Country of origin: India Characteristics Crew : 4 Cbt weight : 58.5 tonne Overall length : 0.190 m (With gun forward) Overall height : 3.03 m (With AD gun mount) Overall width : 3.864 m Ground pressure : 0.85 kg/cm² Armament Main : 1 x 120mm Rifled gun AA: 1 x 12.7mm MG Coaxial: 1 x 7.62mm MG Main gun ammunition : 42 rounds (HESH/FSAPDS) Main gun rate of fire : 8 rounds/ minute Fire control : Director type & electro-hydraulic system & gun control Night vision : Thermal imaging Ballistic computer : Digital Engine : MTU 838 Ka 501 10-cylinder liquid cooled diesel developing 1,400 hp at 2,500 rpm Transmission : 4 Fwd+ 2 rev, Torque converter, Mech.

Lockup clutch & hydrodynamic retarder Steering : Double radii, Mechanical steering with neutral turn Suspension : Indigenously developed hydro-pneumatic suspension system Fuel : Renk transmission DHPP (A) Track : Original by Diehl L-German/Now by L&T Max speed : Road: 70 kmph, Cross country: 40 kmph Shallow fording : 2.15 m Vertical obstacle : 0.914 m Trench crossing : 2.43 m Gradient : 35°

TECHNOLOGY

: 3.78 m : V-84MS four-stroke 12-cylinder multifuel diesel engine, developing 840 hp : Paved road – 650 km, Unpaved - 500 km

BUSINESS

: 3 : 46.5 tonne : 2.22 m

INDIAN DEFENCE

Road range Armament & Ammunition Main

Country of origin: Russia

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

T-90S (Bhishma) Characteristics Crew Cbt weight Width, over tracks Height (over turret) Roof Engine

Max range : 3 km Main gun rate of fire : 8 rounds/min Ammunition loading : Auto Ammunition stowage : 44 projectiles/charges Note: Other improvements include explosive reactive armour, integrated fire detection and suppression system and GPS.

Infantry Fighting Vehicles (IFVs)/ Recce Vehs Bmp-2 Characteristics Crew

Country of origin: Russia/OF Medak : 3+7

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 175

REGIONAL BALANCE

MBTs

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

Equipment Catalogue: Indian Army

indian defence Weight Length Width Height Armament Main

: 14,300 kg : 6.735 m : 3.15 m : 2.45 m : 1 x 30mm Auto Cannon (500 rounds) 2A42 and 9M113 Konkurs ATGM Coaxial (Both): 1 x 7.62mm PKT MG (1,000 rounds) Engine : V-16 in line water-cooled diesel rated at 300 bhp Speed : 65 km/h (40 mph) (road) 45 km/h (28 mph) (off-road) 7 km/h (4.3 mph) (water) Range : 550-600 km (both) Armour : 33mm Note: Manufactured in India by of Medak under license Artillery 130mm M-46 Med Gun Country of origin: Russia/CIS Characteristics Crew : 8 Calibre : 130mm Weight : 7.7 t (Travelling position) : Elevation/depression : (-)2.5° to (+)45° Traverse : 50° (total) Projectile weight : 33.4 kg (HE) MV : 930 m/sec Range : 27 km (full charge), 19.1 km (reduced charge), 27.5 km (17 mi) (unassisted) 38 km (23.61 mi) (assisted) Rate of fire : 6-7 rounds/ minute or 70 rounds/hour

www.spguidepublications.com

K9 Vajra Country of origin: South Korea The K9 VAJRA-T 155mm/ 52 Cal is tracked Self-Propelled Howitzer is designed for providing deep fire support with its longer firing range; qualitative superiority to overcome a numerical inferiority with its higher rate of fire and accuracy and effective and reliable fire support in all kinds of circumstances with its higher mobility and protection.

The K9 VAJRA-T is a variant of K9 Thunder of South Korean origin, being manufactured by L&T. Specifications Designer : Samsung Techwin, Agency for Defense Development Designed : 1989–1998 Manufacturer : Hanwha Land Systems (formerly Hanwha Techwin and Samsung Techwin) Produced : 1999–present Variants : K10 Automatic ammunition re-supply vehicle Specifications Mass : 47 tonnes Crew : 5 (Commander, Driver, Gunner, 2 Loaders) Maximum : 18 km (M107, HE), 30 km (M549A1, HE-RAP), 36 km (K310, BB/DP-ICM),

176 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Equipment Catalogue: Indian Army

40 km (K307, BB/HE), 52 km (K315, HE-RAP) Main armament : 52 cal (155mm howitzer) Secondary armament : 12.7mm (.50 caliber) K6 HMG Engine : STX Engine STX-MTU MT881Ka-500 8-cylinder water-cooled diesel engine 735 kW (1,000 hp) @ 2,700 rpm Power/weight : 21 hp/tonne Suspension : Hydro-pneumatic Operational range : 480 km Speed : 67 km/h Variants : K10 Automatic ammunition re-supply vehicle, K10 ARV, T-155 Fırtına, AHS Krab M777 Country of origin: UK (by Vickers Shipbuilding and Engineering’s (VSEL) Armaments Division subsequently bought by BAE Systems of USA) Specifications Range Maximum unassisted : 24.7 km Maximum assisted : 30+ km extendable upto 40 km Rate of fire Intense : Sustained : 2 rounds per minute Maximum : 7 rounds per minute Into/out of action Emplacement : 6m 10s to 6m 30s Displacement : 6m 23s Pointing limits Elevation : 0° to +71.7° Traverse (on carriage) : 400 mils left and right and (6,400 mils through quick switch) Ammunition : All current and developmental US and NATO standard 155mm projectiles and charges including Modular Artillery Charge System Mobility Maximum road Speed : 88 kph/55 mph Cross country speed : 24 kph/15 mph Towing vehicles : MTVR, FMTV, M800 and M900 5 tonne trucks, any 2.5 ton truck Fixed wing : C130, C141, C17, C5, Roll-on roll-off/ LVAD Rotary wing : CH53E, CH47D, MV2 Dhanush Country of origin: India The Dhanush project was started by OFB to replace the older 105mm Indian Field Gun, 105mm Light Field Gun and the Russian 122mm guns with a modern 155mm artillery gun. The purchase of Haubits FH77 guns manufactured by Bofors in the 1980s included technology transfer to OFB. After many years being unable to acquire or import foreign artillery guns due to the corruption charges, OFB developed the Dhanush gun. In trials it came out better by 20 to 25 per cent than the Haubits FH77 in parameters like range, accuracy, consistency, low and high angle of fire and shoot-and-scoot ability.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

Three Dhanush guns were handed over to the Indian Army for user trials on July 2016. Battery trials were completed by July

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

Role of Indian Navy Post Independence The growth of the Indian Navy post Independence, centred around the remnants of a Navy established by the British to safeguard their interests, has been remarkable, as it embarked on plans catered to building a balanced force capable of meeting a wide variety of tasks. The main thrust was ‘self-reliance through

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

India-Pakistan War of 1965 As a result of the 1965 war, the Navy, which had a total of 36 ships and about 120 aircraft then, underwent a major modernisation and the next few years saw the induction of missile boats, submarines, anti-submarine warfare helicopters, new bases, indigenous ships construction programme and the formation of a second Fleet.

India-Pakistan War of 1971 In the 1971 war with Pakistan, the Navy struck hard in both theatres, with its two fleets, in a fully integrated and joint manner with the Indian Army and the Air Force. The Indian Naval offensive started on the morning of December 4, 1971 when Vikrant-based aircraft and ships of the Eastern Fleet struck military targets in East Pakistan. Pakistani submarine Ghazi was sunk off the coast of Visakhapatnam. Round the clock attack by the naval aircraft, caused extensive damage to Pakistan military installations and harbours. A Naval Task Force of the Western Fleet attacked Karachi harbour on December 4-5, 1971 and destroyed three ships. It also caused extensive damage to oil installations in the harbour.

Another attack on Karachi harbour was made on December 8.

By these daring acts the Indian Navy, India established complete control over the oil route from the Persian Gulf to Pakistani ports.

The Pakistani Navy’s main ships were either destroyed or forced to remain in port. A partial naval blockade was imposed by the Indian Navy on the port of Karachi and no merchant ship could approach

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 183

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS

indigenisation’, with warship design in India and building being undertaken in Indian shipyards with necessary technology transfer from abroad. In addition, a number of ships and submarines were also acquired, primarily from Russia, to make up immediate shortfalls in the force level.

In 1961, the Indian Navy successfully carried out the maritime part of the Indian action to liberate Goa. In the 1965 war, the Navy remained in a defensive posture on the Western and Eastern coasts, and was not deployed in offensive action by the government of India.

INDIAN DEFENCE

Historical Context The maritime traditions of India can be traced back to the time of the Mohenjodaro civilisation with archaeologists claiming that a basin dating back to 2400 BC, discovered in Lothal, was the world’s first dry dock. That Indian influence across the sea continued to exist is available from a large amount of historiographical evidence.

The result was that Indian trade and culture were carried across the seas to the West and East, and the lasting influence of this is most stark in the South East and East Asian region today. Strong evidence exists of formal administrative structures for sea trade from the time of the Mauryas in the 4th Century BCE and extensive maritime interaction continued through the subsequent times, under the Andhras, Pallavas, Chalukyas, Kalingas, Pandyas and Cholas.

Tales of the Ramayana and Mahabharata spread by Indian seafarers can, even today, be seen in temple murals and carvings in around the time the Cholas were engaged in a prolonged war with the Sri Vijaya empire in SE Asia, India began facing Islamic invasions from the North. With the subsequent weakening of the Cholas, India lost control of the oceans around her and land centric thinking came to prevail. The European era in India began with the arrival of Vasco da Gama at Kozhikkode in 1498. They had come with the explicit aim of disrupting the Muslim hard hold on Indian trade that was choking them in Europe and for cornering the same trade for themselves. Subsequently, sustained European efforts weakened India’s ability to exert influence in the coastal areas. Aggravating this, was the sea blindness of the land centric Mughals, who established their dynasty from the early part of the 16th Century CE. By now, India had not only lost control of her seas but had also forgotten her seas.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

In support of the nation’s growing strengths and responsibilities, the Indian Navy is determined to create and sustain a three dimensional; technology enabled and networked force capable of safeguarding our maritime interests and projecting combat power across the areas of India’s interest.

REGIONAL BALANCE

Indian Navy

The Indian Navy

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

5

indian defence

The Indian Navy

Equipment Catalogue Indian Navy Submarines

www.spguidepublications.com

Shishumar Class Type/HDW Type 209/1500 Indian Designation : Shishumar Class Total No. in Service : 4 Names : Shishumar, Shankush, Shalki, Shankul Specifications Displacement (tonnes) : Full Load 1,700 Dived 1,850 Dimensions length overall (metres) : 65 Beam : 8 Propulsion : Diesel-electric 4MTU 12V 493 AZ80 GA31L diesels; 4 Siemens alternators; 1 Siemens motor; 1 shaft Speed (knots) : 22 Range (miles) : 8,000 Snorting at 8 knots 13,000 Surfaced at 10 knots Complement : 36 (8 officers) Torpedoes : 8 Nos. 21 inch (533mm) tubes. S/m carries 14 AEG SUT Mod 1 wire-guided active/passive torpedoes homing to 28 km at 23 knots; 12 km at 35 knots; warhead 250 kg.

Mines : External strap-on type for 24 mines Countermeasures : Decoys; C303 acoustic decoys; ESM Argo Phoenix II AR 700 or Koll Morgen Sea Sentry, radar warning, ESM-DR 3000 Weapon Control : Singer Librascope MKI, CCS 90-1/ISUS Radars : Surface Search, Thomson-CSF Calypso; I-Band, KH 1007/2007 Sonars : Atlas Elektronik CSU 83 active/passive search and attack; Thomson Sintra DUUV-5; passive ranging and intercept, CSU 90-14 Sindhughosh (Kilo) Class (Project 877 EKM/8773) Indian Designation : Sindhughosh Class Total No. in Service : 09 Names : Sindhughosh, Sindhudhwaj, Sindhuraj, Sindhuvir, Sindhuratna, Sindhukesari, Sindhukirti, Sindhuvijay and Sindhushastra Displacement (tonnes) : 2,300 surfaced; 3,100 dived Dimensions (metres) : 73.0 x 10.0 x 6.6 Propulsion : 2 Model 4-2AA-42M diesels; 2 generators; 1 motor 1 shaft; 2 MT-168 auxiliary motors; 1 economic speed motor

194 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Speed (knots) Range (miles) Complement Torpedoes

: : : :

Other Weapons

:

Countermeasures

:

Weapon Control Radars

: :

Sonars

:

Operational

:

17 6,000 at 7 kt snorting; 400 at 3 kt dived 68 (7 officers) 6-21 in (533mm) tubes combination of Type 53-65 passive wake homing to 19 km (10.3 n miles) at 45 kt; TEST 71 ME anti-submarine; active/passive homing to 15 km (8.1 n miles) at 40 kt or 20 km (10.08 n miles) at 25 kt warhead 220 kg. Total of 18 weapons. Wire-guided torpedo on two tubes.

Mines 24 DM-1 in lieu of torpedoes, some submarines carry shoulder held SA-N-10 Igla SAM launcher placed in fin for use on surface.

ESM; squid head radar warning, Porpoise (Indigenous) Uzwl MVU-119EM TFCS Navigation; Snoop Tray; MRP-25; I-Band MGK-400 and MGK-400 E, hull ­mounted, active/passive search and attack; medium frequency. MG-519; hull mounted active search; high frequency. Being replaced by Sonar USHUS manufactured by BEL, Bengaluru, fitted as five EKM and, in a progressive manner on submarines.

First four form the Eleventh Submarine Squadron based at Visakhapatnam and the remaining six comprise the Twelfth Submarine Squadron based at Mumbai.

The submarines have progressively undergone midlife modernisation refits commencing 1997, which includes installation of the Klub cruise missile and the associated Lama fire control system, new sonars, electronic warfare systems, machinery control systems and an automated information and control system for the weapon package.

One submarine is expected to be fitted out with BrahMos cruise missiles, the surface version of this Indo-Russian 290-km-range supersonic missile.

Kalvari Class (Project 75) Displacement (tonnes) : 1,668 dived Total No. In Service : One

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE TECHNOLOGY

Kiev Class (Project 11430) Class : Modified Kiev Class (Ex Admiral Gorshkov) Name : Vikramaditya Displacement (tonnes) : 45,400 full load Dimensions (metres) : 283.1 x 51 x 10.2 Propulsion : 8 KWG 4 boilers, 4 GTZA674 turbines, 4 shafts, 1,40,000 hp Speed (knots) : 32 Range (nautical miles) : 13,500 at 18 kt Complement : 2,000 including aircrew Missiles : Barak or modified Barak SAM System sensor package likely Guns : 8 CADS-N-1 Kashtan CIWS, firing 10,000 rounds per gun, range 500 to 4,000 metres.

Countermeasures : Decoys: 2 Pk 2 chaff launcher. 2 towed torpedo decoys ESM/ECM : Intercepts and Jammers Combat data system : Lesorub 11434 Fixed-wing aircraft : up to 24 MiG-29K Helicopters : 6x Westland Sea King 42A/42B or 10 x Ka-28ASW/Ka-31 AEW or HAL Dhruv Modernisation : New propulsion, power and airconditioning system retrofitted. All original Russian weapon systems removed and replaced by a new SAM system. The flight deck was converted to a STOBAR configuration with a 14° ski jump.

Operational : November 2013

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

Arihant Class (SSBN) Dimensions : Length – 112 m (367 ft), Beam – 15 m (49 ft), Draft – 10 m (33 ft) Total No. In Service : One Displacement (tonnes) : 6,000 Propulsion : PWR using 40 per cent enriched uranium fuel (80 MWe); one turbine (1,11,000 hp/83 MW); one shaft; one 7-bladed, high-skew propeller (estimated) Range : Unlimited except by food supplies Speed : 12-15 knots surface, 24 knots dived Test Depth : 300 m (980 ft) (estimated) Complement : 95 Sensors and Processing Systems : BEL USHUS Integrated Sonar; Indigenous Sonar and tactical weapons control system with active, passive, ranging, surveillance and intercept sonars and underwater communication system.

Armament : 6 x 533 mm torpedoes, 12 x K-15 Sagarika SLBM (range 750 km, 8 MIRV each) or 4 x K-4 Shaurya SLBM (range up to 3,500 km) Launched : July 26, 2009 Status : Undergoing sea trials Programme : Arihant’s reactor turned critical in midAugust 2013 and the extensive sea trials phase is currently on. INS Arihant is reported to have been commissioned during 2016. The second submarine of

Aircraft Carriers

Destroyers Rajput (Kashin II) Class (Project 61Me) Indian Designation : Rajput Class Total No. in Service : 4 Names : Rana, Ranjit, Ranvir, Ranvijay Displacement (tonnes) : 3,950 Standard, 4,974 full load Dimensions (metres) : 146.5 x 15.8 x 4.8 Main machinery : COGAG: 4 set Gas Turbines, Zarya, Ukraine make, 2 shafts, 60,000 hp Speed (knots) : 35 Range (miles) : 4,500 at 18 kt: 900 at 34 kt Complement : 320 (35 officers) Armament : Missiles: SSM: Original 4 x SS-N-2D, replaced with BrahMos supersonic cruise missiles, 290 km range.

SAM: 2 x SA-N-1, 2 twin launchers, Command guidance to 31.5 km at 2 Mach.

Barak 1 quick reaction SAM, CLOS/ Radar guidance, range 0.5-12 km. Ranvir and Ranvijay fitted with 8 cell VLU

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 195

INDIAN DEFENCE

Programme

the class, reportedly named Arighat has been launched and is currently being outfitted. Two more submarines of this class are expected to follow.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Speed (knots) Range (miles) Diving Depth Complement Torpedoes Countermeasures Weapons Control Radars Sonars

: 217.8 x 20.3 x 19 (66.4 x 6.2 x 5.8) : Diesel-electric; 4 MTU 16 V 396 SE84 diesels; 1 Jeumont (metres) Schneider motor; 1 shaft : 20 dived, 12 surfaced : 550 at 5 kt dived, 6,500 at 8 kt surfaced : More than 300 m (984 ft) : 31 (6 officers) : 6-21 in (533mm) tubes : ESM : UDS International SUBTICS : Navigation; Sagem; I-Band : Hull mounted passive and attack– medium frequency : The first submarine INS Kalvari was commissioned on December 14, 2017 and thereafter one boat every year, to complete delivery by 2021.

Armed with Exocet SM 39 anti-ship missile, the Scorpene also offers advanced capabilities for mine warfare; intelligence gathering and special operations. Next submarine of the line Khanderi has been launched and currently undergoing extensive sea trials.

REGIONAL BALANCE

Dimensions (feet/metres) Main machinery

BUSINESS

The Indian Navy

CONTENTS

Role of Indian Air Force Post Independence Post-independence, on October 27, 1947, the IAF undertook an emergency task with Dakotas to airlift Indian forces to Srinagar to thwart attempts by Pakistani-sponsored invaders to wrest control of the Valley from India.

On January 26, 1950, India became a Republic and the RIAF dropped the prefix ‘Royal’. The modernisation process began in 1948 with the arrival of the de Havilland Vampire single-engine fighter aircraft from Britain, the first combat jet to be inducted

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Major Operations by the IAF The Indo-Pak conflict of 1965 witnessed the IAF aggressively using the redoubtable Gnat, demolishing the myth of the F-86 Sabre being the best combat aircraft of that time. The Gnat again played a significant role in the 1971 conflict, scoring a number of kills in the air. In the decade of the 1980s, the An-32 and Il-76 aircraft of the transport fleet of the IAF played a key role during the operations in Sri Lanka in the deployment of the Indian Peace Keeping Force and the military intervention in Maldives, effectively demonstrating its strategic reach by way of airlift capability for out-of-area operations. The Mi-17 medium lift helicopters played a crucial role during operation of the Indian Peace Keeping Force in Sri Lanka.

The second phase of modernisation commenced in 1979 with the induction of the British Jaguar Deep Penetration Strike Aircraft and subsequently the Mirage 2000 from France, as also the MiG-27 and MiG-29 aircraft from the Soviet Union. The Su-30 MKI multirole aircraft induction commenced in 2002 and IAF has ordered 272 Su-30 MKI aircraft all of which have been delivered.

28 years after the Indo-Pak War of 1971, the IAF took part in the Kargil operations in 1999 and evicted intruders from the Indian side of the line of control by carrying out highly effective precision

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 207

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS

into the IAF. This was followed by the induction of other combat jets such as the Ouragan (renamed as Toofani) and the Mystere from France as also the Canberra, Hunter and Gnat from Britain.

All these combat aircraft entered service in the 1950s. The Indian government decided not to use the IAF in an offensive role during the 1962 conflict with China; many believe that that the outcome of the conflict would have been different had the IAF been used in the offensive role. Closer strategic and military cooperation with the then Soviet Union, resulted in the IAF acquiring three MiG-21 supersonic aircraft in 1963. From this point onwards, the IAF inventory acquired a distinct Soviet orientation, which also influenced the evolution of the aerospace industry in India.

INDIAN DEFENCE

Brief History The Indian Air Force (IAF) was established on October 8, 1932. On April 1, 1933, ‘A’ Flight of No. 1 Squadron was raised at Drigh Road, Karachi with six officers, 19 airmen and four Westland Wapiti IIA aircraft. The fledgling IAF saw action for the first time in 1937 during operations in the then North West Frontier Province.

During World War II, No. 1 Squadron with 12 Westland Lysander aircraft, was moved to Burma on February 1, 1942. However, when Rangoon fell to the Japanese in April 1942, the Squadron was relocated at Risalpur and was reequipped with Hawker Hurricane IIB fighters. The IAF expanded rapidly growing to nine squadrons by the end of 1944 and played a major role in the Arakan offensive which began in December 1944. In March 1945, recognition of the outstanding performance of the IAF came by way of addition of the prefix ‘Royal’ to its name. The IAF was thereafter known as the Royal Indian Air Force (RIAF).

In 1946, the RIAF squadrons were reequipped with the Hawker Tempest II, which has been called ‘the IAF’s first true fighter bomber’. The first RIAF transport unit, No. 12 Squadron, was also formed and was equipped with Douglas C-47 Dakota twin-engine transport aircraft.

When India attained independence on August 15, 1947, some RIAF units were transferred to Pakistan. The Squadrons that remained with the RIAF were Nos. 3, 4, 7, 8 and 10 equipped with Tempests, No. 2 Squadron with Spitfires and No. 12 Squadron with Dakotas.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

The focus over the coming years would be to enhance the combat potential of the fleet both in terms of numbers and lethality, bolster air defence systems by induction of modern sensors and weapons as well as networking, enhance airlift and heli-lift capability to meet future challenges to national security.

REGIONAL BALANCE

IAF

The Indian Air Force

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

6

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Power Plant

Cockpit

Avionics

Armament

Fulcrum Russia / CIS Single-seat air superiority fighter 54 1986

: Low-wing monoplane. Leading edge swept back at 42°, with large ogival wing roots. Leading and trailing edge flaps without tabs. : Two Tumansky RD-33 turbojets each with thrust rating of 11,250 lb dry and 18,500 lb reheat. FOD doors in each air intake duct actuated automatically with raising/lowering of nose-wheel on take-off/landing run. Total internal fuel capacity of 4,000 litres with a provision for a single 750-litre drop tank to be carried between engines underbelly. Later versions can carry wing drop tanks. : K-36D zero-zero ejection seat in a pressurised and air-conditioned cockpit.

Cockpit is high set and features a twopiece blister design. : NO-19 Sapfir-29 (NATO ‘Slot Back’) coherent pulse Doppler radar with a 100-km detection and 70-km track range with full look up/down shoot down and multi-tracking capability.

Limited look up/down shoot down IRST on nose on star-board side.

Navattack computers, HUD, helmetmounted sights operable up to 40° off the axis. Advanced 360° passive RWR of unknown type. Comprehensive VHF/ UHF communication systems. AoA indicator, radar altimeter, 3-axis auto stabilisation system, auto pilot, deception jammer in wing root. : 1 GSh-301 30mm cannon in port wing root, with 150 rounds. Up to six AAMs including R-73, R-27R, R-27T Alternate loads of ground attack weapons with a total weight of 3,500 kg on six external hard points.

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 215

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS : : : : :

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Mikoyan MiG-29A/B NATO reporting name Country of origin Type Number in Service Year of Induction Construction Wings

TECHNOLOGY

Mikoyan MiG-21 Bison NATO reporting names : Fishbed and Mongol (trainer version) Country of origin : Russia / CIS. Manufactured under licence In India by the HAL Type : Single-seat multi-role fighter Number in Service : 150 (Approx) Year of Induction : Commencing in 1964 Construction Wings : Delta plan form with a 2° anhedral and 57° sweepback with small boundary layer fences at tips. Large blown plain trailing edge flaps.

Power Plant : The MiG-21Bis & Bison are powered by a Tumansky R-25-300 turbojet rated at 15,000 lb static thrust with reheat.

Fuel : Internal fuel capacity 2,750 litres with provision for drop tanks under fuselage and inboard wing pylons.

Cockpit : KM-1M ejection seat with 0-130 kmph capability.

Avionics and Equipment : IAF operates five squadrons of Bison.

The upgraded Bison is equipped with the Kopyo multi-mode radar, ring laser based inertial GPS, semi glass cockpit, VOR, DME and ILS. Armament : One twin-barrel 23mm GSh-23/2 cannon with 250 rounds, 2 x 500 kg bombs, S-24 and 80/57mm rockets. In addition the Bison carries R-73 and R-77 air-toair missiles.

Dimensions Wingspan : 7.15 m Length : 16.10 m, including pilot boom Height : 4.5 m Wing area : 23.45 m² Weights Take-off (combat) : 8,750 kg Max take-off : 10,500 kg Performance Max speed Above 10,000 m : Mach 2.23 At sea level : Mach 1.1 Combat radius (lo-lo-lo) : 390 km Max rate of climb : 6,500 m/min

BUSINESS

: + 7/–1.5

INDIAN DEFENCE

G Limits

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Air Defence and Strike Fighters

REGIONAL BALANCE

Equipment Catalogue: Indian air Force

www.spguidepublications.com

indian defence

Equipment Catalogue: Indian Air Force

Dimensions Wingspan : 11.40 m Length overall : 17.34 m Height overall : 4.75 m Wing area : 35.35 m² Weights Empty : 8,340 kg Normal Interceptor role : 15,750 kg Max take-off : 20,000 kg Performance Max level speed At 30,000 ft : Mach 2.35 At sea level : Mach 1.06 Max combat radius : 650 km G Limits : +9.0/ -3 Note: The upgrades to Indian MiG-29s is being done to the MiG29UPG standard. This version is similar to the SMT variant but differs by having a foreign-made avionics suite. The upgraded version has the latest avionics, Zhuk-ME Radar, engine, weapon control systems, enhancing multirole capabilities by many-fold.

The upgraded aircraft are likely to serve till 2025.

Dimensions Wingspan : 9.13 m Length : 14.36 m Height : 5.03 m Wing area : 41 m² Weights Empty : 7,500 kg Combat : 11,000 kg Max take-off : 15,000 kg Performance Max speed At 30,000 ft : Mach 2.2 At sea level : Mach 1.2 Max climb rate : 56,000 ft/min Service ceiling : 53,000 ft Combat radius (hi-lo-hi) : 750 km G Limits : +9/-3 Note: Mirage fleet of the IAF is undergoing midlife upgrade 200005 Mk2 standard at an approximate cost of $2.4 billion (`14,350 crore). Fleet upgrade is expected to be completed by 2021 after which the Mirage fleet is expected to remain in service till 2040.

Dassault Aviation Mirage 2000H Country of origin : France Type : Multi-role fighter Number in Service : 48 Year of Induction : 1985 Construction Wings : Low wing delta monoplane with leading edge sweepback of 58°. Full span twin segment leading edge flaps. Two section trailing edge elevons of full length with carbon fibre skin and light alloy honeycomb core. Air brakes above and below each wing.

Power Plant : One Snecma M-53 P-2 Turbofan rated at 14,462 lb dry and 21,385 lb reheat.

Internal fuel capacity of 3,980 litres with provision for drop fuel tanks underbelly and inboard wing pylons. Detachable in-flight refuelling probe forward of cockpit on starboard side.

Avionics : Quadruple redundant fly-by-wire system. Sagem Thomson-CSF RDM multi-mode radar. Sager Uliss-52 inertial platform, ESD Type 2,984 central digital computer and digibus.

Comprehensive ECM active/passive suite. VHF/UHF communications suite, HUD, Nav Attack computer, etc.

Patric/Litening pods.

Armament : 2 x 30mm DEFA cannons with 125 rounds each. Carries up to 13,890 lb of ordnance on nine hard points. Carries MICA IIR and RF missiles for air-toair and a variety of standoff precision weapons for ground attack.

Accommodation : F-10Q zero-zero ejection seat in a pressurised and air-conditioned cockpit.

Sepecat Jaguar Country of origin Number in Service Type Year of Induction Construction Wings

216 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Cockpit Power Plant

Systems

Avionics

: : : :

UK/France 117 Deep strike and maritime strike aircraft.

1979

: Cantilever shoulder wing monoplane, with 3° anhedral and 40° sweepback.

Outer panels are fitted with slats. No ailerons, lateral control is through two section spoilers outside of flaps, used in conjunction with tailplanes differentially. : Martin Baker zero-zero ejection seat in a pressurised and air-conditioned cockpit. Two-piece canopy hinged at rear. : Two Rolls-Royce Turbomeca Adour Mk-811 turbofans rated at 3,520 lb dry and 8,040 lb reheat each. Six integral fuel tanks. Total internal fuel capacity is 4,250 litres. Action is in hand to equip the Jaguar with a more powerful engine possibly with the F125 engine from Honeywell. : Fairey electro-hydraulic control system.

Roll and yaw dampers. Air-conditioning and pressurisation systems, deicing, rain clearance equipment. Rectifiers, invertors and transformers. : Smiths HUD, laser designator, DARIN nav/ attack computer, inertial navigation, radio altimeter, flare/chaff dispensers, COMED map display, RWR, VHF/UHF communications suite.

Maritime strike versions have been updated with ELTA 2032 radar. Avionics upgrade of 60 Jaguars to DARIN-III standards is being undertaken by HAL.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

SP Guide Pubns

Indian Coast Guard — A Multi-Mission Organisation

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

7

Additional Responsibilities Many additional responsibilities have been assigned to ICG since its inception. Besides the duties and functions provided in the CG Act 1978, the ICG supports other Ministries, as provided by various pieces of legislation enacted by the Government of India. n Lead Intelligence Agency for coastal and sea borders.

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

Organisation The Headquarters of the Coast Guard is located at New Delhi.

Operational functions are executed by a Coast Guard Commander, Western Seaboard at Mumbai, Coast Guard Commander, Eastern Seaboard at Visakhapatnam and by the five Regional Headquarters located at Gandhinagar, Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata and Port Blair. Under these Regional Headquarters, there are 15 District Headquarters located along the coastal states and Union Territories. In total, there are 42 Coast Guard Stations. In addition, there are Air Stations at Daman and Chennai, Air Enclaves at Goa, Kochi, Kolkata, Porbandar, Port Blair, Bhubaneswar and New Mangalore and an independent Air Squadron at Mumbai.

The organisational chart of the ICG, the structure of the service and a pictorial depiction of the organisation are shown in the subsequent pages.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 231

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Roles and Responsibilities The Coast Guard Act, 1978 defines the roles of ICG as follows: n To protect the maritime and other national interests in the Maritime Zones of India. n Ensuring the safety and protection of artificial islands, offshore terminals, installations and other structures and devices in any Maritime Zone. n Providing protection to fishermen including assistance to them at sea while in distress. n To preserve and protect the maritime environment and to prevent and control marine pollution. n Assisting the customs and other authorities in anti-smuggling operations. n Necessary measures for the safety of life and property at sea n Undertake collection of scientific data.

Authority responsible for co-ordination of Coastal Security in territorial waters. n Search and Rescue for Merchant vessels. n Marine Oil Pollution Response Measures.

In pursuance of its missions, the Director General Indian Coast Guard (DGICG) has also been designated as: n Chairman, National Maritime Search and Rescue Board (NMSARB). n Chairman, National Oil-spill Disaster Contingency Plan Committee (NOSDCP). n Chairman, Offshore Security Co-ordination Committee (OSCC). n Indian Governor to Regional Cooperation Agreement on Combating Piracy and Armed Robbery Against Ships in Asia (ReCAAP). n Commander, Coastal Command under Coastal Security.

These duties are carried out by the ICG over an Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) measuring 2.01 million sq kms and Indian Search & Rescue Region spanning 4.2 million sq kms. It is entrusted with the responsibility of ensuring the safety and security of our 12 major ports and 187 minor ports. n

REGIONAL BALANCE

History and Function Constituted as an Armed Force of the Union of India by an Act of Parliament on August 18, 1978, ICG (ICG) predominantly undertakes the peacetime tasks of ensuring the security of the Maritime Zones of India, in order to protect India’s maritime and other national interests in such zones and matters connected therewith. ICG functions under the Ministry of Defence, primarily for peacetime functions. It has a military function during war, when it conjoins with the Indian Navy. ICG, which began its journey with two old Frigates seconded from the Indian Navy and five patrol vessels seconded from the Central Board of Excise and Customs, is today a large force of 170 surface craft that range from Offshore Patrol Vessels (OPVs) to tiny high speed Interceptor Boats and Air Cushion Vehicles and about 70 aircraft consisting of fixed wing aircraft and helicopters.

TECHNOLOGY

The Indian Coast Guard is a multi-mission organisation conducting round-the-year real-life operations at sea and follows a proactive approach to protect our seas and enforce maritime laws to prevent piracy and smuggling.

indian defence

Equipment Catalogue: Indian Coast Guard Surface Platforms Patrol Vessels (OPVs) Samar Class Total Number in Service : 04 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 1,604, Deep 1,938 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 102 x 11.5 x 3.5 m Flight Deck : Integral Helicopter Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 4,710 kW each (SEMT PIELSTICK 16 PA6V280) Speed (knots) : 22 Range (N miles) : 6,000 at 15 Knots Complement (crew) : 128 (including 15 Officers)

www.spguidepublications.com

Offshore Patrol Vessels (OPVs) Sankalp Class Total Number in Service : 02 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light, 1,830, Deep 2,325 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 105 x 12.9 x 3.64 m Flight Deck : Integral Helicopter Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 7,710 kW each (SEMT PIELSTICK 20 PA6BSTC) Speed (knots) : 23.5 Range (N miles) : 6,500 at 12 Knots Complement (crew) : 128 (including 15 Officers) Offshore Patrol Vessels (OPVs) Vikram Class (New) Total Number in Service : 06 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 1771.6, Deep 2,094 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 98.2 x 14.7 x 3.52 m Flight deck : Integral Helicopter Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 9100 KW each (MTU, 20V 8000 M90) Speed (knots) : 26 Range (N miles) : 5,000 at 12-14 Knots Complement (crew) : 102 (including 14 Officers)

238 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Offshore Patrol Vessels (OPVs) Vishwast Class Total Number in Service : 03 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 1,605, Deep 1,964 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 94 x 12.6 x 3.6 m Flight deck : Integral Helicopter Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 9,000 kW each (MTU 20 V 8000 M90) Speed (knots) : 26 Range (N miles) : 4,500 at 12-14 Knots Complement (crew) : 110 (including 10 officers) Offshore Patrol Vessels (OPVs) Samarth Class Total Number in Service : 06 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : 2350 (approx) at full load displacement Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 105 x 13.60 x 3.65m Flight Deck : Integral Helicopter Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 9100 KW each (MTU, 20V 8000 M90) Speed (knots) : 23 Range (N miles) : 6,000 at cruising speed (12-14 Knots) Complement (crew) : 112 (including 14 officers) Pollution Control Vessels (PCVs) SamudraPrahari Class Total Number in Service : 03 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (intonnes) : Light 3,196, Deep 3,946 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 94 x 15.5 x 4.5 m Flight deck : Integral Helicopter Main Machinery : 2 Diesel Engine, 3000 KW each (Bergen B32, 40L6P) 2 Shaft Generator of 2100 KW 883 KW UlsteinAquamaster bow thruster Speed (knots) : 20 (Ship is capable of cruising at 0.2 Knot speed during oil skimming mode with bow thruster)

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

Fast Patrol Vessels (FPVs) Rajshree Class Total Number in Service : 08 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 244, Deep 303 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 48.9 x 7.5 x 2.1 m Main Machinery : 3 Diesels, 2,720 kW each (MTU 16V 4000 M90) Speed (knots) : 34 Range (N miles) : 1,500 at 16 Knots Complement (crew) : 35 (including 06 Officers)

Interceptor Boats (IBs) C-401 Class Total Number in Service : 42 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 82.27, Deep 103.04 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 27.8 x 6.6 x 1.27 m Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 2,525 kW each (Caterpillar 3516C) Speed (knots) : 40 Knots at 92% MCR (45 Max) Range (N miles) : 500 at 20 Knots Complement (crew) : 13 (including 02 Officers)

Fast Patrol Vessels (FPVs) Aadesh Class Total Number in Service : 20 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 246, Deep 297 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 50.0 x 7.6 x 1.63 m Main Machinery : 3 Diesels, 2,720 kW each (MTU 16V 4000 M90) Speed (knots) : 33

Air Cushion Vehicle (Hovercraft) H-181 Class Total Number in Service : 06 Specifications Make : Indian built (in technical collaboration with Griffon, UK) Displacement (in tonnes) : AUW-25 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 21.15 x 11 x 0.32 m Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 597 kW each (MTU 12V 183 TB 32)

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 239

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

Interceptor Boats (IBs) C-154 Class Total Number in Service : 06 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 54, Deep 71 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 28.75 x 6.20 x 1.2 m Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 1,630 kW each (MTU 16V 2000 M 92) Speed (knots) : 35 Range (N miles) : 500 at 20 Knots Complement (crew) : 10 (including 02 Officers)

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Fast Patrol Vessels (FPVs) RaniAbbakka Class Total Number in Service : 05 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 269, Deep 349 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 50.39 x 8.36 x 1.845 m Main Machinery : 3 Diesels, 2,720 KW each (MTU 16V 4000 M 90) Speed (knots) : 34 Range (N miles) : 1,500 at 16 Knots Complement (crew) : 35 (including 06 Officers)

TECHNOLOGY

Interceptor Boats (IBs) C-143 Class Total Number in Service : 11 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 83.8, Deep 103.79 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 28.3 x 6.6 x 1.43 m Main Machinery : 2 Diesels, 2720 kW each (MTU 16V 4000 M90) Speed (knots) : 40 Knots at 92% MCR (45 Max) Range (N miles) : 500 at 25 Knots Complement (crew) : 10 (including 02 Officers)

BUSINESS

Fast Patrol Vessels (FPV) Sarojini Naidu Class Total Number in Service : 07 Specifications Make : Indian built Displacement (in tonnes) : Light 235, Deep 259 Dimensions (LOAxBxD) : 48 x 7.5 x 2 m Main Machinery : 3 Diesels, 2,720 kW each (MTU 16V 4000 M90) Speed (knots) : 35 Range (N miles) : 1,500 at 12 Knots Complement (crew) : 35 (including 06 Officers)

INDIAN DEFENCE

Range (N miles) : 1,500 at 12 Knots Complement (crew) : 35 (including 06 Officers)

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Range (N miles) : 6,000 at 14 Knots Complement (crew) : 112 (including 12 officers)

REGIONAL BALANCE

Equipment Catalogue: Indian Coast Guard

CONTENTS

Department of Defence Defence Secretary................................................................................................................................... Dr Ajay Kumar Special Secretary..................................................................................................................................... Jiwesh Nandan Additional Secretary................................................................................................................................ Nivedita Shukla Verma Additional Secretary and Director General (Acquisition)................................................................... V.L. Kantha Rao Joint Secretary & Acquisition Manager (Maritime Systems)............................................................... Dinesh Kumar (Additional Charge) Joint Secretary (Establishment/Planning/ Training)........................................................................... Mayank Tewari Joint Secretary (Land & Works).............................................................................................................. Rakesh Mittal Joint Secretary (BRO & Ceremonial)..................................................................................................... Satish Singh Joint Secretary (Armed Forces).............................................................................................................. Dinesh Kumar Joint Secretary & Acquisition Manager (Land Systems)...................................................................... Dipti Mohil Chawla Joint Secretary & Acquisition Manager (Air) ........................................................................................ Sanjai Singh Joint Secretary (Coordination) & Chief Administrative Officer........................................................... Vishal Gagan Joint Secretary (International Cooperation)......................................................................................... Somnath Ghosh Technical Manager (Land Systems)....................................................................................................... Major General P.K. Saini Technical Manager (Maritime & Systems)............................................................................................ Rear Admiral R. Sreenivas Technical Manager (Air)......................................................................................................................... Air Vice Marshal B.M. Tyagi Defence Finance Financial Advisor (Defence Services).................................................................................................... Sanjiv Mittal Additional Secretary & Financial Adviser (Acquisition)...................................................................... Mala Dutt Additional Financial Adviser & Joint Secretary.................................................................................... Nazli Jafri Shayin Additional Financial Adviser & Joint Secretary.................................................................................... Rajesh Sharma Additional Financial Adviser & Joint Secretary.................................................................................... Rabindra Kumar Karna Finance Manager (Land System)........................................................................................................... Ghayas Uddin Ahmed Finance Manager (Maritime & Systems)............................................................................................... Vedveer Arya Finance Manager (Air)............................................................................................................................ Rajesh Ranjan Department of Military Affairs Chief of Defence Staff & Secretary DMA............................................................................................... General Bipin Rawat Joint Secretary (Establishment & Coord).............................................................................................. Rajeev Singh Thakur Joint Secretary (Works & Parliament Affairs)........................................................................................ Shantanu Joint Secretary Army & TA...................................................................................................................... Major General K. Narayanan Joint Secretary Navy & Defence Staff..................................................................................................... Rear Admiral Kapil Mohan Dhir Joint Secretary Air & Staff Duties........................................................................................................... Air Vice Marshal Hardeep Bains

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 241

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS

Union Government Prime Minister......................................................................................................................................... Narendra Modi Minister of Defence................................................................................................................................. Rajnath Singh Minister of State for Defence.................................................................................................................. Ajay Bhatt

INDIAN DEFENCE

President & Supreme Commander of the Armed Forces.................................................................... Ram Nath Kovind Vice President.......................................................................................................................................... Venkaiah Naidu

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Compiled by SP Guide Publications team (as on September 30, 2021)

REGIONAL BALANCE

Who’s Who in Indian Defence

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

8

CONTENTS

Who’s Who in Indian Defence

Ram Nath Kovind

Narendra Modi

Prime Minister of India as the Chief Minister of Gujarat, Modi brought about paradigm shift in the lives of the people in Gujarat. In 2014, people of India gave him a mandate to take the nation forward.

Modi has reached the pinnacle by sheer hard work, determination, extreme focus and a strong character.

His first brush with the RSS (Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh) was at the tender age of eight. At the age of 20, he became a Pracharak in 1972, devoting full time to the RSS. In 1987, he joined the BJP and on October 7, 2001, he took over as the Chief Minister of Gujarat. From heading a state, Modi has catapulted to heading the nation because of his organisational sense and his keen ability to efficiently construct any task.

Minister of Defence Born on 10th July 1951, Rajnath Singh completed his MSc Physics from Gorakhpur University and worked as a lecturer of Physics at K.B. Post-Graduate College Mirzapur. He was the organisational secretary of ABVP Gorakhpur division from 1969 to 1971 and became the RSS karyavah (General Secretary) of Mirzapur city in 1972. He entered politics in 1974 and in 1977, he was elected as an MLA in the Uttar Pradesh Assembly. He was elected MLC for Uttar Pradesh Legislative Council in 1988 and became Education Minister in 1991. During his tenure as Education Minister in UP, he established some landmarks by introducing the Anti-Copying Act and Vedic Mathematics in the syllabus. He became a

member of the Rajya Sabha in 1994. On November 22, 1999, he became Union Surface Transport Minister. On October 28, 2000, he became Chief Minister of Uttar Pradesh. On May 24, 2003, he became Union Minister of Agriculture and subsequently for Food Processing.

He became the BJP National President on December 31, 2005, a post he held till December 19, 2009. In May 2009, he was elected MP from Ghaziabad in Uttar Pradesh. On May 26, 2014, Rajnath Singh took oath as the Union Minister of India and worked as Union Minister for Home Affairs till May 30, 2019. On May 31, 2019, Rajnath Singh was allocated portfolio of Union Minister for Ministry of Defence.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 247

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE REGIONAL BALANCE

Rajnath Singh

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

INDIAN DEFENCE

Narendra Damodardas Modi, is one of independent India’s most popular leaders. A ‘transformational leader’ known for delivering results, he is an embodiment of courage, conviction and compassion. He was re-elected Prime Minister of India by an overwhelming majority when he led BJP party and the NDA coalition to victory in the general elections in 2019. He took oath as the Prime Minister and formed his cabinet on May 31, 2019. Earlier, he became India’s 15th Prime Minister on May 26, 2014.

Born on September 17, 1950, Modi earlier held an impeccable track record as a Chief Minister, securing three consecutive two-third majority mandates for the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) in Gujarat in 2003, 2007 and 2012 Assembly elections. In his over 12 years tenure

TECHNOLOGY

Pradesh in April 1994. He served for two consecutive terms of six years each till March 2006. Kovind served on various Parliamentary Committees like Parliamentary Committee on Welfare of Scheduled Castes/Tribes; Parliamentary Committee on Home Affairs; Parliamentary Committee on Petroleum and Natural Gas; Parliamentary Committee on Social Justice and Empowerment; and Parliamentary Committee on Law and Justice. He was Chairman of the Rajya Sabha House Committee.

Kovind was part of the Indian delegation at the United Nations and addressed the United Nations General Assembly in October 2002. Kovind was the Governor of Bihar (2015-17); Member of the Rajya Sabha, representing the state of Uttar Pradesh (19942006); General Secretary, Akhil Bharatiya Koli Samaj (1971-75 and 1981); Union Government Advocate at the Delhi High Court (1977-79) and Union Government Junior Counsel in the Supreme Court (1982-84).

BUSINESS

A lawyer, veteran political representative and long-time advocate of egalitarianism and integrity in Indian public life and society, Ram Nath Kovind was born on October 1, 1945, in Paraunkh, near Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh.

Before assuming charge of the office of the 14th President of India on July 25, 2017, Kovind served as the 36th Governor of the state of Bihar from August 16, 2015, to June 20, 2017. Kovind completed his school education in Kanpur and obtained the degrees of B.Com and L.L.B. from Kanpur University. In 1971, he enrolled as an Advocate with the Bar Council of Delhi.

Kovind was Union Government Advocate in the Delhi High Court from 1977 to 1979 and Union Government Standing Counsel in the Supreme Court from 1980 to 1993. He became Advocate-on-Record of the Supreme Court of India in 1978. He practised at the Delhi High Court and Supreme Court for 16 years till 1993. Kovind was elected as a member of the Rajya Sabha from Uttar

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

President of India & Supreme Commander of the Armed Forces

CONTENTS

Who’s Who in Indian Defence

General Bipin Rawat

General Manoj Mukund Naravane Chief of the Army Staff

General Naravane took over as Chief of the Army Staff with effect from December 31, 2019. An alumnus of the National Defence Academy and the Indian Military Academy, the General Officer was commissioned into the 7th Battalion, The Sikh Light Infantry Regiment in June 1980. He is an alumnus of the Defence Services Staff College, Wellington and Higher Command Course, Mhow. He holds a Master’s Degree in Defence Studies, M. Phil Degree in Defence and Management Studies and is pursuing his Doctorate.

His staff assignments include tenures as a Defence

Attache at Yangon, Myanmar, an instructional appointment in the Army War College as Directing Staff in the Higher Command Wing, besides two tenures at the Integrated Headquarters of Ministry of Defence (Army).

The General Officer had the privilege of commanding the Republic Day Parade in 2017 in his capacity as the General Officer Commanding (GOC) Delhi Area.

After successfully commanding the Army Training Command, Shimla, he took over as the General Officer Commanding-in-Chief (GOC-in-C) of Eastern Command on October 1, 2018.

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

College. He also attended the Command and General Staff Course at Fort Leavenworth in the US. General Rawat had also commanded a Multinational Brigade in the Democratic Republic of Congo. As an Army Commander, he commanded a theatre of operations along the Western Front and was appointed the Vice Chief of the Army Staff before assuming office of Chief of the Army Staff.

TECHNOLOGY

General Bipin Rawat assumed office of the Chief of Defence Staff (CDS) on January 1, 2020. As the CDS, General Rawat will be the Principal Military Advisor to the Defence Minister on all Tri-Services matters. He will also head Department of Military Affairs (DMA).

Ex-Chief of the Army Staff General Rawat, is an alumnus of National Defence Academy, Defence Services Staff College, Wellington; Higher Command, National Defence

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

Chief of Defence Staff & Secretary DMA

Admiral Karambir Singh

INDIAN DEFENCE

On promotion to flag rank, he was appointed as Chief of Staff, Eastern Naval Command. His other important flag appointments include Chief of Staff of the Tri Services Unified Command at Andaman & Nicobar Islands and as the Flag Officer Maharashtra and Gujarat Naval Area (FOMAG). In the rank of Vice Admiral, he was the Director General Project Seabird, in-charge of infrastructure development of the Navy’s expansive and modern base at Karwar, Deputy Chief of the Naval Staff and Vice Chief of Naval Staff. Prior to taking over as the Chief of Naval Staff, he was Flag Officer Commanding-in-Chief, Eastern Naval Command.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 249

REGIONAL BALANCE

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Admiral Karambir Singh was appointed as the 24th Chief of the Naval Staff on May 31, 2019. He is an alumnus of the National Defence Academy, Khadakwasla and was commissioned into the Indian Navy in July 1980 and earned his wings as a helicopter pilot in 1982. He is a graduate of Defence Services Staff College, Wellington and College of Naval Warfare, Mumbai. He has commanded an Indian Coast Guard Ship, a Missile Corvette as well as Guided Missile Destroyers, INS Rana and INS Delhi. Ashore he has served as the Joint Director Naval Air Staff, Captain Air and Officer-in-Charge of the Naval Air Station at Mumbai.

BUSINESS

Chief of the Naval Staff

R. Madhavan joined Hindustan Aeronautics Ltd (HAL) as a Management Trainee (Technical) in July 1982 and has been associated with HAL for over 36 years. He was elevated to the position of Executive Director, Accessories Division, Lucknow in July 2017. Prior to this elevation, he had served in various key positions across the different verticals within HAL. R. Madhavan with his rich and varied expe-

rience provided valuable inputs as a member of Tri-service committee for high altitude operation of Helicopters and had overseen successful launch of export of Engine sets to US. He had also extensively contributed to GoI’s ‘Make in India’ strategy by developing MSME sector vendors for Aerospace Manufacturing and had set roadmap for enhancing self-reliance & self-sufficiency. R. Madhavan is a graduate in Mechanical Engineering from NIT, Raipur and also holds post graduate degree of M. Tech from IIT Madras.

Anandi Ramalingam

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

Chairman and Managing Director, Hindustan Aeronautics Limited

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

R. Madhavan

TECHNOLOGY

Indian Public Sector Undertakings

Chairman & Managing Director and Director (Rail & Metro), Additional Charge, Bharat Earth Movers Limited Amit Banerjee is a graduate in Mechanical Engineering from IIT (BHU), Varanasi. He joined as Asst Engineer in the year 1984 and in his professional career spanning over three decades in BEML, he has worked in R&D and manufacturing functions. His experience in R&D involves design & development of various prod-

ucts like SSEMU, Metro Cars, Catenary Maintenance Vehicle etc.

Under his guidance, his team received the Raksha Mantri award for Design Effort towards Design & Development of Austenitic Stainless Steel EMU & Intermediate Metro Cars for Delhi Metro.

He has played a significant role in phased indigenisation of Rolling Stock aggregates. Prior to assuming the present position, Banerjee was Director (Rail & Metro).

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 259

INDIAN DEFENCE

Amit Banerjee

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

working across various domains of military communication. In 2010, Anandi Ramalingam moved to the International Marketing Division (IMD) to head Defence Offsets, establishing BEL as a reliable global supply chain partner for multiple foreign OEMs. In December 2014, she moved to the National Marketing Division as General Manager (GM). In May 2016, she assumed charge as GM (Milcom) at BEL-Bangalore and steered the business till her elevation as Director.

REGIONAL BALANCE

Anandi Ramalingam took charge as Director (Marketing) on September 16, 2016. She holds Additional Charge as CMD and Director (Other Units). Anandi Ramalingam joined BEL-Bangalore in March 1985 after completing her BE in Electronics and Communication Engineering. For the next 20 years, she gained diverse experience in equipment testing

BUSINESS

Director (Marketing) & Additional Charge, CMD & Director (Other Units), Bharat Electronics Limited

CONTENTS

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Defence Offsets are intended to leverage capital acquisitions of armed forces to develop domestic defence industry. The policies for offsets are intended to further boost the domestic industry’s capability through sourcing of defence products, investments in defence sector, transfer of technology etc.

The present ‘Defence Production & Export Promotion Policy (DPEPP) 2020’ is positioned as Ministry of Defence’s overarching guiding document to provide a focused, structured and significant thrust to defence production capabilities of the country for selfreliance and exports.

The policy has the following goals and objectives: • To achieve a turnover of `1,75,000 crores ($25 billion) including export of `35,000 crore ($5 billion) in Aerospace and Defence goods and services by 2025.

• To develop a dynamic, robust and competitive Defence industry, including Aerospace and Naval Shipbuilding industry to cater to the needs of armed forces with quality products.

• To reduce dependence on imports and take forward ‘Make in India’ initiatives through domestic design and development.

• To promote export of defence products and become part of the global defence value chains.

• To create an environment that encourages R&D, rewards innovation, creates Indian IP ownership and promotes a robust and self-reliant defence industry.

Focus Areas: • Procurement Reforms • Indigenisation & Support to MSMEs/Startups • Optimise Resource Allocation • Investment Promotion, FDI & Ease of Doing Business • Innovation and R&D • DPSUs and OFB

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 263

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS

'Make in India' – Defence Self-reliance in defence has been the cornerstone of India’s defence production policy. The recent call for “Atmanirbhar Bharat” has provided further impetus to realise the goal of self-reliance. Over the years, transparent and streamlined Procurement Procedures, Production Policies and ‘Make in India’ initiatives have provided significant stimulus to demand for indigenous products. Indian Defence industry, primarily catering to the needs of the armed forces, has evolved with diversified product mix and market.

Defence Procurement Procedure (DPP) being notified over the years for capital acquisition of the Armed Forces of India aims to develop a robust industrial ecosystem by giving preference to ‘Make in India’ initiatives. Defence Procurement Manual (DPM) 2009 lays down guidelines for procurement of goods and services meant for operation and maintenance viz. equipment, stores, spares, as well as packing/unpacking, delivery, transportation, insurance, leasing, consultancy, software development, etc.

Significant efforts have been made to ease the licensing/investment processes to allow participation of the private sector.

Startups have been steadily gaining ground after the launch of the ‘Start-Up India’ programme. Innovations for Defence Excellence (iDEX) has provided a platform for startups to get connected to the defence establishment.

It is imperative that focused attention is laid on promotion of exports of Indian defence products. Export authorisation procedures have been streamlined through the introduction of online procedures and portals. Defence Lines of Credit (LOCs) being extended to sovereign governments are also enabling buyers in those countries, to import goods and services from India on attractive credit terms.

INDIAN DEFENCE

Over the years, the Department of Defence Production (DDP), Ministry of Defence, Government of India has facilitated establishment of wide-ranging production facilities of various defence equipment through Ordnance Factories and Defence Public Sector Undertakings (DPSUs) and, from the year 2001, through licensed private sector companies. This has resulted in the development of a diverse range of products such as arms and ammunitions, tanks, armoured vehicles, heavy vehicles, fighter aircrafts and helicopters, warships, submarines, missiles, ammunition, electronic equipment, earth moving equipment, special alloys and special purpose steels.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Defence Production

REGIONAL BALANCE

SP Guide Pubns

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

9

Organisational Structure With its headquarters at New Delhi, DRDO is headed by a Chairman who is also the Secretary, Department of Defence Research & Development (DDR&D), Government of India.

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 291

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

DRDO Headquarters Headquarters of DRDO located at New Delhi, coordinates the overall functioning of the organisation and is the interface between the government and the laboratories. The five CCR&D oversee the activities of the Corporate Directorates. These are: CCR&D Production Coordination and Services Interaction (PC&SI) CCR&D Human Resources (HR) CCR&D Technology Management (TM) CCR&D Resources & Management and Implementation (R&M and Imp) CCR&D Systems Analysis & Modelling (SAM) The DRDO has the following Corporate Directorates to oversee all activities of the organisation: Dte of Civil Works & Estates (DCW&E) Dte of Extramural Research & Intellectual Property Rights (DER&IPR) Dte of Financial & Material Management (DFMM) Dte of Futuristic Technology Management (DFTM) Dte of Human Resource Development (DHRD) Dte of Industry Interface & Technology Management (DIITM) Dte of Information Technology & Cyber Security (DIT&CS) Dte of Interaction with Services for Business (DISB) Dte of International Cooperation (DIC) Dte of Low Intensity Conflict (DLIC) Dte of Management Services (DMS) Dte of Parliamentary Affairs (DPA) Dte of Personnel (DoP) Dte of Planning & Coordination (DP&C) Dte of Quality, Reliability & Safety (DQR&S) Dte of Systems and Technology Analysis (DSTA) Dte of Technology Development Fund (DTDF) Dte of Vigilance & Security (DVS)

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

F

ormed on January 1, 1958, the Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO) has emerged as a highly professional and mature organisation with a strong technology base and management systems to undertake indigenous development of state-of-the-art defence systems including design, development, integration and production. DRDO has achieved technological self-reliance in critical areas including ammunition, armoured systems, missiles, radar, avionics and electronic warfare systems, sensors, nuclear biological chemical (NBC) defence, low-intensity conflict technologies and advanced computing. The organisation plays a significant role in providing scientific and technological advice to MoD in support of defence policy; as evaluator of defence equipment for the operational requirements of the military and generating new technological knowledge to be transferred for indigenous development of state-of-the-art weapon systems. It also advises the government on technical assessment of international security threats and military capabilities of both current and potential adversaries.

Today, DRDO is a network of more than 50 laboratories which are deeply engaged in developing defence technologies covering various disciplines, like aeronautics, armaments, electronics, combat vehicles, engineering systems, instrumentation, missiles, advanced computing and simulation, special materials, naval systems, life sciences, training, information systems and agriculture.

Several major projects for the development of missiles, armaments, light combat aircrafts, radars, electronic warfare systems etc are on hand and significant achievements have already been made in several such technologies.

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

DRDO is the Research & Development (R&D) wing of Ministry of Defence, with a vision to empower India with cutting-edge defence technologies and a mission to achieve self-reliance in critical defence technologies and systems, while equipping our armed forces with state-of-the-art weapon systems and equipment. DRDO is India’s largest research organisation. It has a network of laboratories engaged in developing defence technologies and since being set up, has achieved many successes in developing major systems and critical technologies.

REGIONAL BALANCE

SP Guide Pubns

Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO)

TECHNOLOGY

10

indian defence

Defence Research and Development Organisation (DRDO)

Joint Advanced Technology Center at IIT Delhi (JATC), Jagdish Chandra Bose Center for Advanced Technology (JCBCAT) at Jadavpur University, Kolkata, Research Innovation Center (RIC) IIT Madras, Advanced Center for Research in High Energy Materials (ACRHEM), University of Hyderabad and DRDOBU Center of Life Sciences at Bharathiar University and two newly established i.e. North East Science & Technology Centre (NESTC), Mizoram University, Aizwal, Kalam Centre for Science & Technology (KCST), Central University of Jammu, Kathua (UT of J&K). More such centres will be established in the future and fruitful research efforts will be used for the benefit of Defence Services and the country.

The Way Ahead DRDO is steadfast in its journey towards achieving self-sufficiency in the requirement of defence equipment. It is committed to meet with the requirement of the Indian armed forces for advanced weapon systems supported with contemporary technology. With the directives from the government, DRDO will now be required to cater for the needs of low intensity conflict, national disaster management as also the requirements of the paramilitary forces. DRDO stands committed to ensure the development of systems based on cutting-edge technology to provide the Indian armed forces with the capability that will make them invincible. 

www.spguidepublications.com

Defence R&D Establishments S. No.

Lab name

Address

Telephone

Fax

E-mail ID

1

Aeronautical Development Establishment (ADE)

DRDO, Ministry of Defence, New Thippasandra Post Bengaluru – 560075

080 - 25283404 / 25057005 / 25057007

080 - 25283188

director@ade.drdo.in

2

Aerial Delivery Research and Development Establishment (ADRDE)

Post Box No. 51, Station Road, Agra Cantt – 282 001

0562 - 2258200 / 201 / 202

0562 - 2251677 / 2258203

director@adrde.drdo.in

3

Advanced Centre for Energetic Materials (ACEM)

AMBE Hill, Ozar, Nashik – 422207

02550 – 282527 / 550

02550 – 282504

director@acem.drdo.in

4

Armament Research & Development Establishment (ARDE)

Dr. Homi Bhabha Road, Armament Post Pashan Pune – 411021

020 - 25865274

020 - 25865102

director@arde.drdo.in

5

Advanced Systems Laboratory (ASL)

Kanchanbagh PO Hyderabad – 500058

020 - 24188004

020 - 24343779

director@as.drdo.in

6

Centre for Personnel Talent Management (CEPTAM)

Metcalfe House, Delhi –110054

011 - 23810276 / 23882300

011 - 23810287

director@ceptam.drdo.in

7

Centre For Airborne System (CABS)

Ministry of Defence Belur, Yemlur Post Bengaluru – 560037

080 - 25049002 / 03

080 - 25222326

director@cabs.drdo.in

8

Centre for Artificial DRDO Complex CV Raman Intelligence & Robotics (CAIR) Nagar Bengaluru – 560093

080 - 25342646

080 - 25244298

director@cair.drdo.in

9

Centre for Fire, Explosive and Environment Safety (CFEES)

Ministry of Defence, Brig SK Mazumdar Marg, Timarpur Delhi – 110 054

011 - 23813239 / 23907102

011 - 23819547

director@cfees.drdo.in

10

Centre for Military Airworthiness & Certification (CEMILAC)

Ministry of Defence, Defence Research & Development Organisation, Marathahalli Colony PO Bengaluru – 560037

080 - 25121000

080 - 25230856

chief@cemilac.drdo.in

11

Combat Vehicles Research & Development Establishment (CVRDE)

Avadi Chennai – 600 054

044 - 26383722 / 26364001

044 - 26385112 / 26383661

director@cvrde.drdo.in

12

Defence Avionics Research Establishment (DARE)

Defence Research & Development Organisation Post Box No. 9366, CV Raman Nagar Bengaluru – 560093

080 - 25047500

080 - 25347717

director@dare.drdo.in

13

Defence Electronics Application Laboratory (DEAL)

PO Box No 6, Raipur Road, Dehradun – 248 001 Uttrakhand

0135 - 2787084 / 2787086

296 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

- 2787265 director@deal.drdo.in TO READ 0135 THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

LT General Naresh Chand (Retd)

government of every State is carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution. In pursuance of these obligations, the MHA continuously monitors the internal security situation, issues appropriate advisories, shares intelligence inputs, extends manpower and financial support, guidance and expertise to the State Governments for maintenance of security, peace and harmony without encroaching upon the constitutional rights of the States. To illustrate this, CRPF is sent to states during

Management of Central Armed Police Forces (CAPFs) comes under the control of Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) though in terms of Entries 1 and 2 of List II – ‘State List’ – in the Seventh Schedule to the Constitution of India, ‘public order’ and ‘police’ are the responsibilities of States, Article 355 of the Constitution enjoins the Union to protect every State against external aggression and internal disturbance and to ensure that the

Organisation & Role of the Central Armed Police Forces

Home Minister

MoD

Home Secretary

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS

Responsibility of Ministry of Home Affairs

TECHNOLOGY

MHA continuously monitors the internal security situation, issues appropriate advisories, shares intelligence inputs, extends manpower, financial support, guidance & expertise to the State Governments for maintenance of peace and security.

BUSINESS

ITBP / Twitter

The Ministry of Home Affairs & Central Armed Police Forces (CAPFs)

INDIAN DEFENCE

1

Army HQ

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

OP Control

Special Secretary (Internal Security)

Central Reserve Police Force

Indo-Tibetan Border Police

Central Industrial Security Force

National Security Guard

Sashastra Seema Bal

Adm Control only

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! Assam Rifles

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 299

REGIONAL BALANCE

Border Security Force

CONTENTS

Indian Coast Guard

India takes great leaps in its Coastal Security

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

2

Sea Trade and Ports India is located at the crossroads of trans-Indian Ocean routes.

Most merchant ships that sail between East Asia, US, Europe and Africa pass through Indian territorial waters. Around 95 per cent of India’s trade by volume and 70 per cent by value is carried through the sea routes. There are presently 12 major ports and 200 notified minor and intermediate ports in India. Kamarajar Port, located on the Coromandel Coast (formerly called Ennore Port Limited), is the 13th port and the first port which is a public company. As per United Nations Conference on Trade and Development’s (UNCTAD’s) report ‘Review of Maritime Transport Report 2020’; India’s maritime trade fell from 4.2 per cent in 2019 to minus 5.9 in 2020 due to COVID-19.

The forecast is that it will grow to 3.9 per cent by November 2021 which is a net growth of 9.8 per cent. This is encouraging news.

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Urban Complexes Besides fishing, other major industrial and economic activities, nuclear power stations, defence installations, energy infrastructure, shipyards, refineries are located in the coastal regions.

Special Economic Zones (SEZs) which have resulted in growth of number of industrial hubs such as Kandla SEZ in Gujarat; SantaCruz Electronics Export Processing Zone SEZ in Maharashtra; Madras Export Processing Zone SEZ in Tamil Nadu; Cochin SEZ in Kerala; Falta SEZ in West Bengal; and Vishakhapatnam SEZ in Andhra Pradesh. In case of Gujarat, Gulfs of Kutch and Khambhat have emerged as major corridors for importing crude oil for India.

Neighbours Proximity of India’s coasts to Sri Lanka, Bangladesh, Pakistan and Gulf countries adds to its vulnerability. Gwadar in Pakistan and Hambantota Port in Sri Lanka are in the Chinese hands and a great threat to India’s maritime security and maritime economy.

TO READSagarmala THE COMPLETE Programme ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

The Sagarmala Programme was originally initiated by Atal Bihari Vajpayee in 2003 as the maritime equivalent to the Golden

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 309

BUSINESS

Fishing There are about 23 minor fishing harbours and 95 fish-landing centres which formally provide landing and berthing facilities to fishing boats. As per the Department of Fisheries there are 1,376 landing points for fishing boats alone along the entire coast. India is the 7th largest fishing nation in the world and Indian coast accounts for approximately four million fishermen settled along the coast in 3,288 marine fishing villages.

INDIAN DEFENCE

Other challenges

EEZ India also has an Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) of about 2.37 million sq kms wherein India enjoys exclusive legal right to utilise all living and non-living resources.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Lt General Naresh Chand (Retd)

REGIONAL BALANCE

Coastal Topography

India has 7,516 km long coastline which includes 5,422 km of main land and 2,094 km of coastline of 1,382 islands. The coastline of the peninsular India has Bay of Bengal in the east, Indian Ocean in the south and Arabian Sea in the west; and is spread over nine states and four union territories. Lakshadweep and Minicoy in Arabian Sea and Andaman and Nicobar in Bay of Bengal form the two island groups. The topography of India’s coastline is diverse to include creeks, small bays, back waters, estuaries, swamps, mudflats etc, and is ideal for covert landings, smuggling of contraband including explosives and weapons and terrorist operations. The creeks along the coasts of Gujarat and West Bengal’s Sundarbans’ are especially suitable for clandestine activities, infiltration and smuggling.

There have been serious security challenges earlier like serial blasts of March 1993 and terrorist attacks of November 2008 in Mumbai which can all be attributed to poor coastal security. After the 2008 Mumbai terrorists attacks when 10 armed terrorists landed on Mumbai’s coast, the Government of India launched a series of concrete actions to plug every possible gap in the coastal security.

TECHNOLOGY

The Coastal Security is on track which is inferred from the fact that for the last 13 years there has been no untoward incident.

Homeland Security

Who’s Who in Indian Home Ministry Amit Shah

Minister of Home Affairs Amit Shah was appointed Minister of Home Affairs on May 31, 2019, in the re-elected government led by Narendra Modi. Amit Shah has risen to Head the ruling Party of India literally from the grass roots. he shouldered the responsibilities of Secretary as well as Vice President of BJP, Gujarat State. In 1997, he became National

Treasurer of the Bharatiya Janata Yuva Morcha.

In 2013, he was appointed as National General Secretary of the BJP and In-Charge of Uttar Pradesh. His efforts earned BJP a historic success in the Parliamentary elections of 2014. He took over as BJP National President in July 2014.

Amit Shah was elected to Rajya Sabha, on August 19, 2017, from Gujarat State. In the General Election 2019, he won with a huge margin from the Gandhinagar Constituency of Gujarat State.

Ajay Kumar Mishra

Minister of State for Home Affairs Born on September 25, 1960 he is an Agriculturist and Industrialist with Bachelor of Science & Bachelor of Law degrees. In May 2014, he was elected as Member of Parliament (16th Lok Sabha) and in May, 2019, he was re-elected to

17th Lok Sabha (2nd term). In September 2019, he became Member, Standing Committee on Food, Consumer Affairs and Public Distribution. On October 9, 2019, he became Member, Committee on Absence of Members from the Sittings of the House, and Member, Consultative Committee. On July 7, 2021, he became Minister of State in the Ministry of Home Affairs.

Nisith Pramanik

Minister of State for Home Affairs He was born on January 17, 1986 in Cooch Behar district of West Bengal and was an Assistant Teacher in a primary school before joining politics. He was elected as Member of Parliament first time in the Seventeenth Lok Sabha, in 2019

as a Bhartiya Janata Party candidate. He was a Member of the Standing Committee on Information Technology and a Member of the Consultative Committee, Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment. At present, he is serving as Minister of State in the Ministry of Home Affairs as well as Ministry of Youth Affairs and Sports. He has interest in music and reading.

Nityanand Rai

Minister of State for Home Affairs

www.spguidepublications.com

Nityanand Rai was born on 1st January, 1966 in Bihar. He did his BA (Hon) from R.N. Degree College of Baba Saheb Bhim Rao Ambedkar University. He joined Bharatiya Janta Party (BJP) in 1990 and became the President of Bharatiya Janta Yuva Morch in 1998.

In 2000, he was elected MLA for Bihar Assembly from Hajipur.

Later on, he held the post of State Secretary, General Secretary and President of BJP unit of Bihar. During his President-ship of Bihar BJP unit, the party and its allies won 39 seats out of 40 seats during the 2019 Lok Shaba election. He was first time elected for MP from Ujiarpur Lok Sabha Seat of Bihar State in 2014 General Elections.

Ajay Kumar Bhalla Home Secretary

Ajay Kumar Bhalla took over as the new Union Home Secretary on August 31, 2019.

Earlier, he was Director General of Foreign Trade from October, 2016 with additional charge of Director, IIFT till June 30, 2017. Before joining DGFT, Ajay Bhalla worked as Additional Secretary,

316 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Department of Commerce with effect from April, 2015. Prior to this assignment Ajay Bhalla worked as Joint Secretary, Ministry of Coal with effect from July 2010 and Additional Secretary, Ministry of Coal, from January 2015 to April, 2015.

A 1984 batch IAS officer, Ajay Bhalla has done M.Sc.(Botany) from University of Delhi, MBA from University of Queensland, Brisbane, and M.Phil (Social Sciences), from Punjab University.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

–

Receipts

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

1

Central Reserve Police Force

National Security Guard

Border Security Force

Indo-Tibetan Border Police

Central Industrial Security Force

Assam Rifles

Shashastra Seema Bal

Departmental Accounting

1.01

1.02

1.03

1.04

1.05

1.06

1.07

1.08

Central Armed Police Forces

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 317

Central Police Organisations

Education, Training and Research

6

7

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Delhi Police

5

REGIONAL BALANCE

National Intelligence Grid

Special Protection Group

3

251.88

848.07

8,204.67

467.92

25.93

2,324.31

Intelligence Bureau

2

4

74,365.63

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

Total- Central Armed Police Forces

111.41

6,282.71

5,432.43

10,373.64

6,520.68

20,076.13

1,078.77

24,489.86

–

Establishment Expenditure of the Centre

CENTRE’S EXPENDITURE

A. The Budget allocations, net of recoveries, are given below:

93,125.51

-1,391.64

Net

8,919.60

94,517.15

Gross

Recoveries

INDIAN DEFENCE

128.03

37.95

218.90

56.80

2.07

63.33

1,305.96

–

99.21

199.11

47.12

104.66

177.76

34.83

643.27

–

8,901.98

–

-17.62

Capital

Revenue

379.91

886.02

8,423.57

524.72

28.00

2,387.64

75,671.59

111.41

6,381.92

5,631.54

10,420.76

6,625.34

20,253.89

1,113.60

25,133.13

–

1,02,027.49

–

-1,409.26

1,03,436.75

Total

Actual 2019-2020

21.69

33.49

222.63

145.20

20.22

83.50

1,472.59

–

89.89

210.02

46.09

108.39

245.72

70.98

701.50

–

9,846.37

–

-12.50

9,858.87

Capital

BUSINESS

302.19

923.70

8,019.83

447.35

31.95

2,491.75

76,413.93

121.03

6,510.06

5,851.85

10,133.52

6,413.71

20,706.77

1,119.08

25,557.91

–

95,397.97

–

-1,352.73

96,750.70

Revenue

242.89

828.23

7,704.41

354.56

28.38

2,375.43

72,595.53

112.75

5,865.70

5,436.56

10,641.97

6,116.44

19,214.79

905.80

24,301.52

–

87,658.13

–

-706.50

88,364.63

285.28

845.10

7,906.56

426.27

100.98

2,433.89

73,590.05

112.75

5,950.00

5,579.57

10,676.98

6,150.15

19,377.83

954.49

24,788.28

–

92,848.91

–

-719.00

93,567.91

Total

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

42.39

16.87

202.15

71.71

72.60

58.46

994.52

–

84.30

143.01

35.01

33.71

163.04

48.69

486.76

–

5,190.78

–

-12.50

5,203.28

Capital

Revised 2020-2021 Revenue

TECHNOLOGY

323.88

957.19

8,242.46

592.55

52.17

2,575.25

77,886.52

121.03

6,599.95

6,061.87

10,179.61

6,522.10

20,952.49

1,190.06

26,259.41

–

1,05,244.34

–

-1,365.23

1,06,609.57

Total

Budget 2020-2021

(` in Crores)

MInistry of Home Affairs Budget

282.77

967.56

8,100.20

351.75

39.83

2,755.74

76,231.27

125.64

6,382.82

5,895.48

10,255.74

6,467.65

20,493.54

1,113.42

25,496.98

–

94,086.59

–

-1,345.48

95,432.07

Revenue

Total

300.72

1,000.70

8,338.12

429.05

60.05

2,839.24

77,838.04

125.64

6,479.74

6,160.90

10,341.83

6,567.17

20,729.54

1,235.32

26,197.90

–

1,03,802.52

–

-1,359.59

10,5162.11

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

17.95

33.14

237.92

77.30

20.22

83.50

1,606.77

–

96.92

265.42

86.09

99.52

236.00

121.90

700.92

–

9,715.93

–

-14.11

9,730.04

Capital

Budget 2021-2022

CONTENTS

Ministry of Home Affairs Budget

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

5

STRATEGY & PERSPECTIVE

section five

Who’s Who in Asian Defence Forces Asian Who’s Who: Leadership Profiles Algeria Australia Bahrain Bangladesh Bhutan Brunei Cambodia China Egypt Indonesia Iran Iraq Israel Japan Jordan Kazakhstan Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Laos

355-360

361, 362 362, 363, 364 364 365, 366 366 367, 368 368, 369 369 370, 371 372, 373 373, 374 374, 375 375, 376, 377 377, 378 378 379 380 380 381

Lebanon Libya Malaysia Myanmar Nepal North Korea Oman Pakistan Philippines Qatar Saudi Arabia Singapore South Korea Sri Lanka Syria Taiwan Tajikistan Thailand Turkey Turkmenistan United Arab Emirates Uzbekistan Vietnam Yemen

381, 382 382 383, 384 384 385 385, 386 386 386, 387, 388 388 389 389 390, 391 392 392, 393 394 394, 395 395 395, 396 396, 397 398 398 398, 399 399, 400 400

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

MoD Organisations & Contacts of Asian Countries Algeria 322 Australia 323, 324, 325 Bangladesh 326, 327 Brunei 327, 328, 329 Egypt 330 Indonesia 330, 331 Iran 331 Israel 332, 333 Japan 334, 335 Kazakhstan 335 Malaysia 336, 337 Mynamar 338 Nepal 339 Philippines 340, 341, 342, 343, 344 Singapore 345, 346, 347 South Korea 348 Sri Lanka 349, 350 Taiwan 350, 351 Thailand 352, 353 Vietnam 354

REGIONAL BALANCE

Contents

INDIAN DEFENCE

BUSINESS

TECHNOLOGY

Asian Who's Who

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Note from the Editor-in-Chief: We had earlier introduced a new chapter ‘Ministry of Defence (MoD) organisations and contacts of Asian countries’ within the regular ‘Who’s Who in Asian Defence Forces’ section. We have further included the profiles of top leadership as much up to date as possible apart from the extensive information on Ministries of Defence in major Asian countries with critical facts like organisational structure, contact details, etc.

We sincerely hope that these information, which have been added, will make SP’s Military Yearbook even more useful and will especially enable all the stakeholders from the aerospace and defence industry in doing business and collaborate more expeditiously.

Countries being covered in the ‘MoD Contacts and Organisations of Asian Countries’ are:

BUSINESS

Algeria: MoD contact details and organisational structure Australia: MoD contact details and organisational structure Bangladesh: MoD contact details Brunei: MoD contact details and organisational structure Egypt: MoD contact details Indonesia: MoD contact details and organisational structure Iran: MoD contact details Israel: MoD contact details and organisational structure Japan: MoD contact details and organisational structure Kazakhstan: MoD contact details Malaysia: MoD contact details and organisational structure Myanmar: MoD contact details and MoD organisational structure Nepal: MoD contact details Philippines: MoD contact details and organisational structure Singapore: MoD contact details and organisational structure Taiwan: MoD contact details and organisational structure South Korea: MoD contact details and organisational structure Sri Lanka: MoD contact details and organisational structure Thailand: MoD contact details and MoD organisational structure Vietnam: MoD contact details and organisational structure

INDIAN DEFENCE

n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n

TECHNOLOGY

Asian who’s who

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

Iran Iraq Israel Japan Jordan Kazakhstan Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Laos Lebanon Libya

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

Malaysia Myanmar Nepal North Korea Oman Pakistan Philippines Qatar Saudi Arabia Singapore South Korea

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

41.

42.

43.

Sri Lanka Syria Taiwan Tajikistan Thailand Turkey Turkmenistan United Arab Emirates Uzbekistan Vietnam Yemen

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 321

REGIONAL BALANCE

1. Algeria 2. Australia 3. Bahrain 4. Bangladesh 5. Bhutan 6. Brunei 7. Cambodia 8. People’s Republic of China 9. Egypt 10. Indonesia

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Countries being covered with the ‘Asian Who’s Who: Leadership Profiles’ are:

Asian who’s who

MoD organisations & contacts of Asian countries Compiled by SP Guide Publications team (as on August 31, 2021)

Algeria: MoD Contact Details Contact

Designation

Organisation

Address

Telephone

–

–

Ministry of National Defence

B.P 184 -Alger Gare-Algiers

+213 21 711515

Lt General Saïd Chanegriha

Chief of Staff of the People’s National Army Defense

People’s National Army

B.P 184 -Alger Gare-Algiers

+213 21 711515

Major General Ammar Atamnia

Land Forces Commander

Land Forces Command

Ain Naàdja Terre Algiers

+213 21 282900

Major General Mahmoud Laraba

Air Force Commander

Air Forces Command

B.P 61 - Cherega Algiers

+213 21 375644

Major General, Benmeddah Mahfoud

Commander of Naval Forces

Naval Forces Command

P.B 81 Algiers

+213 21 430163

Major-General Amrani Ammar

Commander of the Territory Air Defence Forces

Territory Air Defence Forces

123, Tripoli Street, Hussein-dey Algiers

+213 21 479058

Brigadier General Yahia Ali Oulhadj

Commander of the National Gendarmerie

The National Gendarmerie Command

B.P 28 - Cheraga Algiers

+213 21 375770

General Benali Benali

Commander of the Republican Guard

Republican Guard Command

B.P 2/2 -Lido

+213 23 944383

Algeria: Ministry of National Defence

Ministry of National Defence Cabinet of MND

www.spguidepublications.com

General Secretary of MND

People’s National Army Staff

General Control of the Army

Organisation-Logistic Department

Land Forces Command

Department of Transmissions, Information Systems and Electronic Warfare

Employment-Preparation Department

Naval Forces Command

Supply Department

Central Directorate of Army Security

Directorates and Central Directorates

Directorate of Communication, Information and Orientation

322 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Air Forces Command Air Territory Defence Forces Command National Gendarmerie Command

TO READ THERepublican COMPLETE ARTICLE Guard Command Six Commands of Military Regions GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS Secretary Defence Greg Moriarty

President (Interim) Abdelmadjid Tebboune

Chief of the Defence Force General Angus J. Campbell

Prime Minister Aymen Benabderrahmane

Vice Chief of the Defence Force Vice Admiral David Johnston

Chief of Staff of the People’s National Army Defense Lt General Said Chanegriha

Chief of Army Lt General Rick Burr

q BANGLADESH

Chief of Navy Vice Admiral Michael Joseph Noonan

President Md Abdul Hamid

Chief of Air Force Air Marshal Mel Hupfeld

Prime Minister and Minister of Defence Sheikh Hasina

Department of Defence Campbell Park Offices Post Box 7911 Canberra BC ACT 2610 Australia Telephone: +61 2 6144919 Website: https://www1.defence.gov.au

Senior Secretary, Ministry of Defence Dr Md. Abu Hena Mostafa Kamal

Commander of the Territory Air Defense Forces Major General Amrani Ammar Commander of the Gendarmerie Brigadier General Yahia Ali Oulhadj

q BAHRAIN

Ministry of National Defence B.P. 184 Alger Gare, Algeria Telephone +213 21 711515 E-mail: contact-mdn@mdn.dz Website: https://www.mdn.dz

Head of State/ King of Bahrain and Supreme Commander Hamad Bin Isa Al Khalifa

Head of State Queen Elizabeth II Prime Minister Scott John Morrison Minister for Defence Peter Dutton Minister for Defence Industry Melissa Price

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Chief of Naval Staff Admiral M. Shaheen Iqbal Chief of Air Staff Air Chief Marshal Shaikh Abdul Hannan

Commander of the Republican Guard General Benali Benali

q AUSTRALIA

Chief of Army Staff General S.M. Shafiuddin Ahmed

Ministry of Defence Ganabhaban Complex, Sher-e-Bangla Nagar Dhaka — 1207, Bangladesh Telephone: +880 02 9111003, 9113319 Fax: +880 02 9110535, 9144819 E-mail: info@mod.gov.bd Website: https://mod.gov.bd

Crown Prince, Deputy Supreme Commander and Prime Minister Prince Salman bin Hamad Al Khalifa Minister of Defense Affairs Lt General Abdullah Bin Hassan Al Noaimi

q BHUTAN

Commander-in-Chief of the Bahrain Defense Force Field Marshal Sheikh Khalifa bin Ahmed Al Khalifa

King of Bhutan/Head of State King Jigme Khesar Namgyel Wangchuck

National Security Adviser and Commander of the Royal Guard Major General Sheikh Nasser bin Hamad Al Khalifa

INDIAN DEFENCE

Commander of the Air Forces Major General Mahmoud Laraba

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Commander of the Naval Forces Major General Benmeddah Mahfoud

Prime Minister Lyonchhen (Dr) Lotay Tshering

Chief Operations Officer ofARTICLE the Royal TO READ THE COMPLETE Bhutan Army Lt General Batoo Tshering GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 355

REGIONAL BALANCE

Commander of the Land Forces Major General Ammar Atamnia

Ministry of Defence P.O. Box 245 Manama, Bahrain Telephone: +973 665599 Fax: +973 663923 Website: https://www.bdf.bh

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

q ALGERIA

TECHNOLOGY

Compiled by SP Guide Publications team

BUSINESS

Who’s who in asian defence forces

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES Compiled by SP Guide Publications team (as on August 31, 2021)

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Asian Who’s who: leadership PROFILES

Abdelmadjid Tebboune President, Algeria

BUSINESS

Prime Minister of Algeria from May 2017 to August 2017.

In addition, he was also Minister of Housing from 2001 to 2002 for a year and again from 2012 to 2017 for five years. Tebboune was born on November 17, 1945 in Mécheria, Algeria.

He graduated from the National School of Administration in 1965.

Aymen Benabderrahmane Prime Minister, Algeria

Lt General Saïd Chanegriha

Chief of Staff of the People’s National Army Defence, Algeria Lieutenant General Saïd Chanegriha was born on August 1, 1945 in El-Kantara, Wilaya of Biskra. He obtained military diplomas in: the Fundamental Training, the Application courses, Tanks Company Chief courses, Armoured Arm Captains courses, Command and Staff courses and the War High studies.

Lt General Saïd Chanegriha assumed the responsibility, in the Land Battle Corps, of the following functions: n Commander of Combat Tanks Battalion/Armoured Brigade/3rd MR; n Chief of Staff of Armoured Brigade/3rd MR; n Commander of Armoured Brigade/3rd MR; n Chief of Staff of Armoured Division/5th MR;

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Commander of the Application School of the Armoured Arm/5th MR; n Commander of Armoured Division/2nd MR; n Deputy Commander of the 3rd MR; n Commander of the 3rd MR; n Land Forces Commander.

Lt General had participated in the campaign of the Middle East in Egypt. He has been promoted to the rank of General in 1998, to the rank of Major General in 2003 and to the rank of Lt General in 2020. Lt General Saïd Chanegriha has been decorated with the medal of PNA 1st, 2nd and 3rd chevron, the medal of PNA participation in two wars of Middle East 1967 and 1973, the Medal of Military Merit and the Medal of Honor. He is married and father of six children.

INDIAN DEFENCE

of Administration. From 1991 until 2000, he was Inspector of Finance at the General Inspectorate of Finance. In addition, he worked as General Inspector of Finance in 2004 and as General Inspector Chief of Finance in 2006. He was promoted to Governor of the Bank of Algeria in November 2019 serving until June 2020.

n

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 361

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Aymen Benabderrahmane, born August 30, 1966, is an Algerian politician who is serving as Prime Minister of Algeria since June 30, 2021 and Minister of Finance since June 23, 2020. He graduated from the National School

REGIONAL BALANCE

Abdelmadjid Tebboune is an Algerian politician currently serving as the President of Algeria since December 2019. He took over the power from former President Abdelaziz Bouteflika and former Acting Head of State Abdelkader Bensalah. Previously, he was

TECHNOLOGY

Algeria

CONTENTS WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

6

BUSINESS

Regional Balance Contents

Asia-Pacific (Indo-Pacific) Developments

407

Three

Central and South Asia (CASA)

415

Four

East Asia, Pacific Rim & Australia (EAPA)

441

Five

West Asia and North Africa (WANA)

497

Six

Equipment & Hardware Specifications: An Overview

549 ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Two

INDIAN DEFENCE

401

REGIONAL BALANCE

One GDP & Millitary Expenditure

TECHNOLOGY

STRATEGY & PERSPECTIVE

section six

CONTENTS Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

1 GDP & Military Expenditure 2020

2021*

2022*

2020

2020

1

Afghanistan

18.401

18.876

19.132

19.938

21.201

580.817

38,928.35

2

Algeria

175.367

171.07

144.294

151.459

150.135

3,262.58

43,851.04

3

Australia

1,421.30

1,391.54

1,359.33

1,617.54

1,693.02

52,824.82

25,499.88

4

Bahrain

37.654

38.474

33.904

37.503

38.922

22,402.00

1,701.58

5

Bangladesh

273.3

302.396

329.12

352.908

391.314

1,998.43

1,64,689.38

6

Bhutan

2.411

2.488

2.503

2.48

2.752

3,358.96

771.61

7

Brunei

13.568

13.47

12.016

15.278

14.822

26,089.28

437.48

8

Cambodia

24.444

26.728

25.953

27.239

29.121

1,655.39

16,718.97

13,841.90

14,340.60

14,722.84

16,642.32

18,013.40

10,483.88

14,39,323.78

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

25778.82

9

China

10

Democratic People’s Republic of Korea

11

Egypt

250.253

302.335

361.847

394.284

429.573

3,586.97

1,02,334.40

12

India

2,701.11

2,870.50

2,708.77

3,049.70

3,312.95

1,964.88

13,80,004.39

13

Indonesia

1,042.71

1,120.04

1,059.64

1,158.78

1,256.28

3,921.62

2,73,523.62

14

Iran

456.59

581.252

635.724

682.859

714.707

7,554.77

83,992.95

15

Iraq

216.946

222.434

172.119

190.733

203.292

4,288.77

40,222.49

16

Israel

370.456

394.652

402.639

446.708

471.411

43,688.58

8,655.54

17

Japan

5,036.89

5,148.78

5,048.69

5,378.14

5,653.46

40,146.07

1,26,476.46

18

Jordan

42.993

44.566

43.481

44.979

47.117

4,259.26

10,203.13

19

Kazakhstan

20

Kuwait

21

Kyrgyzstan

22

Laos

179.34

181.667

164.792

187.836

198.08

8,732.64

18,776.71

140.665

134.624

107.936

126.93

129.704

22,105.09

4,270.57

8.271

8.455

7.471

7.47

7.921

1,146.39

6,524.20

18.133

18.807

19.078

20.44

21.905

2,625.53

7,275.56

23

Lebanon

54.961

52.572

19.126

NA

NA

2,802.14

6,825.45

24

Libya

41.432

39.832

21.797

24.267

25.901

3,280.83

6,871.29

25

Malaysia

358.713

364.684

338.276

26

Myanmar

66.699

68.802

81.257

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO417.209 READ THE10,269.86 COMPLETE ARTICLE 32,366.00 76.195 79.415 1,527.44 GET YOUR COPY NOW! 54,409.80

TECHNOLOGY

2019

BUSINESS

2018

INDIAN DEFENCE

Country

387.093

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 401

REGIONAL BALANCE

Sr. No.

Population (Thousand)

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Estimated Gross Domestic Product per capita (Figures in US$)

Estimated Total GDP (Figures in US$ billion)

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

CONTENTS

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 407

TECHNOLOGY

ingly expanding in the Eurasian plateau which are seen in favour of Beijing, creating huge debt challenges for the recipient of the so called Chinese largesse. In turn these states also contribute to growing China’s sphere of influence. Thus Asia-Pacific which was relatively immune to the over-riding influence of a resident large power is today seeing China’s rising presence in the region as a challenge if not a threat. On the COVID-19 issue China just blocked any attempts by the world community to investigate the origins of the virus which is reported to have originated in a Wuhan lab or sea food market in the city.

States taking shelter in bilateral strategic partnerships while weakening the resolve of the global community is another challenge facing multilateralism. While countries have time and again stated that they were committed to international cooperation on countering terrorism when it comes to concrete actions such as blacklisting of the terrorist leader of Jaish-e-Mohammed (JeM), Masood Azhar China chooses to side with all weather friend Pakistan, thus reinforcing bilateralism.

In the geographies of multilateralism, ASEAN was a leading example of multilateralism in the Indo Asia-Pacific now graduating towards the ASEAN Community though progress is slow. However other groupings in this geography are either weak or failing such as the South Asian Association of Regional Cooperation or SAARC is in a limbo due to the perfidy of one of the members Pakistan in fostering terrorism. Thus, other member countries are up in arms against Pakistan including India, Afghanistan and Bangladesh but Islamabad’s Deep State the Army and the Inter Services Intelligence (ISI) is unwilling to relent on the so called, “assets,” that have been created such as the JeM. US unilateralism also has a larger security impact. While India’s concerns were mainly on the trade, commerce and consular issues, the China - US relations was impacted by more substantial vectors of peer competition between global rivals underlined in the US National Security Strategy (NSS) and reiterated in the National Defence Strategy.

Of concern is the phrase used in the NSS for China being perceived as aiming, “to displace the United States in the Indo-Pacific region.” Thus,

BUSINESS

Rohit Goel

that supported multilateralism, in recent years the rise of unilateralism that is where powerful states act solely in national interest disrespecting international norms and treaties has led to some concerns in countries as India.

Multilateralism has been the main characteristic of international relations post the World War II. Led by the United States a number of multilateral institutions sprang up the foremost being the United Nations. This was followed by the World Trade Organisation (WTO) which regulates trade between nations which subsumes individual national interests to the large good of the community. There is a commonality of interests amongst the participants in a multilateral arrangement which has led to the emergence of some of the largest political groupings such as the European Union (EU) or the Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN) or economic and trade institutions as the WTO. In the security sphere collective security is the hallmark of multilateralism and NATO or North Atlantic Treaty Organization is a major example though some may cast this as an example of bilateralism with the United States being the hub and members the spoke.

The United States is not only rejecting multilateralism but in many ways also bilateralism – thus former US President Trump had called for a review of strategic alliance treaties with Japan and South Korea – two of the strongest US allies in the Asia-Pacific. This was so much evident during the last two years as the scourge of COVID-19 surged across the globe. Almost all nations got busy fending for themselves knowing very well that a virus of this nature has the capability to incapacitate people across the globe.

China on the other hand while supporting multilateralism has adopted the bilateral route which is most evident in the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI) – the two legged gigantic sweep on land and oceans called as the Silk Road Belt and 21st Century Maritime Silk Road respectively. Agreements are inked mainly between China and partners mostly developing countries in the Indian Ocean region and increas-

INDIAN DEFENCE

W

hile in the past it was multi-polarity

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Relations between the US and China remain central to the balance that underpins security and stability in the Indo-Pacific. The deterioration of the crucially important relationship between the world’s two most powerful countries has deepened and accelerated bilateral differences in the security sphere, particularly in relation to the South China Sea and Taiwan.

REGIONAL BALANCE

MEA

Asia-Pacific (Indo-Pacific) Developments

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

2

CONTENTS

Central and South Asia (CASA)

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

SCO 20 Years SCO has primarily focused on security concerns wherein the main threats described are terrorism, separatism and extremism. Some notable initiatives have been the Regional Anti terrorist Structure (RATS) of 2004 and the Collective Security Treaty Organization (CSTO) of 2007. This is complemented by regular military exercises between member states.

There is now talk to merge SCO with CSTO but that is still in the works.

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 415

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

Central Asia and China The countries of Central Asia are pivotal to China in safeguarding its Western border and ensuring stability in the adjacent regions, obtaining energy resources via the Turkmenistan-China natural gas pipeline and implementing the transcontinental connectivity initiative - the Belt and Road. Even though initially some disputes over the border demarcation remained, China and the partners have put them to rest by signing the border agreements. Political dialogue is maintained through active bilateral exchanges, the summits of Shanghai Cooperation Organisation, as well as through the Belt and Road channels. All the five CAR countries have strategic partnership status with China; Kazakhstan and Tajikistan since 2017 and Kyrgyzstan, Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan since 2013.

Cooperation between China and the CAR countries includes infrastructural and logistic cooperation in the Eurasian space; role of SCO; ecology, investment; Belt and Road Initiative; agriculture; anti-terrorism, drug control, cyber-security and combating cross-border organised crime; and export of natural resources.

The Central Asian Republics (CARs) of Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan came together with the People’s Republic of China and the Russian Federation in Shanghai (China) on June 15, 2001, to announce the formation of a permanent intergovernmental international organisation called The Shanghai Cooperation Organsiation (SCO). It was only later in 2002 that during the SCO Heads of State meeting in St. Petersburg that the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation Charter was signed. Later in 2017, during the meeting of the Heads of State Council of the SCO, held on June 8-9 in Astana, full member of the Organisation status was granted to India and to Pakistan.

Having being formed in 2001, the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) has completed two decades. In this, SCO is the largest regional grouping in the world, both in terms of geographical spread and population size.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

Energy and Power Diplomacy CARs are endowed with tremendous hydrocarbons reserves that has significant attraction for regional players like Russia, China, Iran, Afghanistan, Pakistan, India and Turkey and remote players like USA and EU. The share of Central Asia in the world energy markets is substantial. Central Asia and the Caucasus are considered by many to be the next oil and gas frontier. Overall, according to the Kazakhstan Ministry of Oil and Gas, proven hydrocarbon reserves, both onshore and offshore, are estimated to amount to 4.8 billion tonnes, or more than 35 billion barrels. The OECD estimates that Kazakhstan holds 65 years of oil reserves and 308 years of coal reserves. Kazakhstan is the region’s leading oil producer and ninth-largest country in the world. Turkmenistan is the region’s main gas exporter, and exports its reserves directly to China through the Central Asia-China Gas Pipeline.

Uzbekistan also supplies gas through the upgraded pipeline network.

CARs also have immense hydropower potential of its rivers. A solution to leverage it is being sought through the Central Asia Energy and Water Development Program (CAEWDP) which is a partnership between the World Bank, the European Commission, Switzerland (through SECO), the United Kingdom (through DFID), and the US (through USAID).

CARs falls on the ‘ancient Silk Road’ and it serves as the starting point of the China–Central Asia transnational oil and gas pipeline. Because of its strategic position and rich oil and gas resources, Central Asia is a major focus of competition for the world’s political and economic powers like the United States, Russia, European Union and China. Most experts agree that the balance of power is changing in Central Asia, with Russia and China playing a greater role than the US, which had been the key guarantor of stability in the region until recently. With the withdrawal of US from Afghanistan, the stage is now set for another ‘great game’ in the region with a new player – China.

Political and Security Relations of Central Asian Republics with China, Russia, US and EU

REGIONAL BALANCE

T

he Central Asian Republics (CARs) of Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan and Turkmenistan obtained their independence in 1991 with the collapse of the Soviet Union. These sovereign states in Central Asia have the Caspian Sea on the west and China on the east. The dominant ethnic groups in the region are Uzbek, Kazakh, Tajik, Turkmen and Kyrgyz. During their incorporation, earlier into Russia, and then into the Soviet Union, a large number of Russians and Ukrainians are also settled in these republics giving the whole region a multi-ethnic and distinctive character. Majority of the people in the region belong to the Sunni sect of Islam, the main religion.

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

3

Area Capital Coastline Population Ethnic Divisions

Religions

Languages

Literacy Government Suffrage Administrative Divisions

: 27,24,900 sq km : Nur-Sultan (Astana) : Landlocked with access to Caspian Sea : 18,744,548 (July 2018 est.) : Kazakh (Qazaq) 63.1 per cent, Russian 23.7 per cent, Uzbek 2.9 per cent, Ukrainian 2.1 per cent, Uighur 1.4 per cent, Tatar 1.3 per cent, German 1.1 per cent, other 4.4 per cent (2009 est.) : Muslim 70.2 per cent, Christian 26.2 per cent (mainly Russian Orthodox), other 0.2 per cent, atheist 2.8 per cent, unspecified 0.5 per cent (2009 est.) : Kazakh (official, Qazaq) 74 per cent (understand spoken language), Russian (official, used in everyday business, designated the “language of interethnic communication”) 94.4 per cent (understand spoken language) (2009 est.) : 99.8 per cent : Presidential Republic : 18 years of age; universal : 14 provinces and 2 cities Kazakhstan Armed Forces: Land Forces, Navy, Air Defense Forces

Overview President Nursultan Nazarbayev’s decision to step down in March 2019, marks the beginning of a new chapter in the history of Kazakhstan.

Acting President Kassym-Zhomart Tokayev won the Presidential elections in June 2019, for a five-year term until 2024. Tokayev in all probability is likely to continue the policies of his predecessor, who is expected to be his mentor and guide on both domestic and foreign affairs. Political stability in Kazakhstan depends on Nazarbayev’s ability to manage the transition and its impact on key sectors, including mining and oil and gas.

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

4 regional comd : Astana, East, West and Southern Forces by Role Manoeuvre Armoured : 1 tk bde Mechanised : 3 mech bde Air Manoeuvre : 4 air aslt bde Combat Support 3 arty bde 1 SSM unit 3 cbt engr bde Equipment by Type Armoured Fighting Vehicles MBT : 300 T-72BA RECCE : 100: 40 BRDM-2; 60 BRM-1 IFV : 607: 500 BMP-2; 107 BTR-80A APC 432 : APC (T) 150 MT-LB: APC (W) 192: 2 BTR-3E; 190 BTR-80: PPV 90 Arlan AUV : 17+: 17 Cobra; SandCat Engineering & Maintenance Vehicles AEV : MT-LB Anti-Tank/Anti-Infrastructure MSL : SP: 3+: 3 BMP-T; HMMWV with 9K111-1 Konkurs (AT-5 Spandrel); 9P149 Shturm (MTLB with AT-6 Spiral) MANPATS : 9K111 Fagot (AT-4 Spigot); 9K111-1 Konkurs (AT-5 Spandrel); 9K115 Metis (AT-7 Saxhorn) Guns : 100mm 68 MT-12/T-12 Artillery : 611 SP 246: 122mm 126: 120 2S1 Gvozdika; 6 Semser; 152mm 120 2S3 Akatsiya TOWED : 150: 122mm 100 D-30; 152mm 50 2A65 Msta-B (122mm up to 300 D-30 in store) GUN/MOR : 120mm 25 2S9 NONA-S MRL : 127: 122mm 100 BM-21 Grad; 220mm 3 TOS-1A; 300mm 24: 6 BM-30 Smerch; 18 IMI Lynx (with 50 msl) (122mm 100 BM-21 Grad; 220mm 180 9P140 Uragan all in store) MOR : 63 SP 120mm 18 Cardom; 120mm 45 2B11 Sani/M120 Surface-to-Surface Missile Launchers SRBM : Conventional 12 9K79 Tochka (SS-21 Scarab)

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 421

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS Military Equipment by Service Army: 20,000

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

: 39,000 (Army 20,000 Navy 3,000 Air 12,000 MoD 4,000) Paramilitary : 31,500 Conscript liability 12 months (due to be abolished)

TECHNOLOGY

Active

BUSINESS

Defence

INDIAN DEFENCE

 General Information

By regional standards, Kazakhstan’s armed forces are both relatively sizeable and well equipped due to its major modernisation initiatives assisted by Russia due to its close defence relationship with Russia, reinforced through its membership of the Collective Security Treaty Organization (CSTO) and Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO).

The 2019-21 fiscal plan aims to modernise the economy and reduce its oil-dependency. High oil prices are expected to keep the GDP growth at over 3 per cent in 2019, following a growth of 3.7 per cent in 2018.

Kazakhstan government is keen on attracting foreign investment that is required for their ambitious economic development plans.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

KAZAKHSTAN

REGIONAL BALANCE

Central and south asia (Casa): Kazakhstan

CONTENTS What is China’s Strategy?

China’s leaders have benefited from what they view as a “period of strategic opportunity” during the initial two decades of the 21st century

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 441

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

to develop domestically and expand China’s “comprehensive national power.” Over the coming decades, they are focused on realising a powerful and prosperous China that is equipped with a “world-class” military, securing China’s status as a great power with the aim of emerging as the preeminent power in the Indo-Pacific region. In 2018, China continued harnessing an array of economic, foreign policy, and security tools to realise this vision. Ongoing state-led efforts, which China implements both at home and abroad and which often feature economic and diplomatic initiatives, also support China’s security and military objectives: n China continues to implement long-term state-directed planning, such as “Made in China 2025” and other industrial development plans, which stress the need to replace imported technology with domestically produced technology. These plans present an economic challenge to nations that export high-tech products. These plans also directly support military modernisation goals by stressing proprietary mastery of advanced dual-use technologies. n China’s leaders seek to align civil and defence technology development to achieve greater efficiency, innovation, and growth. In recent years, China’s leaders elevated this initiative, known as CivilMilitary Integration (CMI), to a national strategy that incentivises the civilian sector to enter the defence market. The national CMI strategy focuses on hardware modernisation, education, personnel, investment, infrastructure, and logistics. n China’s leaders are leveraging China’s growing economic, diplomatic, and military clout to establish regional pre-eminence and expand the country’s international influence. China’s advancement of projects such as the “One Belt, One Road” Initiative (OBOR) will probably drive military overseas basing through a perceived need to provide security for OBOR projects. n China conducts influence operations to achieve outcomes favorable to its security and military strategy objectives. The Chinese Communist Party (CCP) seeks to condition foreign and multilateral political establishments and public opinion to accept China’s narrative surrounding its priorities like OBOR and South China Sea territorial and maritime claims. China harnesses academia and educational institutions, think tanks, and state-run media to advance China’s security interests. China’s foreign influence activities are predominately focused on establishing and maintaining power brokers within a foreign government to promote policies that China believes will facilitate China’s rise, despite China’s stated position of not interfering in foreign countries’ internal affairs.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

T

he region of East Asia and the Pacific saw some of the most ferocious battles being fought during the Second World War and was the only place to suffer from Nuclear Holocaust.

Economically, financially and in terms of loss of personnel, countries in the region suffered heavily during the war only to bounce back after the war with dedication, perseverance and commitment to become either the most developed economies or the fastest developing nations in the world. Japan and South Korea experienced an economic boom. Taiwan blossomed into a high-tech powerhouse. Hong Kong, Singapore, and other Southeast Asian economies grew rapidly. Foundational institutions like the Association for Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN), the APEC Forum, and the Asian Development Bank, all contributed to growth in the region. United States established formal diplomatic relations with China in 1979, which facilitated economic exchange. At the turn of the 21st century, the United States advocated for China’s admission into the World Trade Organization (WTO), with the belief that economic liberalisation would bring China into a greater partnership with the US and the free world.

Spanning a vast stretch of the globe from the west coast of the Pacific to the Eastern shores of India, the region is home to the world’s most populous states including nearly half of the earth’s population, more than half of the largest standing armies in the world and countries that possess nuclear weapons. Some of the world’s largest and busiest seaports are in the region. 60 per cent of global maritime trade transits through East and South—East Asia, with roughly one-third of global shipping passing through the South China Sea alone. America’s annual two-way trade with the region is $2.3 trillion, with US foreign direct investment of $1.3 trillion in the region – more than China’s, Japan’s, and South Korea’s combined. The region contributes significantly to the global growth in gross domestic product (GDP) as it includes some of the world’s largest economies – China and Japan – and some of the world’s fastest growing economies.

As the region grows in population and economic weight, it is extremely important to ensure that it is increasingly a place of peace, stability, and growing prosperity – and not one of disorder, conflict, and predatory economics. Embedding these free and open principles will require efforts across the spectrum of the global community with diplomatic initiatives, economic exchange and military cooperation.

REGIONAL BALANCE

East Asia, Pacific Rim & Australia (EAPA)

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

4

regional balance AUSTRALIA

www.spguidepublications.com

 General Information

Area : 77,41,220 sq km Capital : Canberra Coastline : 25,760 km Maritime Claims Territorial sea : 12 nm Contiguous zone : 24 nm Exclusive economic zone : 200 nm Continental shelf : 200 nm or to the edge of the continental margin Population : 23,470,145 (July 2018 est.)

Ethnic Divisions : English 25.9 per cent, Australian 25.4 per cent, Irish 7.5 per cent, Scottish 6.4 per cent, Italian 3.3 per cent, German 3.2 per cent, Chinese 3.1 per cent, Indian 1.4 per cent, Greek 1.4 per cent, Dutch 1.2 per cent, other 15.8 per cent (includes Australian aboriginal .5 per cent), unspecified 5.4 per cent(2011 est.)

Note: data represent self-identified ancestry, over a third of respondents reported two ancestries Languages : English 76.8 per cent, Mandarin 1.6 per cent, Italian 1.4 per cent, Arabic 1.3 per cent, Greek 1.2 per cent, Cantonese 1.2 per cent, Vietnamese 1.1 per cent, others 10.4 per cent, unspecified 5 per cent (2011 est) Literacy : 99 per cent Government : Parliamentary Democracy (Federal Parliament) under a Constitutional Monarchy; a Commonwealth realm Suffrage : 18 years of age; universal and compulsory Administrative Divisions : Six states and two territories

446 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

East Asia, Pacific Rim & Australia (EAPA): AUSTRALIA

Overview Australia, officially the Commonwealth of Australia, is a sovereign country comprising the mainland of the Australian continent. The 2019 Australian federal election was held on Saturday May 18, 2019 to elect members of the 46th Parliament of Australia. The election had been called following the dissolution of the 45th Parliament as elected at the 2016 double dissolution federal election. All 151 seats in the House of Representatives (lower house) and 40 of the 76 seats in the Senate (upper house) were contested. The second-term incumbent minority Coalition Government, led by Prime Minister Scott Morrison, won a third three-year term against the Labor opposition.

Australia identifies China’s growing regional role, regional military modernisation and interstate rivalry, the threat of terrorism and cyber attacks as important influences shaping its defence policy US is Australia’s greatest ally and it is attempting to build closer economic and military relations with other countries of the region like India, Japan, South Korea and New Zealand. Australia is wary of China; as reflected in its initial reaction to the Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (QUAD).

Australia’s three main defence objectives are the ‘defence of Australia’, ‘securing maritime Southeast Asia and the Pacific’, and ‘contributing to stability and the rules-based order across the wider IndoPacific region’. Australia possesses capable, well-trained and equipped armed forces, with strong doctrine, logistic support, C4ISR and the capacity for deployment over long distances. Australia is providing forces in Iraq and is helping modernise, train and assist the Afghan National Defence and Security Forces. Australia is also a contributor to the UNSCR enforcement to get North Korea to comply with the sanctions and is helping the Philippines in building counter-terrorism capacity. In 2018, Australia celebrated their “First Hundred Years of Mateship” with US for conducting training and exercise, joint and coalition operations and capability development. Australia has a commitment to the Indo-Pacific region as it seeks newer and innovative ways to counter new threats and strengthen security through more regional engagements and an increased focus on Pacific Islands. Australia has a Force Posture Agreement with US for capacity building and bilateral regional activities. In 2018, the US Marine Rotational Forces-Darwin completed its seventh rotation, training with forces from Australia and 12 other regional countries and deploying as part of Australia’s Indo-Pacific Endeavor – a flotilla that conducted security cooperation activities in Southeast Asia and the Pacific Islands. In 2019, the Marine Rotational Forces-Darwin is expected to grow to 2,500 US Marines with enhanced Aircraft Cooperation. The US Department of Defense is also partnering with Australia in cyber, space, and defence science and technology domains.

In 2016 twelve new ‘regionally superior’ submarines from DCNS (Naval Group) were contracted for and will be built in Australia, with the first one expected around 2030. More maritime muscle will be added by the delivery of three Aegis-equipped destroyers by 2020. Significant amphibious capability has also been added. Australia is committed to buying 72 F-35A Joint Strike Fighters from USA. 15 P-8 A maritimepatrol aircraft have started being inducted since 2016. From early 2020s the air force will acquire seven MQ-4C Triton UAS’ for maritime reconnaissance.

Australia’s defence budget aims to increase the country’s commitment to regional and global security. Australia’s defence budget for the 2021–22 financial year will rise by 4.4 per cent to AUD44.61 billion ($34.84 billion), including AUD1 billion for the Australian Signals Directorate, the federal government announced in its annual budget statement on May 11, 2021. Defence-related expenditure as a share of gross domestic product (GDP) will reach 2.1 per cent, a slight decrease on the previous

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Equipment by Type Satellites

: Communications: 1 Optus C1 (dual use for civil/mil comms)

Army: 29,500

Forces by Role Command Manoeuvre Mechanised

Amphibious Aviation

Combat Support

Combat Service Support

: 1 (1st) div HQ (1 sigs regt) : 3 mech inf bde (1 armd cav regt, 1 mech inf bn, 1 lt mech inf bn, 1 arty regt, 1 cbt engr regt, 1 sigs regt, 1 CSS bn) : 1 (2nd RAR) amph bn : 1 (16th) avn bde (1 regt (2 ISR hel sqn), 1 regt (3 tpt hel sqn), 1 regt (2 spec ops hel sqn, 1 avn sqn)) : 1 (6th) cbt spt bde (1 STA regt (1 STA bty, 2 UAV bty, 1 CSS bty), 1 AD/FAC regt (integrated), 1 engr regt (2 construction sqn, 1 EOD sqn), 1 EW regt, 1 int bn) : 1 (17th) CSS bde (3 log bn, 3 med bn, 1 MP bn)

Special Operations Command Forces by Role Special Forces Combat Support Combat Service Support

: 1 (SAS) SF regt; 1 (SF Engr) SF regt; 2 cdo regt : 3 sigs sqn (incl 1 reserve sqn) : 1 CSS sqn

Reserve Organisations: 18,750 Reservists Forces by Role Command Manoeuvre Reconnaissance Light

: 1 (2nd) div HQ

: 3 (regional force) surv unit (integrated) : 1 (4th) inf bde (1 recce regt, 2 inf bn, 1 engr regt, 1 spt bn) 1 (5th) inf bde (1 recce bn, 4 inf bn, 1 engr regt, 2 spt bn) 1 (9th) inf bde (1 recce sqn, 2 inf bn, 1 spt bn) 1 (11th) inf bde (1 recce regt, 3 inf bn, 1 engr regt, 1 spt bn) 1 (13th) inf bde (1 recce sqn, 2 inf bn, 1 spt bn) Combat Support : 1 arty regt; 1 sigs regt Combat Service Support : 1 trg bde Equipment by Type Armoured Fighting Vehicles MBT : 59 M1A1 Abrams

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Fleet Comd HQ located at Sydney. Naval Strategic Comd HQ located at Canberra Equipment by Type Submarines : 6: SSK 6 Collins with 6 single 533mm TT with UGM-84C Harpoon Block 1B AShM/Mk 48 ADCAP mod 7 HWT Principal Surface Combatants 11 Destroyers : DDGHM 3 Hobart with Aegis Baseline 8.1 C2, 2 quad lnchr with RGM-84L Harpoon Block II AShM, 6 8-cell Mk 41 VLS with SM-2 Block IIIB SAM/RIM-162A ESSM SAM, 2 twin 324mm SVTT Mk 32 mod 9 ASTT with MU90 LWT/Mk 54 LWT, 1 MK 15 Phalanx Block 1B CIWS, 1 127mm gun (capacity 1 MH-60R Seahawk) Frigates : FFGHM 8 Anzac (GER MEKO 200) with 2 quad lnchr with RGM-84L Harpoon Block II AShM, 1 8-cell Mk 41 VLS with RIM-162B ESSM SAM, 2 triple 324mm SVTT Mk 32 mod 5 ASTT with MU90 LWT, 1 127mm gun (capacity 1 MH-60R Seahawk ASW hel) Patrol and Coastal Combatants 15 PCO : 15: 13 Armidale (Bay mod); 2 Cape (leased) Mine Warfare : Mine Countermeasures 4 MHC : 4 Huon Amphibious Principal Amphibious Ships : 3 LHD : 2 Canberra (capacity 18 hel; 4 LCM-1E; 110 veh; 12 M1 Abrams MBT; 1,000 troops) LSD : 1 Choules (ex-UK Bay) (capacity 1 med hel; 24 MBT; 350 troops) Landing Craft : LCM 12 LCM-1E Logistics and Support : 12: AGHS 2 Leeuwin with 1 hel landing platform; AGS 4 Paluma;AOR 1 Sirius; AX 1 Sycamore (capacity 1 med hel) (operated by private company, Teekay Shipping; multi-

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 447

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS Navy: 14,700

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Military Equipment by Service Space

TECHNOLOGY

: 58,600 (Army 29,500 Navy 14,700 Air 14,400) : 30,100 (Army 18,750 Navy 6,300 Air 5,050) Integrated units are formed from a mix of reserve and regular personnel. All ADF operations are now controlled by Headquarters Joint Operations Command (HQJOC)

BUSINESS

Active Reserve

INDIAN DEFENCE

Defence

RECCE : 1 Boxer CRV (in test) IFV : 253 ASLAV-25 (all variants) APC : APC (T) 431 M113AS4 AUV : 1,120: 1,020 Bushmaster IMV; 100 Hawkei Engineering & Maintenance Vehicles ARV : 51: 15 ASLAV-F; 17 ASLAV-R; 19 M88A2 VLB : 5 Biber MW : 20: 12 Husky; 8 MV-10 Anti-Tank/Anti-Infrastructure MSL : MANPATS FGM-148 Javelin RCL : 84mm Carl Gustaf Artillery : 239 TOWED 155MM 54 M777A2; MOR 81MM 185 Air Defence : SAM: Point-defence RBS-70 Amphibious : 15 LCM-8 (capacity either 1 MBT or 200 troops) Helicopters : ATK 22 Tiger; TPT 85: Heavy 10 CH-47F Chinook; Medium 75: 41 NH90 TTH (MRH90 TTH); 34 S-70A Black Hawk Uninhabited Aerial Vehicles ISR : Medium 15 RQ-7B Shadow 200 Air-Launched Missiles ASM : AGM-114M Hellfire

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

year but of no great significance given the faster-than-anticipated recovery of GDP from the 2020–21 COVID-19-affected budget.

REGIONAL BALANCE

East Asia, Pacific Rim & Australia (EAPA): AUSTRALIA

CONTENTS Integration of the Region

The Decline of Oil Wealth

In the 1970s and the 1980s, the WANA region embarked on major economic liberalisation, privatisation, and deregulation projects in their respective states. In the past two decades, further trade liberalisation continued as more states in West Asia joined the World Trade Organisation (WTO). In addition to the World Trade Organisation (WTO), 23 states joined the Greater Arab Free Trade Area (GAFTA), which encompasses a number of commodities. States have attempted to cooperate in smaller sub-regional organisations over the decades as well. In May 1981, six Arab Gulf states decided to form the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC). The six original member states – Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates – established the GCC in response to the fall of the Shah in Iran, the resulting Islamic Revolution, and the Iran-Iraq war.

A proposal in 2011 during to transform the GCC into a “Gulf Union” with tighter economic, political and military coordination was advanced by Saudi Arabia during Arab Spring, a move meant to counterbalance the Iranian influence in the region. The Peninsula Shield Force is the military arm of the GCC, formed in 1984.

While the six member states have achieved some agreement over security policies, especially in response to the 2011 Arab Spring, the exact nature and goals of the GCC remains rather ambiguous. The economic structure of the GCC has over the years undergone changes

The economy of the WANA region is significantly dependent on the exports of oil and gas. The region has nearly half of the world’s oil and gas reserves and thus has been and will remain a crucial region for the western developed economies which have sought to control the production of oil. However, despite the dependence of western economies, continuous inter-regional conflicts dominated by the Arab-Israel wars the Shia-Sunni tussles, wars to liberate Kuwait, Libya and the aggressive posturing against Iran, the region could not become the economic power house it should have and remained depended on the oil wealth.

The 1990 invasion of Kuwait by Iraq, the 1990-1991 Gulf War, the 2003 invasion of Iraq, and the subsequent Global War on Terror and foreign intervention severely damaged oil production infrastructure in the region. As the world energy market turns toward renewable and lowcarbon energy sources in response to climate change the economies of these primarily oil-exporting countries in West Asia and North Africa face a steep challenge. The worldwide lockdown imposed by the corona virus outbreak in 2020 further gave a blow to the oil driven economies as the shipping tankers virtually grounded to a halt.

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

TO Threat READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE to Regional Security and Economies GET YOUR COPY NOW!

Responding to the decline in oil prices, several Arab countries, especially the GCC member states, especially in wake of COVID-19, announced

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 497

TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS INDIAN DEFENCE

in an attempt to deepen the arrangement among its members. In 1983, the GCC established a free-trading zone that exempted local products and services from tariffs and taxes and, since the end of 2008, member states have also established a common market. In 2015, the GCC put a customs union into effect. These economic measures have resulted in some success. According to a report, in 2018 the combined economies of GCC member states had an aggregate GDP of $3.655 trillion. The GCC was also the fourth largest exporter in the world after China, the US, and Germany; these exports consisted primary of crude oil, natural gas, and other petrochemical products. These economic accomplishments have however been quickly overshadowed by a drop in world oil prices between 2014 and 2016, the civil war in Syria, the war in Yemen, and the conflict with the Islamic the GDP level in 2021 for developing oil importers is forecast to be 9.3 per cent below the counterfactual GDP level without the pandemic. The counterfactual decline for GCC countries is 7.7 per cent and is 4.4 per cent for developing oil exporters. The sharpest declines in real government revenues in 2020 were among the GCC and developing oil exporters, not surprising given the oil price collapse.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

L

ocated at the junction of the three continents of Asia, Europe and Africa, the region of Western Asia and North Africa (WANA) is considered as one of the most diverse areas and has been home to some of the world’s oldest civilizations. Over time, the WANA and its peoples have been dominated and influenced by many rulers, including the Persians, Romans, Byzantine, Islam, and Ottoman empires. In addition to direct foreign control, the region has constantly been subject to Western European empires pressure and influences. Within this political chaos, many religions and cultures developed and thrived. Judaism, Christianity, and Islam were born and formed here. Although, the majority of people today in the Middle East are Muslim, Judaism and Christianity both have very strong followings. Over the years, Islamic and pan-Arab transnational ideas have been co-opted by its political elites in an attempt to unify and integrate the region. Post-colonial West Asia nonetheless remains a heterogeneous region caught between Sunni and Shi’a, tribal Islam and the post-colonial nation-state, as well as territorial disputes, and the Israel-Palestine struggle.

REGIONAL BALANCE

West Asia and North Africa (WANA)

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

5

Religions

Languages

Literacy Government Suffrage Administrative Divisions

: 23,81,740 sq km : Algiers : 998 km : 12 nm : 41,657,488 (July 2018 est.) : Arab-Berber 99 per cent, European less than 1 per cent : Muslim (official; predominantly Sunni) 99 per cnet, other (includes Christian and Jewish) <1 per cent (2012 est.) : Arabic (official), French (lingua franca), Berber or Tamazight (official); dialects include Kabyle Berber (Taqbaylit), Shawiya Berber (Tacawit), Mzab Berber, Tuareg Berber (Tamahaq) : 80.2 per cent : Presidential Republic : 18 years of age; universal : 48 provinces

Overview The current President of Algeria is Abdelmadjid Tebboune, who won the 2019 Algerian presidential election on 12 December and assumed the office on December 19, 2019. The transition was smooth without any interference from the Army or any kind of violence. Troop deployments to the eastern and southern borders with Tunisia, Libya, and Mali will remain to prevent Jihadist from coming in. The Algerian army regularly discovers arms and ammunition. The on ammunition caches, most commonly IEDs and small-arms. Although, Algeria’s established military doctrine does not include deployment outside Algeria and

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Active

: 130,000 (Army 110,000 Navy 6,000 Air 14,000) Paramilitary 187,200 Conscript liability 12 months : 150,000 (Army 150,000) to age 50

Reserve

Military Equipment by Service Army: 35,000; 75,000 conscript (total 110,000) Forces by Role Manoeuvre Armoured

: 6 Mil Regions

Mechanised Light Air Manoeuvre Combat Support Air Defence

: 2 (1st & 8th) armd div (3 tk regt; 1 mech regt, 1 arty gp); 2 indep armd bde : 2 (12th & 40th) mech div (1 tk regt; 3 mech regt, 1 arty gp); 4 indep mech bde : 1 indep mot bde : 1 AB div (4 para regt; 1 SF regt) : 2 arty bn; 1 AT regt; 4 engr bn : 7 AD bn

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 503

TECHNOLOGY

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS Defence

BUSINESS

Area Capital Coastline Maritime Claims Territorial sea Exclusive Population Ethnic Divisions

INDIAN DEFENCE

 General Information

gives priority to enhancing border security, Algeria has stepped up security co-operation with neighbouring states.

Although there is an attempt to attract foreign investment, the government retains control over strategic sectors such as energy, automotive and steel. Algeria saw an economic slowdown during 2018 with GDP growth at 1.4 per cent but was forecasted to drop further to 0.9 per cent in 2019, though the projected growth rate for 2021 is 4 per cent.

Algeria’s primary military suppliers have been the former Soviet Union, which sold various types of sophisticated equipment under military trade agreements, and the People’s Republic of China. Since independence in the 1960s, no foreign bases are known to have been allowed in Algeria, although in the 1970s and 1980s, large numbers of Soviet military advisers were stationed in the country. Since 2001, security cooperation with the US has increased, and US forces have taken part in training missions in the country’s Saharan south.

Another weapons supplier of Algeria is France. France and Algeria have had a significant connection since the French Algeria colonial era, as France supplies weapons and armour to Algerian forces. As of October 2009, it was reported that Algeria cancelled a weapons deal with France over the presence of Israeli parts.

Four or eight battalions of Russian S-300PMU2 long-range antiaircraft missiles were ordered in 2006. In 2006, multibillion-dollar purchases of Russian military equipment were made in order to upgrade the country’s conventional arsenal. This included a deal by the Algerian Air Force to buy 28 Su-30MKA and 36 MiG-29SMT for up to $3.5 billion. However, those MiG-29s were returned to Russia in February 2008 because of poor airframe quality, after technical evaluations in Algeria.

In May 2008 the two governments agreed on a new deal to replace those 36 MiG-29SMT by a new batch of 16 Su-30MKA which meet all requirements of Algerian Air Force.

Algeria also has a small domestic military industry of its own. The army produces AK-47 and AKM-47 assault rifles, licensed by Russia and China, as well as rocket-type RPGs in the Construction Company Mechanical Khenchela (ECMK). Moreover the ECMK also builds under license the UAE caracal pistol. The logistics base station produces various types of AICV (Armoured Infantry Fighting Vehicle) for the transport of troops and light armored vehicles. The air force produces two types of light aircraft for the basic training and has produced its own reconnaissance drone since December 2010. The Russian company, Rosoboronexport, has expressed a request for financial assistance to several countries including Algeria, Iran, Saudi Arabia, and the UAE to participate in the project for the production of the T-50 (PAK-FA) 5th generation fighter aircraft.

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

ALGERIA

REGIONAL BALANCE

West Asia and North Africa (WANA): Algeria

CONTENTS

ARMY EQUIPMENT Army equipment is listed below by Country: China Main battle tanks (MBTs)

Light tanks (Lt Tks) Armoured Personnel Carriers/Infantry Combat Vehicles (APCs), (ICVs)

Self-Propelled Guns and Howitzers

Towed Anti-tank (A Tk) Guns, Guns and Howitzer

n

Multiple Rocket Launchers (MRLs)

: Type-90 122mm (40 round) MR System, WS-1B Multiple-Launch Rocket System

SP Anti-Aircraft Guns and SAMs : Type-98/Type-99, Type-99G, Type-90-II, North Industries Corporation (Norinco) Type-85-III : Type-62, Type-63, Type-63A

: Type-90, ZBD-04 IFV/ZBD (Type-97), Norinco VP1, Type-89 (YW 534), Type-85 (531H), Type WZ 501, Type-77, Norinco YW 531 APC : Type-83 152mm, PLZ45 155mm How, Enhanced PLZ45 systems Norinco, Type85 122mm How, 155mm (SP) System -SH1

: Type-59-1 130mm Fd Gun, Type-66 152mm Gun How

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

: Type-80 Twin 57mm SP AA Gun System, PL-9C, Almaz S-300 — ‘Offensive’ Air Defence, China’s SD-10A Air Defence System Low Altitude (Alt) SAM System Towed AA Guns : Chinese Type-56 14.5mm Gun, Norinco 37mm Type-74 Artillery-Delivered High Precision Munitions. The PLA is fielding long-range rocket artillery systems with the range to strike targets within or even across the Taiwan Strait. The most common of these is the PHL-03 12x300 mm multiple-rocket launcher – similar to the Russian 9A52-2 SMERCH, with a 150 km range. Improved warheads for these rockets may include vertical penetrators and sensor-fuzed munitions.

Czech/Slovak Republics APCs/ICVs : BRDM-2, OT-64 C (SKOT-2A), BMP-1 &

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 549

INDIAN DEFENCE

n

n

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

n

REGIONAL BALANCE

n

n

variants with new fitments based on new technologies to cater for new operational parameters. Thus the equipment may seem old but in fact may have undergone numerous upgrades to modernise it for current and future conflicts.

Some such variants of equipment have been included based upon information in the public domain and collated from various sources including other publications. For greater details, refer to other relevant media.

Specifications have been listed in general terms and common features spelt out. Details of sensors, weapon control systems and other such subsystems have been omitted as they may vary from craft to craft even within the same class or category.

The equipment held (types and numbers) in various countries of Asia along with other details is given in our chapter on Regional Balance.

TECHNOLOGY

T

his chapter contains specifications of some important military hardware being employed in the Asian region.

Equipment having greater commonality within the region and those of comparatively recent origin have been chosen and presented for Army, Navy and Air Force separately. Salient details are as under: The chapter begins with a summary of equipment of each manufacturing country followed by more detailed characteristics of each type of equipment of that country.

While the equipment mentioned is in use in the Asian region, each type of hardware is listed under its country of origin (manufacturer) like Russia, UK and the US. The development of weapon systems being a long-term process, a composite unit like a tank, ship or an aircraft passes through various phases/stages of development and appears in different

BUSINESS

Equipment & Hardware Specifications: An Overview

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

6

regional Balance

equipment & hardware specifications: Army

ARMY EQUIPMENT contd.

OT90 APC France MBTs Lt Tks APCs/ICVs

: Leclerc, AMX-30 : AMX-13 : Giat AMX-10P, Nexter Systems AMX-10P Marines, AMX VCI (ICV), Improved VAB 4 x 4 version (Wheeled), Panhard PVP, Panhard M3 SP Guns and Hows : GIAT Mk. F3 155mm SP Gun, GIAT 155mm, GCT SP Gun SP AA Guns and SAMs : Panhard M3 VDA Twin 20mm SP AA Gun System, Crotale Low Alt SAM System, Shahine Low Alt SAM System, AMX-30 twin 30mm SP AA Gun System Germany MBTs

APCs/ICVs

India MBTs Towed A Tk Guns, Guns and Hows MRLs Israel MBTs Reconnaissance Vehicles SP Guns and Hows Towed A Tk Guns, Guns and Hows

www.spguidepublications.com

APC Russia MBTs

: : :

SP Guns and Hows

:

Towed A Tk Guns, Guns and Hows

: Krauss-Maffei Wegmann Leopard 2A7, Leopard 2A6, Krauss-Maffei Wegmann Leopard 2 MBT : Neuer Schutzenpanzer PUMA AIFV, Condor, Fuchs, Rheinmetall Landsystem Marder 1A3 ICV

: D-30 122mm Fd Gun, M-46 130mm Fd Gun, 155mm Gun How D-20 MRLs : Splav 300mm BM 9A52 (12 round) Smerch MR System, BM-21 122mm (40 round) MR System SP AA Guns and SAMs : ZSU-23-4 Quad 23mm SP AA Gun System, ZSU-57-2 Twin 57mm SP AA Gun System, 2S6M Tunguska System, SA-6 Gainful Low-to-Med alt SAM System, SA-8 Gecko Low Alt SAM System, SA-8B SAM System, SA-9 Gaskin SAM, SA-13 Gopher SAM System Towed AA Guns : ZU-23-2 Twin 23mm Automatic (Auto) AA Gun, S-60 57mm Auto AA Gun, 100mm anti-aircraft gun KS-19Singapore SP Guns and Hows : SSPH-1 Primus

: T-90, Arjun

South Africa APCs/ICVs

: Caspir Mk. III, Ratel 90

: Merkava Mk3, Merkava 4, Sabra MBT

South Korea MBTs Towed A Tk Guns, Guns and Howitzer

: RAM family of light AFVs : Soltam L-33 155mm

Spain APCs/ICVs

: BMR-600

: Soltam M-71 155mm Gun/How

Sweden Towed A Tk Guns, Guns and Howitzer Towed AA Guns

: Bofors FH-77 B 155mm : Bofors L-40/-70, 40mm Auto AA Gun

: IFG Mk.2 105mm : Pinaka MR System

Italy SP Guns and Howitzer : Oto Palmaria 155mm, Oto Melara 155mm M109L [SP] Howitzer Towed A Tk Guns, Guns and Howitzer : Oto Melara Model 56 105mm Pack How Japan MBTs Recce Vehs APCs/ICVs Type SU 60 SP Guns and Hows MRLs Pakistan MBTs

Lt Tks Recce Vehs APCs/ICVs

T-54, T-55, T-55 (Upgraded), T-62, T-64B, T-72, T-80U, T-90S PT-76B BRDM-2, PRP-4 BMP-1, BMP-2, BMP-3, BMD-1 ACV, BTR50, BTR-80A, MT-LB, BTR-152VI M 1973 (2S3) 152mm, M 1974 (2S1) 122mm (MSTA-S) 152mm Self-Propelled Artillery System 2S19

: Type-74, Type-90, Mitsubishi TK–X MBT : Type-87 : Type-73, Type-89, Mitsubishi : Type-75 155mm, Type-99 155mm : Type-75 130mm (30 round) MR System : Type MBT 2000 (Al Khalid), Type Al Zarrar : Type Saad, Type Talha, Type M113A2

: Black Eagle Development Tank, T-95,

550 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Switzerland APCs/ICVs Towed AA Guns

United Kingdom MBTs Lt Tks Recce Vehs APCs/ICVs SP Guns and Hows Towed A Tk Guns, Guns and Hows

: K1, Hyundai Rotem K2 MBT : 155mm KH179 How

: Mowag Piranha : Oerlikon-Contraves GDF-002 and 005 Twin 35mm Auto AA Guns, Oerlikon Contraves 20mm GAI-B01 Auto AA Guns

: Chieftain Mk 5, Centurion Mk 13, Challenger 2, Khalid, Vickers MBT Mk 3 : Alvis Scorpion : Alvis Saladin, Daimler Ferret Mk 2/3 : Stormer, GKN Def Desert Warrior, FV432 : AS90 (Braveheart) 155mm SP Gun : 105mm Lt Gun (L 118), 155mm

TO READ THE COMPLETE Lightweight How (M 777)ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW! www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

regional Balance NAVAL EQUIPMENT Navy equipment is listed below by Country: CHINA Strategic Missile Nuclear Submarines :

Aircraft Carriers : Conventional Submarines :

Destroyers :

Frigates :

Corvettes :

www.spguidepublications.com

INDIA Submarines :

Scorpene Class

Aircraft Carriers :

Sui Class Jin Class Xia Class Han Class Shang Class Type 001 Song Class Yuan Class Kilo Class Ming Class Qing Class (Experimental Submarine) Luzhou Class Sovremenny Class Luyang I/ II/III Class Luda Class Luhai Class Luhu Class Jiangkai I/II Class Jiangwei II Class Jianghu 1/II/V Class Jiangdao Class

Shishumar Class Kilo Class

Destroyers :

Frigates :

Arihant Class (SSBN) Chakra Class (SSN) Kiev Class (Ex Admiral Gorshkov) Indigenous Aircraft Carrier I (Vikrant under construction) Kashin Class Delhi Class Kolkata Class Visakhapatnam Class Godavari Class Brahmaputra Class Talwar Class Shivalik Class

ISRAEL Submarines : Corvettes : Patrol Forces :

Dolphin Class Eilat (SAAR 5) Class Hetz (SAAR 4.5) Class Reshef Class Super Dvora Class

NORTH KOREA Submarines :

Frigates :

Romeo Class Sang-O Class Yono Class Najin Class

equipment & hardware specifications: navy

Hardware Section.

Soho Class RUSSIA Patrol Submarines :

Destroyers :

Frigates :

Corvettes :

Kilo Class Lada Class Kashin Class Udayloy I & II Class Soveremennyy Class Krivak Class Admiral Gorshkov Class Admiral Grigorovich Class Gepard Class Buyan Class Steregushchy Class Nanuchka Class Tarantul Class

SOUTH KOREA Submarines : Chang Bogo Class Son Wonil Class Dolgorae Class Amphibious Assault : Dokdo Class LPH Go Jun Bong Class LST Destroyers : KDX1, 2 & 3 Class Frigates : Incheon Class Ulsan Class Corvettes : P O Hang Class For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10, Equipment and Hardware Section.

THAILAND Aircraft Carriers : Amphibious Forces :

Frigates :

Corvettes :

Chakri Naruebet Class Endurance Class Nomed PS 700 Class Naresuan Class Gwanggaeto Class Oliver Hazard Perry Class Knox Class Jianghu II Class Tapi Class Khamronsin Class Ratnakosin Class

UNITED KINGDOM For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10, Equipment and Hardware Section.

Destroyers : Type 45 or Daring Class Frigates : Type 43 or Duke Class Off-shore Patrol Craft : River Class Corvettes : Qahir Class UNITED STATES OF AMERICA For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10, Equipment and Hardware Section.

Guided Missile Destroyers : Gearing Class Frigates : Adelaide Class Amphibious Forces : Austin Class

For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10, Equipment and

578 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

1 Xia Class (Type 092) (SSBN) Displacement, tonnes : 6,500 surfaced, 7,000 dived Dimensions, feet (metres) : 393.6 × 33 × 26.2 (120 × 10 × 8) Main machinery : Nuclear; turbo-electric; 1 PWR; 58 MW; 1 shaft Speed, knots : 22 dived Complement : 100 Missiles : SLBM: 12 JL-1 (CSS-N-3); inertial guidance to 2,150 km (1,160 nm); warhead single nuclear 250 kT. Torpedoes : 6-21 in (533mm) bow tubes. Yu-3 (SET65E); active/passive homing to 15 km (8.1 nm) at 40 kt; warhead 205 kg.

Countermeasures : ESM: Type 921-A; radar warning.

Radars : Surface search: Snoop Tray; I-Band.

Sonars : SQZ-3; hull-mounted; active/passive

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Patrol Submarines (Conventional) 13 Song Class (Type 039/039G) (SSK) Displacement, tonnes : 1,700 surfaced; 2,250 dived Dimensions, feet (metres) : 246 × 24.6 × 17.5 (74.9 × 8.4 × 5.3) Main machinery : Diesel-electric; 4 MTU 16V 396 SE; 6,092 hp (m) (4.48 MW) diesels; 4 alternators;

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 579

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS 6 Shang Class (Type 093) (SSN) Displacement, tonnes : 6,500 dived Dimensions, feet (metres) : 372 x 37.2 x 33.6 (110 x 11 x 10) Main machinery : 1 nuclear pressurised water reactor, 1 shaft Speed, knots : 30 dived Complement : 100 Weapons : 6 x 533mm or 650mm torpedo tubes for a range of wire, acoustic and wake homing torpedoes and the submarine launched version of YJ-83 cruise missile.

Programme & Structure : The Type 093G is reported to be an upgraded version of Type 093, China’s second-generation nuclear-powered attack submarine, which entered active service several years ago. With a teardrop hull, the submarine is longer than its predecessor and has a vertical launching system.

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

Strategic Missile Submarines 4 Jin Class (Type 094) (SSBN) Displacement, tonnes : 8,000 surfaced, 11,000 dived Dimensions, feet (metres) : 449.5 × 38.7 × 7.5 (137.0 × 11.8 × 2.3) Main machinery : Nuclear: 2 PWR; 150 MW; 2 turbines; 1 shaft Speed, knots : 20 Complement : 140 Missiles : SLBM; 12 JL-2 (CSS-NX-5); 2-stage solidfuel rocket; Inertial guidance with stellar update to over 8,600 km, 12,000 km or 14,000 km depending on the variant; single nuclear warhead of 1 MT or 3-8 MIRV of smaller yield. CEP 300 m approximate.

Torpedoes : 6-21 in (533mm tubes) Countermeasures : Decoys: ESM. Radars : Surface search/navigation: Type-359; I-Band Sonars : Hull mounted passive/active; flank and towed arrays.

Structure : Likely to be based on the Type-093 SSN design which in turn is believed to be derived from the Russian Victor III design.

TECHNOLOGY

CHINA

3 Nuclear Propelled Attack Submarines Han Class (Type 091) (SSN) Displacement, tonnes : 5,000 dived Dimensions, feet (metres) : 385 x 33 x 24 (98 x 10 x 7.4) Main machinery : 1 nuclear pressurised water reactor, 1 shaft Speed, knots : 25 dived, 12 surfaced Complement : 75 Weapons : 6 x 533mm torpedo tubes for CET 65E and Type 53-51 torpedoes, up to 20 torpedoes or 36 mines Tube launched C-801 antiship missiles.

Programme &Structure : The first nuclear powered submarines deployed by the PLA (Navy). Five boats of the class were built and commissioned between 1974 and 1990. The first two are reported to have been decommissioned.

They are known for a noisy reactor and poor radiation shielding and are inhibited in their ability to launch missiles while submerged. The submarines are equipped with SQZ-262 sonar made in China. All boats deployed with the North Sea Fleet and based at Qingdao.

BUSINESS

WEST EUROPEAN COUNTRIES For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10, Equipment and Hardware Section.

Submarines : Agosta Class (France, Spain) Daphne Class (France) HDW Class (Germany) Frigates : Al Riyadh Class (France) Madina Class (France) La Fayette Class (France) Descubierta Class (Spain) Fast Attack Missile Craft : Combattante Class (France) Ratcharit Class (Italy) Aircraft Carriers : Principe De Asturias Class (Spain)

search and attack; medium frequency. : Diving depth 300 m (985 ft). The Xia is a derivative of the Han Class SSNs, with an extended hull to accommodate 12 ballistic missile tubes.

INDIAN DEFENCE

Structure

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

NAVAL EQUIPMENT contd.

REGIONAL BALANCE

equipment & hardware specifications: navy

regional Balance AIR EQUIPMENT Air equipment is listed below by platforms:

Combat Aircraft

www.spguidepublications.com

China

: Xian H-6A/H/M Strategic Bomber (Licensed Variant of the Tupolev Tu-16) : Shenyang J8B, J8F & J8H Third-Gen Interceptor : Xian JH-7 & 7A – Fighter Bomber : Chengdu J-7 Fighter (Licensed Variant of MiG-21 – Under replacement) : Chengdu J-10A, J-10B & J-10S – FourthGen Multi-role Fighter : JF-17 Thunder Multi-role Combat Aircraft : Chengdu J-20 – Fifth-Gen, Multirole, Stealth Fighter : Shenyang J-11A, 11B & 11BH Air Superiority Fighter, (Licensed Variant of the Su-27) : Shenyang J-16 Multi-role Fighter : Shenyang J-31 or FC 31 Fifth-Generation Stealth Aircraft under development.

Europe : Eurofighter Typhoon Tranche 1, 2 & 3A France : Dassault Mirage 2000C/D/N/5F Dassault Rafale B/C India : Light Combat Aircraft Tejas Mk I & IA Israel : IAI Kfir – Multi-role Combat Aircraft Russia : Mikoyan MiG-25R – In limited service : Mikoyan MiG-29 : Mikoyan MiG-31/MiG-31BM : Mikoyan MiG-35 : Mikoyan MiG-41 –Under developmnt : Sukhoi Su-24 M/M2/MR : Sukhoi Su-25SM : Sukhoi Su-27 : Sukhoi Su-30M/M2 : Sukhoi Su-33 : Sukhoi Su-34P : Sukhoi Su-35S : Sukhoi Su-57 (Originally T-50 PAK FA) Sweden : Saab JAS-39 Gripen United Kingdom : Panavia Tornado BAE Systems Hawk 200 Series United States of America : Boeing F-15C/D Eagle : Boeing F-15E Strike Eagle : Boeing F/A-18A/B/C/D Hornet : Boeing F/A-18E/F Super Hornet : Lockheed Martin F-16C/D Fighting Falcon : Northrop F-5E and F-5F Tiger II : F-22A Raptor : F-35A/F-35B Lightening II Joint Strike Fighter

equipment & hardware specifications: air force

(MRTT) : Dassault-Brequest Br 1150 Atlantic Maritime Patrol/Anti-Submarine Warfare Aircraft Russia : Ilyushin IL-76 Candid : Ilyushin IL-78 Midas : An-124 Condor Heavy Lift : An-22 Heavy Lift : An-26 Medium Lift – to be replaced by An-140S : An-32 Medium Lift : An-140S Medium Lift Spain : Airbus Military CASA C-212 : Airbus Military CASA CN-235M : Airbus Military CASA C-295 : Airbus A-400M Atlas Ukraine : Antonov An-26 : Antonov An-30 Antonov An-70 : Ant : : Antonov An-132 : Antonov An-148 Maritime Patrol : Antonov An-178 : Antonov An-225 United States of America : C-5M Super Galaxy : C-17A Globemaster III : Lockheed Martin C-130J-30 Super Hercules Brazil : Embraer EMB 110 Bandeirante : Embraer Legacy 600 VIP Transport – Derived from ERJ 145 : Embraer 190 VIP Transport : Embraer 120 Brasila : Embraer 145 Utility : Embraer 121 Xingu : Embraer R 99 AEW&C/Elint : Embraer KC-390 Medium Lift Transport : Embraer Lineage 1000 Derived from Embraer 190

Helicopters France

Germany India

Transport Aircraft Germany France

: Transall C-160 : Dornier Do 228 : Transall C-160 –Produced jointly with Germany : Airbus A-330 Multi-Role Tanker Transport

600 | SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue

Italy

: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :

Airbus H-215/ Eurocopter AS 532 Cougar Airbus Helicopters H125, / Eurocopter AS 550/AS 555 Fennec Eurocopter SA 360/AS 365 Dauphin, Eurocopter SA 365/366 Dauphin II, Eurocopter AS 565 Panther Eurocopter SA 341/342 Gazelle Eurocopter (MBB) Bo-105 Advanced Light Helicopter (ALH) Dhruv ALH–WSI (Armed Version) Light Combat Helicopter (LCH) Light Utility Helicopter – Under Development by HAL AW101 VIP Communication AW139 VIP Communication/SAR AW 149 Medium Lift Military Helicopter Agusta A129 Mangusta Attack Helicopter

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Bell 407 Bell AH-1 Cobra/Super Cobra Boeing AH-64E Apache Boeing CH-47F Chinook Sikorsky UH-60/HH-60/S-70/S-61R Sikorsky MH 53 Pave Low Bell Boeing V 22 Osprey

Training Brazil : India :

United Kingdom : China/Pakistan : :

Embraer EMB-312 Tucano HAL HJT-16 Kiran Mk I/IA and Mk II : HTT 40 – Under development : IJT – Under development BAE Systems Hawk Advanced Jet Trainer K-8 Karakoram Basic Jet Trainer L-15 Advanced Jet Trainer

Airborne Early Warning & Control Brazil Sweden United States of America

: Embraer-145/R99 AEW : Saab 2000 AEW&C

: Boeing E-3 Sentry, Northrop Grumman E-2C Hawkeye : Boeing E-767 AWACS Russia/Israel : IL-76 with Phalcon System India : Embraer ERJ 145 based Netra AEW&C

Jianjiao–7 Western designation : FT-7 Users: Bangladesh (FT-7B), China (JJ-7), Iran (FT-7), Myanmar (FT7), Pakistan (FT- 7P/ PG) and Sri Lanka (FT-7).

Note: For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10 Edition, Equipment and Hardware Section, page 499.

Combat Aircraft

Qiang–5 NATO reporting name : Fantan Western designation : A-5 Users: Bangladesh (A-5C), China (Q-5), Myanmar (A-5-C/-M) and Pakistan (A-5III).

Note: For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10 Edition, Equipment and Hardware Section, page 499.

China Hong–6 Western designation : B-6 User : China Note: For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10 Edition, Equipment and Hardware Section, page 499.

FC–1 Export version : Super-7 Users : China, Pakistan Note: For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10 Edition, Equipment and Hardware Section, page 500.

Jian–7 Western designation Type Design based on

: F-7 : Single-seat fighter and close support aircraft : MiG-21 F (of Soviet origin)

www.spsmilitaryyearbook.com

Jianji–10 Western designation Type Design

: F-10 : Multi-role fighter : Tail-less delta wing and close-coupled fore-planes; single sweptback vertical tail

TO READ THE COMPLETE ARTICLE GET YOUR COPY NOW!

SP's Military Yearbook | 2020-2021 | 47th Issue | 601

Strategy & PERSPECTIVE

WEAPONS EQUIPMENT VEHICLES

CONTENTS Jian–8 NATO reporting name : Finback Western designation : F-8 User : China Note: For details please refer to SP’s MYB 2009-10 Edition, Equipment and Hardware Section, page 499.

TECHNOLOGY

: : : : : : :

BUSINESS

United States of America

: Kamov Ka-27 : Kamov Ka-31 : Kamov Ka-52 Attack Helicopter : Kamov Ka-60/62 : Kamov Ka-226T Light Utility Helicopter : Kazan Ansat : : Mil Mi-8 : Mil Mi-17 V5 : Mil Mi-24 Attack Helicopter : Mil Mi-25/-35 Attack Helicopter : Mil Mi-26 : Mil Mi-28 : Mil Mi-34 : Mil Mi-38 : Mil Mi-54 : VRT 500

INDIAN DEFENCE

Russia

Other versions (i) J-7 I (ii) F-7A (export version of J-7I; exported to Albania, Egypt, Iraq and Tanzania) (iii) J-7 II (modified and improved version of J-7I; also known as J-7B) (iv) F-7 B (upgraded export version based on J-7II with ability to carry air-to-air missiles, exported to Bangladesh, Iran, Jordan, Pakistan, Zimbabwe); F-7BS (Sri Lanka) (v) J-7 IIA (improved version of J-7 II) (vi) J-7 H (improved version of J-7 II with improved ground attack capability) (vii) F-7 M Airguard (export version of J-7 IIA) (viii) J-7 II M (Chinese version of F-7M) (ix) F-7 P Airbolt: (variant of F-7M to meet specific requirements of Pakistan Air Force including ability to carry 4 X air-to-air missiles; F-7 MP Airbolt (modified version of F-7 P) (x) J-7C (J-7 III) (design based on MiG-21 MF) (xi) J-7 D (J-7IIIA; Improved J-7C version) (xii) J-7E (third-generationJ-7 version based on J-7II airframe) (xiii) F-7 MG (export variant of J-7E) (xiv) F-7 PG (variant of F-7 MG modified for Pakistan Air Force) (xv) J 7/FT 7 Tandem two-seat operational trainer based on J-7 II Users : China (J-7 II/ IIA/ H/ IIM/ III/ IIIA/ E), Bangladesh (F-7M), Egypt (F-7A/B), Iran (F-7M), Myanmar (F-7M), North Korea (F-7), Pakistan (F-7P/PG) and Sri Lanka (F-7BS).

ASIAN WHO’S WHO

AIR EQUIPMENT contd.

REGIONAL BALANCE

equipment & hardware specifications: air force

BEST NEW PRODUCTBEST NEW PRODUCT

AWARDS

AWARDS

APLICAÇÃO COM APLICAÇÃO FUNDO COM FUNDO

DEFENSE SEGMENTDEFENSE SEGMENT BEST NEW PRODUCTBEST NEW PRODUCT

C

C

C

DEFENSE SEGMENTDEFENSE SEGMENT BEST NEW PRODUCTBEST NEW PRODUCT

0 MILLE3N9N0IUMMILLENNIUM -39 -

#ForADifferentWorld

C

C

VERSÃO B VERSÃO / SIMPLIFICADA B / SIMPLIFICADA

LAUREATES LAUREATES

DEFENSE SEGMENT DEFENSE SEGMENT

EMBRAER C-390 EMBRAER C-390

GRANDGRAND LAUREATE LAUREATE

BEST NEW BEST NEW PRODUCT PRODUCT

2020 –

LAUREATES LAUREATES

C

C

C

0 MILLE3N9N0IUMMILLENNIUM -39 DEFENSE SEGMENT - DEFENSE SEGMENT

SP’s

VERSÃO A VERSÃO / COMPLETA A / COMPLETA

Military 2021

SUCCESSFULLY ACCOMPLISHING MISSIONS

The C-390 Millennium multi-mission aircraft is in-service with Brazilian Air Force delivering exceptional performance and fulfilling all expectations, most notably with support during the Covid-19 pandemic. The C-390 is also the aircraft of choice for Portugal and now Hungary too. Both these air forces have 0 MILLE3N9N0IUMMILLENNIUM 0 MILLEN9N0IUMMILLENNto IUMmeet their own unique selected -39 -39 the-3C-390 and demanding operational requirements.

By combining state-of-the-art systems and proven technologies with a worldwide network suppliers, LAUREATES LAUREATES of reputable LAUREATES LAUREATESthe C-390 Millennium AWARDS AWARDS AWARDS AWARDS is a versatile addition to any air force.

APLICAÇÃO BRANCO APLICAÇÃO / SEM FUNDO BRANCO / SEM FUNDO APLICAÇÃO COR /APLICAÇÃO SEM FUNDOCOR / SEM FUNDO The C-390 is the most reliable, easy to operate and efficient aircraft in its class.

Yearbook

C-390 MILLENNIUM

• Enormously Improved • Exhaustively Updated • Extensive Inclusion of Infographics

SP’s

Military Yearbook s

i

n

c

e

1

9

6

5

2020 –

2021 4 7 th

issue

I N D I A P R O U D LY CELEBRATE S 75TH YEA R OF I N DEPEN DEN CE

AWARDS AWARDS

APLICAÇÃO SIMPLIFICADA APLICAÇÃO SIMPLIFICADA

ELEMENTOS ISOLADOS ELEMENTOS ISOLADOS

F-21: Made in India.

Made for India.

4 7 th issue Learn more at lockheedmartin.com/f21.

editor-in-chief

c-390.com

© 2021 Lockheed Martin Corporation

Photographic record made by the Brazilian Air Force on one of the missions to combat COVID-19 in Brazil.

Live: NA Trim: H: 145 mm W: 110 mm

jayant baranwal